Karl Marx, Anthropologist

This page intentionally left blank

Karl Marx, Anthropologist

Thomas C. Patterson

Oxford • New York

com . Title.) ISBN-13: 978-1-84520-509-6 (cloth) ISBN-10: 1-84520-509-X (cloth) 1. 1818–1883. Karl. anthropologist / Thomas C. Berg is the imprint of Oxford International Publishers Ltd. Marx. Patterson. Karl Marx. 4.bergpublishers. Patterson 2009 All rights reserved. Thomas Carl.092—dc22 [B] 2009000314 British Library Cataloguing-in-Publication Data A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library. Library of Congress Cataloguing-in-Publication Data Patterson. New York. cm.First published in 2009 by Berg Editorial offices: 1st Floor. 81 St Clements Street.M2575P38 2009 301. Oxford. GN21. Anthropology—History. No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form or by any means without the written permission of Berg. Anthropologists—Germany—Biography. NY 10010. I. Angel Court. Includes bibliographical references and index. 2. USA © Thomas C. Mid Glamorgan Printed in the UK by the MPG Books Group www. 3. p. OX4 1AW. Anthropology—Philosophy. Porthcawl.) ISBN-10: 1-84520-511-1 (pbk. ISBN-13: 978-1-84520-511-9 (pbk. ISBN 978 184520 509 6 (Cloth) ISBN 978 184520 511 9 (Paper) Typeset by JS Typesetting Ltd. UK 175 Fifth Avenue.

and Students . Colleagues.For Friends.

This page intentionally left blank .

Preface Chronology Introduction Polemics, Caveats, and Standpoints Organization of the Book 1 The Enlightenment and Anthropology Early Enlightenment Thought The New Anthropology of the Enlightenment The Institutionalization of Anthropology Marx’s Anthropology What are Human Beings? History Truth and Praxis Human Natural Beings Charles Darwin and the Development of Modern Evolutionary Theory Human Natural Beings: Bodies That Walk, Talk, Make Tools, and Have Culture Marx on the Naturalization of Social Inequality History, Culture, and Social Formation Marx’s Historical-Dialectical Conceptual Framework Pre-Capitalist Societies: Limited, Local, and Vital Capitalism and the Anthropology of the Modern World The Transition to Capitalism and its Development The Articulation of Modes of Production Property, Power, and Capitalist States ix xi 1 3 5 9 10 15 23 39 41 51 57 65 67 74 87 91 93 105 117 119 128 138





viii • Contents 6 Anthropology for the Twenty-First Century Social Relations and the Formation of Social Individuals Anthropology: “The Study of People in Crisis by People in Crisis” 145 147 158 173 181 219

Notes Bibliography Index

This book is an exploration of a form of social theory that has a long history of suppression in the United States. The high points of this were undoubtedly the Palmer Raids of the 1920s and the McCarthyism and the House Un-American Activities of the 1950s, although the antipathy of the vast majority of academics to anything but mainstream social thought in the decades that followed has been only slightly less deadening. The red-baiting of scholars who saw Marx only through the lens of anti-communism has gradually been replaced by scholars who assert that Marx is really passé, especially after the dismantling of the Soviet Union. While the sentiments underlying such statements are often conveyed by rolled eyes or kneejerk red-baiting, they are as often backed up by claims that one or another of the latest fads in social theory provide the bases for more textured analyses of what has happened during the last twenty years or even by declarations that history is over since the whole world is now, or should be, on the road to capitalism. What rarely happens, however, is any direct engagement and extended dialogue with what Marx actually said. More common are statements that rely on what someone claimed Marx said or that engage with the commentators on Marx, sympathetic or otherwise, rather than Marx himself. My goal is to engage directly with Marx’s works rather than those of subsequent writers in the Marxist tradition. Nevertheless, I am acutely aware of the difficulty of disengaging from the arguments and insights of subsequent commentators on Marx’s views, both sympathetic and otherwise, since my own thoughts and actions were shaped in part in the same intellectual and social milieu in which they wrote and were read. Keeping in mind Marx’s quip that he was not a Marxist, the book is Marxian rather than Marxist. Hence, it is not a book about Marxism and anthropology or Marxist anthropology; several of those have already been written. While Maurice Godelier’s (1973/1977) Perspectives in Marxist Anthropology, Ángel Palerm’s (1980) Antropología y marxismo, Marc Abélès’s (1976) Anthropologie et Marxisme, and Randall McGuire’s (1992) A Marxist Archaeology are a few that come immediately to mind, there are others as well. My first direct acquaintance with Marx’s writing occurred in 1959 in an introductory course in Western civilization with a selection from The Communist Manifesto. Two years later in Peru, I realized that broadly leftist newspaper writers in Peru provided accounts that better fit with my perceptions than those of their more mainstream contemporaries, and that they gave me a clearer and deeper understanding of what was happening there at the time. Over the next five years in


x • Preface Peru, I would occasionally buy at a kiosk in Lima and read pamphlets containing articles Marx had written about capitalism. I also purchased the English-language edition of his Pre-capitalist Economic Formations shortly after it arrived in a Lima bookstore. The latter provided the inspiration and means for beginning to think in new ways about the societies, past and present, that were the object of inquiry for anthropologists. At various times from the late 1960s or early 1970s onward, I participated rather regularly in reading groups or university courses variously concerned with the writings of Marx, Engels, or their successors. These groups ranged from ones composed entirely of political activists through those with mixtures of activists, anthropologists, and students from different universities to courses and seminars with student and occasionally other faculty participants. Writing is a social rather than a solitary venture for me. I read passages to friends over the telephone and share drafts of manuscripts with them, hoping they have time to comment on them and feeling exceedingly appreciative when they do. I also try out ideas in courses to see if they are expressed clearly in ways that students can understand and use constructively to build and refine their own views. Since I have been doing this for quite a few years at this point in my life, the list of people, living and dead, who have helped me clarify my own ideas is a long one. Instead of attempting to list all of them, and undoubtedly missing a few in the process, let me mention just a few: Karen Spalding and Richard Lee who have been there almost since the beginning; Christine Gailey, John Gledhill, Karen Brodkin, Bob Paynter, Peter Gran, and Kathy Walker who have regularly helped me clarify my ideas and prose since the 1980s; Edna Bonacich, Joseph Childers, Stephen Cullenberg, Michael Kearney, and Juliet McMullin who have helped me to look at Marx through different lenses since I arrived at UCR in 2000; and, most of all, Wendy Ashmore—my colleague, friend, and wife—who sets high standards and has provided instantaneous feedback, constructive criticism, happiness, and contentment for more than a decade.

1842 November: Marx and Engels meet at Cologne office of the Rheinische Zeitung. Engels goes to work at family textile firm in Manchester. 1841 Engels joins Prussian army and attends lectures at the University of Berlin. 1837 Marx writes about fragmentation of curriculum and begins to grapple with Hegel’s writings. 1843–4 Marx resigns from the Rheinische Zeitung. 28 November: Frederick Engels born in Barmen. and writes Economic and Philosophical Manuscripts (1844). Marx and Engels meet for second time and begin lifelong collaboration. emigrates to Paris in search of employment. Marx. 1838 Engels drops out of high school to work as unsalaried clerk in Bremen. England.Chronology 5 May: Karl Marx born in Trier. 1845–8 February 1845: Marx expelled from France by the Minister of the Interior. 1818 1820 xi . who returns to Cologne and launches the Neue Rheinische Zeitung. his wife and children move to Brussels. both devote energies to organizing workers and join the German Communist League. April 1845: Engels arrives in Brussels. 1836 Marx transfers to the University of Berlin. the earliest product of which was The Holy Family (1845). marries Jenny von Westphalen. 3 March 1848: King of Belgium deports Marx. 21 February 1848: German Communist League publishes Marx and Engels’s The Communist Manifesto. in The German Ideology (1845–6). 1830 Marx enters high school in Trier. Westphalia in the Rhineland of Prussia. Marx argues in Theses on Feuerbach (1845) for the importance of the practical activity of corporeal human beings as social individuals bound together by ensembles of social relations. a critique of the Young Hegelians. Engels begins collecting materials for The Condition of the Working Class in England (1845). Marx enters the University of Bonn. where he meets Mary Burns who introduces him to English working-class life and with whom he has lifelong relationship. Westphalia in the Rhineland of Prussia. 1835 Marx’s essay on choosing a vocation. arguably the first empirical anthropology of an urban community. Marx and Engels lay foundations of their materialist theory of history and refine the philosophical anthropology Marx sketched earlier.

1848 to 1850 (1850) and The Eighteenth Brumaire of Louis Bonaparte (1852) and Engels’s Revolution and CounterRevolution in Germany (1851–3).e. Marx circulates his Critique of the Gotha Program. non-capitalist societies in order to understand interconnections of cultural diversity and capitalist expansion. The First International) in which Marx and Engels would play prominent roles until it was disbanded in 1876. and the role of competition and monopoly in creating dependence in an increasingly international capitalist economy in his early drafts of the three volumes of Capital. Marx and Engels analyze the failed revolutions of 1848–9. 1851–3 1853–7 1857–9 1861–3 1864 1867 1870 1875 1876 1877–82 . this was buttressed by readings of rural social organization in Russia. Marx deported and deprived of citizenship. Marx historicizes and further refines his views on labor. destruction of Indian textile economy. critique of political economy. escapes as refugee. Marx synthesizes his philosophical anthropology. and leave in late August for London. the importance and appearance of surplus values. and subversion of traditional property relations and creation of new property relations during colonial rule. Marx writes series of articles for New York Daily Tribune on colonialism and plunder of India. Engels participates in armed uprising in South Germany. including section on the circuits of capital and expanded reproduction of capital. Marx and Engels arrested and subsequently released. a proposal put forward by socialists and communists in the German Democratic Workers Party who advocate social reform rather than revolution. returns to England. village communities. changes in global property resulting from colonialism and intrusion of capitalism into non-Western. re-enters family firm in Manchester as clerk. complexity of Indian society. which analyzes the simple reproduction of capital and primitive accumulation using anthropological and historical information. Marx publishes first volume of Capital (1867). Engels writes The Part Played by Labor in the Transition from Ape to Man.xii • Chronology 1849 The Neue Rheinische Zeitung suppressed by Prussian government. and notions of pre-capitalist modes of production in Grundrisse (1857–58) and A Contribution to the Critique of Political Economy (1859). Marx writes large part of second volume of Capital. Social relations and contradictions of the Paris Commune analyzed by Marx in The Civil War in France (1871). June: Marx and family arrive in Paris. Formation of the International Workingman’s Association (i. are placed under police surveillance in July. Marx circulates Workers’ Questionnaire (1880). Marx’s The Class Struggle in France.

Second International).e. Morgan (1884). 1884–95 Engels prepares the second and third volumes of Capital for publication. 1893 Engels elected honorary president of International Socialist Congress (i. Rumanian. 13 March: Marx dies in London. Danish. which was based partly on Marx’s notes on Morgan’s Ancient Society (1877). 1895 5 August: Engels dies in London 1880 1883 1884 .Chronology • xiii Engels writes Socialism: Utopian and Scientific. Engels’s book translated into Italian. and French during next four years. Engels publishes The Origins of the Family Private Property and the State: In Light of the Investigations of Lewis H.

This page intentionally left blank .

various writers have contributed to this strand of anthropological thought. We know that Marx took an anthropology course taught by Henrik Steffens during his first year at the University of Berlin in 1837. these include Herodotus’s description of Egyptian society in the fifth century BC. occasionally. courses on anthropology had already been taught in some universities for more than a century by a variety of persons—physicians. we need to look at the claim more carefully. One strand. While anthropology as an academic discipline and a profession would not appear until the 1870s or 1880s. an economist. Empirical anthropology has had a very discontinuous distribution in time and space. Kelley 1978. a journalist and. or Mary Leakey’s fossil and archaeological discoveries in East Africa. the Enlightenment. When Marx (1818–83) lived in the nineteenth century. including how they communicate symbolically. Over the centuries. Thus. even a philosopher. Domingo de Santo Tomas’s sixteenth-century grammar and dictionary of the Inca language. In my view. examines both the external characteristics of human beings and their cultural achievements. This may seem an unusual claim. Renaissance 1 . or the late nineteenth century. to name only a few. such as those fostered in classical antiquity. Li Ssu’s analysis of tributary relationships during the Ch’in Dynasty. and the material evidence for their history both social and as a species (Diamond 1980: 13). however. and that he attended lectures by the anthropogeographer Carl Ritter (Finkelstein 2001. since he is more frequently identified as a political radical. it is possible to talk about a number of distinct traditions of empirical anthropological inquiry. and this fact has fueled a number of long-running debates concerned with whether anthropology originated in classical antiquity. theologians. the Renaissance. knowledge had not yet been divided into the academic disciplines found on college and university campuses today. 1984. and philosophers.Introduction Karl Marx was an anthropologist. whether it was quintessentially a European activity. Heinrich Schliemann’s excavations at Troy. historians. the activities that define their social lives and relationships. Precisely what does it mean to assert that Marx was an anthropologist? What evidence and lines of argumentation support this contention? Anthropology has a dual heritage. we also know that taking a course in a subject is not a rite of passage that automatically or necessarily makes students into anthropologists or physicists at the end of the term. and whether there might be non-European traditions of empirical anthropological practice. which we will call “empirical anthropology” for the moment. Ryding 1975: 7). like Immanuel Kant who lectured annually on the subject for more than twenty years beginning in 1772.

Pagden 1982. who constituted the “German historical school of law” and who argued among other things that laws typically develop organically from the community without the interference of authorities (Marx 1842/1975). 1864–94/1981. which depict the dynamics of mid nineteenth-century class struggle in France and the organization of the Paris Commune in the wake of the Franco-Prussian War of 1871 (Marx 1852/1979.” is concerned with the presuppositions of the various traditions of empirical anthropology. or. 1865–85/1981). These were followed from the early 1850s onward by the thick descriptions and analyses of The Eighteenth Brumaire and The Civil War in France. especially with what its practitioners believe to be the core features. Wokler 1993).or noncapitalist property relations and the development of capitalism—i. and practice. Shortly after they met. It was an early effort at anthropological praxis—the merging of data. In a similar vein. sixteenth-century Spain. would soon bring the empirical strand and its ongoing importance into sharp focus. intertwined and interacting strands. judging by his 1842 critique of the philosophical underpinnings of influential faculty members. Marx and Engels’s (1848/1976) Communist Manifesto. historical analyses of different forms of pre. Rowe 1964. which has a legitimate claim to being the first urban ethnography (Engels 1845/1975). England where he worked in a family-owned mill and assembled the information for The Condition of the Working Class in England.e. Interspersed with his more empirical studies were theoretically informed. in other words. His association with Frederick Engels. 1863–7/1977. I would argue that. that constitute human beings. for a criterion enabling us to determine whether or not a being is a man at all?” Since its scope is different. which appeared in 1848.2 • Karl Marx. often called “philosophical anthropology. empirical inquiries have episodically forced changes in philosophical anthropology.2 he was seemingly concerned initially at least with the former.g.1 The other strand. It arguably has a more continuous distribution in time and space. it resembles a cable with multiple. While Marx was undoubtedly aware of both empirical and philosophical anthropology during his student days at Berlin. 1965. can be viewed as a set of policy recommendations not unlike those made today by applied anthropologists concerned with the well-being of the peoples with whom they work. or ontological structures. which he wrote in the mid 1860s (Marx 1857–8/1973. in all cultures. or the late eighteenth-century Enlightenment (e. Moreover. Anthropologist Italy. theory. which also began that year. While I am not claiming that there is only a single tradition of philosophical anthropology. philosophical anthropology operates at a different level from the empirical strand and articulates in different ways with social critiques as well as with other discussions or disciplines. Engels would spend two years in Manchester. The Grundrisse of 1857–8 and Capital. As Michael Landmann (1969/1974: 18) put it: “Are we looking for properties that must be manifested in all men who have ever lived or will live. 1871/1986). at any given moment. Marx also continued his explorations of the philosophical underpinnings of a variety of subjects ranging from his critique .

1880–2/1974). and. the origins and consequences of symbolic communication with and through language. the third volume of Capital was not published until 1895. commentators have customarily acknowledged that Marx drew inspiration from the writings of British political economists. Some of the debates reflect the availability of Marx’s writings at the time they were written. For more than a century. The Economic and Philosophical Manuscripts of 1844. the question of where anthropology goes from here. and Standpoints This book is a polemic. Thompson 1978). state formation. Controversies have swirled around interpretations of Marx and his writings for more than a century. Marx was also an anthropologist by nineteenth-century standards if not by modern ones. made of the anthropological discussions that had taken place since the mid eighteenth century and that. The question here is: What were the sensibilities of his philosophical anthropology and what might it look like today? After contextualizing Marx’s work and elaborating his anthropology. Cohen 1978. In other words. what might he have said today about such issues of empirical anthropology as the evolution of humankind. Giddens 1981. However. given what we know about his philosophical anthropology. MacGregor 1998. and French socialists (e. There are diverse external critiques of Marx’s thought and that of his successors (e. Cullenberg 1996. I want to consider what his legacy actually is or could be to the issues of anthropological importance today—not just the obvious or the easy ones such as the transition to or the effects of capitalism but also issues about which he said little if anything directly. perhaps most importantly.g. The first is to examine what one social theorist. For example. the Theories of Surplus Value did not appear until 1911. had formative or shaping influences on his thought. it is clear from citations and casual references that Marx read more widely than those commentators suggested. O’Neill 1982. Karl Marx. Engels 1878/1987. While trained as a philosopher. Lenin 1913/1963). which he outlined in his Ethnological Notebooks in the early 1880s just before his death (Marx 1875/1989. Rorty 1989) as well as even more numerous and diverse disagreements that are internal to the Marxist tradition (e. only became . This book has two aims. I have a perspective or standpoint on Marx’s writings and their relations with authors who employ and advocate other social theoretical traditions as well as with subsequent writers within the Marxist tradition who have been influenced to varying degrees and in different ways by Marx and his successors. in many ways. These result partly from different political and philosophical commitments and partly from disagreements over political tactics in particular concrete situations. the development of personhood.g.g. Caveats.Introduction • 3 of the socialists’ Gotha Program to the new ethnology of Lewis Henry Morgan and others. Polemics. German philosophers. which were published first in German in 1932 and then in Russian in 1956.

and ideological structures that shaped their beliefs and actions. and the capacity of people to make their own history on occasion? Did he argue that people were merely the bearers of economic. culture. or were they historically constituted under particular circumstances and conditions? Were Marx’s social individuals—defined by their positionality in particular ensembles of social relations—also fragmented. emphasis in the original) claimed? Did Marx suppose that thinking and being were distinct from one another and that the latter had an ontological priority over the former. successively. contradictory subjects? Were they alienated individuals whose subjectivities were partly constituted through the perceptions of others. did he adopt a more holistic (Hegelian) notion of society in which neither the parts nor the whole were reducible to the other and whose essence unfolded dialectically. this means that someone writing in 1910.4 • Karl Marx. or did he think that people make their own history under circumstances not of their own choice but rather under those which they confronted? Did he accept a notion of society that was merely the sum of its individual parts. for instance. practical activity. and the Grundrisse was largely unknown in the West until Martin Nicolaus’s English translation appeared in 1973. political-juridical. culture. and teleologically throughout history. might not even have been aware of the existence of the unpublished works and would certainly not have been able to assess either their content or potential significance at the time. and impermanent. and exploitation universal features of the human condition. These include but are not limited to the following questions: Did Marx hold a linear theory of social (r)evolution. Anthropologist available in English in 1960. or did they only come into existence through the interplay of language and power lodged in impersonal institutions? The answers to these and similar questions are not exclusively academic concerns. A number of things are at stake in the debates. which existed prior to and independent of the totality (a Cartesian totality which could be reduced atomistically to those parts). or did he have a more nuanced understanding of the mutual interconnections of ensembles of social relations. or did Marx see the sociohistorical totality as something that lacked a beginning (essence) or end (telos) and was instead “the ever-pre-givenness of a structured complex unity” as Louis Althusser (1963/1970: 199. or did he have more textured appreciation of the possibilities of diverse trajectories of historical development and the importance of historical contingency? Was he an economic determinist who held to a strict base–superstructure model of society and believed in the economic determination of society. or did he believe that human beings possessed agency and had the capacity to change those structures? Did he hold that human beings acted always as economically rational individuals and that the cultural norms of a society were reducible to individual choice. and history in the last instance. since they may have immediate consequences for what you as a human being . were their subjectivities self-constructed. In practical terms. situational. or did he believe that they were mutually constitutive of one another and hence both irreducible to and overdetermined by the other? Were social-class structures expressing domination. oppression.

used to say: “The path to radical social change is like riding the Broadway local from the Staten Island terminal (a subway line that runs from Staten Island to the Bronx). He was familiar with the writers of both classical antiquity and the Enlightenment. alienation. and the historicity of dispositions and social relations commonly attributed to human nature.” examines how nature and then human society were slowly historicized from the 1670s onward. I will argue that Marx adopted a critical-dialectical perspective that historicized both nature and human society—a perspective that began with Montesquieu. objectification. commitments.” This book has a standpoint with regard to these and other issues. ensembles of social relations. the critique of capitalism in the 1860s. These informed the empirical anthropology he developed from the 1840s onward: his studies of the failed revolutions on the European continent in 1848–9. and Rousseau’s Discourse on the Origins of Inequality. As an activist friend. and that ultimately had a significant impact on Scottish Enlightenment writers like Adam Smith as well as German critics of Enlightenment liberalism like Herder and Hegel. labor. culminating in Montesquieu’s The Spirit of the Laws. and for the kinds of practical activity. the diversity and historicity of human societies. Rousseau. Chapter 1. reproduction. Marx began to develop a philosophical anthropology that included the corporeal organization of human beings. others will ride to Times Square or even Harlem. and superseded from the late seventeenth century onward. traditions. and politics of his day. Herder. and a few will stay all the way to the end of the line.Introduction • 5 believe. this means that he had greater or lesser familiarity with various philosophical perspectives that were developed first in antiquity and then were recycled. all of which were published around 1750. Organization of the Book Marx was a prodigious reader. for how you choose to live your life. and Hegel engaged in a dialogue with the historical-dialectical and critical anthropology outlined by Montesquieu. he was familiar with the arguments they produced and with the ways in which they were inscribed in the cultural patterns. Buffon’s Natural History. Some people get off at the first stop. refined. In the late 1830s and early 1840s. It is reasonable to say that the Scottish historical philosophers like Adam Smith as well as central European philosophers like Kant. the Indian mutiny of the 1850s. . and the impact of imperialism on societies and cultural practices on the periphery of the capitalist world in the 1870s. Among other things. freedom. and political action with which you are able and willing to engage. practical activity. These path-breaking works had marked influences on subsequent writers. production. the relation of the individual to society. “The Enlightenment and Anthropology. More importantly. Since neither were ever monolithic intellectual movements. and Buffon in the mid eighteenth century. born and bred on the Lower East Side of New York.

Chapter 2. was that this perspective served as the model for university reform in Europe and elsewhere. Labor is an embodied process as are instruments of labor like the hand. This provides a foundation for considering in more detail real or potential connections between the materialist and naturalist positions put forth by Marx and Charles Darwin in the nineteenth century—a process which has been set in motion by Joseph Fracchia. the significance of ensembles of social relations. his adoption of a notion of historically contingent change. and transformation of those communities. the most basic and characteristic feature of human beings. Using this conceptual framework as well as Engels’s (1876/1972) essay on the role of labor in the transition from ape to human. and Rousseau. the diversity and historicity of human societies.” considers the bases for Marx’s agreement with and positive evaluation of Charles Darwin’s The Origin of Species (1859/1964). the human perceptual system. Chapter 3. These included Darwin’s rejection of teleological arguments in the natural sciences. Hegel. the importance of this. combining both its empirical and philosophical dimensions. which endows all members of the human species with certain potentials—and the sets of social relations that shape everyday life in the worlds in which the social individuals of historically specific communities live and acquire their consciousness. objectification (how they came to be aware of the world through sensory experience while living in social groups that transformed given natural and preexisting sociocultural worlds into human worlds). and how these might have happened. Marx did not distinguish between the physical and moral character of human beings and thus separate the human history from the realm of nature. Unlike Rousseau. the brain. crystallized at the University of Göttingen in the late eighteenth century. and nature itself. He saw a dialectical interplay between a biological substrate—the corporeal organization of the body. Richard Lewontin. “Human Natural Beings. his concern with variation. Anthropologist Buffon. Thus. the emergence of practices such as tool-making and language. and dispositions (the capabilities and constraints embedded in those thinking bodies). The chapter then explores concepts elaborated by Marx in the 1840s. An anthropological perspective. and his view that individual organisms are the consequence of interactions with their environments. “Marx’s Anthropology. it examines the human fossil record in order to discern the interplay of changing dispositions and anatomical structures. from our standpoint. ensembles of social relations (societies). the chapter considers Marx’s notion of praxis. and others in recent years. most notably at the University of Berlin where Marx was a student in the late 1830s.6 • Karl Marx. and others. human nature is not only historicized but also plural. by means of which they establish relations with objects of the external world and with one another.” outlines the major features of his philosophical anthropology—the corporeal organization of human beings. . and the anatomical structures associated with speech. Marx’s view of the world was profoundly historicist. Finally. and history involved the intertwined development of human beings. and the importance of praxis in the production. which he subsequently honed in later works: the corporeal organization of human beings. reproduction. David McNally.

Chapter 5. or rent or the exploitation of various categories .” considers what Marx thought about the processes underlying the transition to capitalism and the subsequent development of industrial capitalism on an ever-expanding scale through the formation of domestic and overseas markets. laws. supply and demand. taxes. creation of new colonial territories and national states. Marx began his analysis of how societies produced the material conditions for their own reproduction not with exchange. In his view. it is also a story of resistance. and the imposition of colonial rule by capitalist national states. and the development of new forms of political institutions and practices.” explores the alternative Marx developed from the late 1850s onward to the societal evolutionism of the Enlightenment theorists of agrarian capitalism or to Hegel’s teleological views about the actualization of the human mind and the unfolding of free subjectivity. he argued that not all historically specific societies developed in the same way or even passed through the same succession of modes of production. What distinguished them from capitalist societies and from one another were the forms of social property relations and production as well as the specific forms in which goods or labor power were appropriated from the direct producers by the members of non-producing class(es)—e. “History. sociality. and transformed in particular sociohistorical contexts. the distinctive features of humankind—creative intelligence realized through and manifested in labor. language. Using the concept of a mode of production. uneven development along different trajectories as a result of articulation of capitalist societies with societies with different modes of production that were differentially resistant to change. In effect. through extra-economic means such as coercion. Here. political fragmentation. and the creation of new needs—were neither timeless nor persistent but rather were constituted. The story also involved massive emigration. he developed a commentary on alternative pathways in the development of property relations away from those of the original kinship-based communities.Introduction • 7 Chapter 4. the production of use values (items that satisfy human needs). While it is a story of the plunder of primitive accumulation and the relentless subordination of ever-increasing numbers of people both at home and abroad into the disciplinary relations of capitalism.g. reproduced. we examine both the theoretical framework Marx sketched as well as how archaeologists and historians have contributed to the clarification of its implications. Marx was aware that there were state-based societies in which commodity production was not well developed and market exchange had not penetrated into all corners of everyday life. Culture. and Social Formation. Marx focused instead on the historicity of the individual and of social relations rather than a human nature that could be reduced largely to its psychobiological or spiritual dimensions. culture. or the allocation of scarce resources (the starting points for classical political economists) but rather with production itself. “Capitalism and the Anthropology of the Modern World. the rise of nationalist politics and its interconnections with diasporic communities. and colonies that supplied not only raw materials but also customers for the commodities produced.

to name only a few. Anthropologist of unfree labor and wage-workers. and (c) the reproduction of the individual in the family. and the intolerance of various nationalisms and fundamentalisms). the inequities marked by class struggle. In The German Ideology. there are relations among individuals. and that. he also knew how important it is to understand as accurately and completely as possible the forces involved and in getting political action right. He recognized that property was a relation between classes of individuals that was mediated by things. and what constrains their self-actualization? The problems we confront in the twenty-first century have not changed: the need for social justice in its myriad dimensions. create new needs. The issue is how do we eliminate discrimination in circumstances in which diversity is continually reconstituted in order to perpetuate inequalities? Marx’s political activism and sense of social justice were always combined with continuous critical investigation. He also recognized that political power entailed maintaining injustice in and through property relations. Marx also claimed that reality does not reside in the idea of society but rather in the reality of the individual. like France. xenophobia. how do personal conditions and experiences become general ones? How do individuals realize needs and desires. Germany. Chapter 6. and the degradation of the world on which we live. history is experienced phenomenologically in the lives of living individuals. This recognition underpinned his writings about the state from the 1840s onward both in general works and in accounts of particular cases. “Anthropology for the Twenty-First Century.” begins with Marx’s first premise of history: the existence of real. some stories or visions of the future have better endings than others! . living human individuals. His views on these topics provide the foundations for a historical and critical-dialectical anthropology for the twenty-first century. he identifies three additional premises: (a) the activities by which the individuals satisfy their needs. Marx might even argue that the celebration of diverse identities in the absence of inequality and discrimination is probably not such a bad idea. sexism. He was acutely aware of how unforgiving the consequences of political action can be. (b) the creation of new needs.8 • Karl Marx. This raises a number of questions. discrimination (based on racism. Moreover. For example. and reproduce themselves? What is involved in the self-realization of these capacities. or the United States. After all. while there can be no relation between the individual and society.

from the early 1600s to as late as the 1830s. according to some. and the growth of cities across northern Europe (Hobsbawm 1968). the transformation of social relations. England. (2) the rise of anti-authoritarian sentiment. analyzed later by Marx in Capital. the Middle 9 . (3) the “scientific revolution”—also characterized as the “conquest of nature” or the “death of nature”—which involved the assimilation of a new understanding of nature into the wider culture and society. These included: (1) the formation of merchant empires and overseas colonies in the Americas. Lutherans. and (4) the rise of industrial capitalism. Merchant 1980. The impact of the Enlightenment was not limited to the soldiers and sailors who died in these wars. Jacob 1988. and Asia established by Holland. Tracy 1990). Popkin 1979).–1– The Enlightenment and Anthropology The Enlightenment. and Russia from the mid fifteenth century onward combined with the creation of increasingly large domestic markets in England and other parts of Europe (McNally 1988. It was marked by a series of processes that mutually shaped and reinforced one another. and the appeal to reason or rationality which challenged and ultimately eroded the divinely ordained authority claimed by the churches and the aristocracy during and after the Reformation (Israel 2001. Portugal. The Enlightenment was also marked by continuous conflicts between Catholics. More than one aristocrat and preacher of the day lamented that “even the common people were susceptible to new ideas” (Israel 2001: 1. there were probably no more than a few decades between 1600 and 1830 when peace prevailed and battles or wars were not being waged somewhere in the world. this is not precisely correct. France. Africa. Enlightenment thought was discussed and deployed in the Americas. because of the desire of the emerging commercial classes for technological innovations and the erosion of barriers separating intellectuals and artisans (Forbes 1968. the construction of factories.” was a tumultuous period. Besides the ideological and political strife that formed the backdrop to everyday life. and various Protestant fringe movements from the 1520s onward. Some claim that this “war of the Churches constituted Europe’s prime engine of cultural and educational change” until the mid seventeenth century when “major intellectual turmoil developed first in the Dutch Republic and the Calvinist states of Germany” (Israel 2001: 23). Zilsel 2003). It persisted. While Europe is often portrayed as its center of gravity. Calvinists. which involved the appearance of new forms of manufacture from about 1750 onward that were based on the continual adoption of technological innovations. Spain. skepticism. 8–9). It was felt by all layers of society. the “Age of Reason.

g. China. Habib 1990. The movement can be described as a spectrum of warring factions engaged in heated debate. that the creations of nature are produced in a fixed order. The former. among other things. Anthropologist East. and even membership shifted as they developed through time. who wrote after that date. Mauro 1990. and that human values (e. a Dutch lens grinder. Political reformers and leaders of nationalist or revolutionary movements in areas as widely separated as Latin America. that nature creates itself in accordance with rules which govern its operation. The third goal is to examine the subsequent development of anthropology and to consider the various manifestations of anthropological sensibilities in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. What the Enlightenment provided were analytical categories and a conceptual framework—a language. including Marx. Wang 1990). India. laid the foundations for seeing nature historically as a dynamic world in flux that had . a German mining engineer and civil servant. centers of gravity. the most notable of whom were Baruch Spinoza (1632–77) and Gottfried Leibniz (1646–1716). whose perspectives. the rhetoric of the American Revolution was rooted in the ideas of Enlightenment writers. The other. Garrett 1995). published in Peru during the 1790s. Moreover. and Japan used this language from the late eighteenth century onward to express and buttress their plans and goals.10 • Karl Marx. The first is to comment briefly on early Enlightenment thought in order to provide a background to standpoints that appeared around 1750 and affected social commentators. and the idea of the nation. radical end of the spectrum was occupied by a number of individuals. This chapter has three goals. if you will—for discussing issues of the day. Early Enlightenment Thought The standpoints of Enlightenment thinkers never constituted a unified. The contents of Mercurio Peruano. and Japan to Europe were familiar with the scientific and social-theoretical contributions of the Enlightenment (e. included articles ranging from Newtonian science and natural history through commentaries on political economy to discussions of philosophy. the French Revolution. virtually every nationalist movement of the last two centuries has made use of concepts originated by or derived from Enlightenment writers. The latter. boundaries. Chatterjee 1986: 54. the eastern Mediterranean (including Egypt and Greece). The second goal is to examine both the philosophical and empirical foundations of the new anthropology of Enlightenment writers as well as the contexts in which it emerged in the mid eighteenth century. Rossabi 1990. and Asia. At one end were the traditionalists who argued for the divinely inspired authority of the existing aristocratic and ecclesiastical hierarchies. Commercial minorities that connected the Ottoman state. fixed body of ideas and arguments. Gran 1979. For example.g. good and evil) do not exist in nature but are human creations instead (Allison 2005. challenged knowledge claims based on revealed religion and argued.

but not always the same ones. I mean that understanding the history of some thing was absolutely necessary for truly knowing that thing. and nature in quite the same way. rationality. These conflicts were about the nature of fundamental boundaries. nature. and God.” This perspective emphasized the importance of observation and reasoning. Here. Glass 1959: 37–8. “moderate” standpoints—such as Cartesianism (rationalism) and empiricism. By this. regardless of whether it was nature. the existence of a natural world constituted outside of human beings. and rather mechanistic views about what nature was like. it asserted that mechanistic explanations which viewed nature as a huge machine were too simple to account for its complexity.” The most striking features shared by a majority of the factions of the Enlightenment.The Enlightenment and Anthropology • 11 the capacity to change continually through time (Garber 2005. Buffon’s Natural History in 1749. Arrayed between the traditionalist and radical extremes were a series of intermediate. Charles-Louis de Secondat (1689–1755). It is also clear. were arguments about the autonomy of the individual. the debates about nature and history from about 1670 to 1750. or a commodity. For our immediate purposes here. scientific. equality.” and “socialist” not to mention the words “ideology” and “scientist. As Jacques Roger (1963/1997: 366) observed. The Baron de Montesquieu.” “conservative.1 The World Historicized Both nature and human society were slowly historicized after the 1670s. This historicized perspective of the world and its inhabitants crystallized in the mid eighteenth century with the appearance in rapid succession of Montesquieu’s The Spirit of the Laws in 1748. “Like the thought it was combating. fueled in significant ways by Spinoza and Leibniz. This was true as well of their views on the importance of toleration. They also gave rise to enduring terms like “materialist. laid the foundations for the development of a new way of perceiving and understanding nature and the place of human beings in it. The arguments among their advocates “rarely referred directly to the political and social conflict but did so in a mediated way. history involved the concepts of both process and succession. property. the importance of rationality or the use of reason. and contracts. was an astute social commentator and critic who had read widely in the travel literature . human and animal. living and non-living. male and female” (Jordanova 1986: 33). political.” “romantic.” “liberal. which were also widely discussed. however. like that between mind and body. and it transformed God from a creator who intervened directly in nature into an artisan who either acted indirectly or not at all. Let us consider each writer in more detail. that they did not always necessarily see or understand the individual. the new scientific philosophy was to rest upon a general conception of man. human society. and Rousseau’s Discourse on the Origins of Inequality in 1755. Sleigh 1995). and philosophical dimensions. Each position had theological.

i. and despotisms. the other when there were contradictions between the aims of the state. norms and institutional structures are purely subjective” (Baum 1979: 43). All accidents are controlled by these causes. The earliest was the Persian Letters (Montesquieu 1721/1973). monarchies. elevating it. He sought instead to discover the particularities of Roman history. Ask the Romans. we must grasp the underlying causes which account for them. some general cause made it necessary for that state to perish in a single battle. . who had a continuous sequence of successes when they were guided by a certain plan.” Montesquieu distinguished two phases of Roman historical development: one when the government and the society were in harmony or equilibrium. found in societies around the world could be reduced to a few types—republics. These crises were the dialectic of history. on the other. constraining him to act and think in certain ways” and that “prevents him from evaluating his position in society with any degree of objectivity. as Raymond Aron (1965/1998: 15) put it: “behind the seemingly accidental course of events. the main trend draws with it all particular accidents.. Considerations on the Causes of the Greatness of the Romans and Their Decline (1734/1965). he wrote three books of note. Anthropologist of the day and recognized the diversity of manners and customs that existed from one society to another. . . He argued that the diversity of laws and manners.e. or spirit that unified the populace. (Montesquieu 1734/1965: 169) Thus.12 • Karl Marx. which was shaped by both the number of individuals who possessed sovereignty and the ways in which they exercised it. and values. principles. forms of government. and an uninterrupted sequence of reverses when they followed another. honor. Montesquieu refined his concept of the underlying causes of development in his third work. each type also had distinctive sentiments—such as morality. he wrote: It is not chance that rules the world. In this work. which act in every monarchy. Montesquieu saw “society as a reality that was external to the individual. [since] his understanding of its values. a particular cause—has brought a state to ruin. Each type had its own distinctive nature. Montesquieu rejected theological arguments and began to work out the methodological foundations for a historical standpoint that would neither view human history as one accident or error after another nor see the diversity of manners and customs of peoples around the world as signs of human weakness or irrationality (Althusser 1959/1982: 20–1). its motor. on the one hand. The Spirit of the Laws (1748/1965). in which two imaginary young princes from Persia travel throughout France and comment in letters they send home about the incomprehensibility of French mores and traditional values as they existed in the early eighteenth century around the time of Louis XIV’s death. For our purposes. In a word. There are general causes. In his second work. With regard to the former. or fear—that promoted harmony . moral and physical. or hurling it to the ground. Maintaining it. And if by chance of one battle—that is.

and that the laws and forms of government of nations reflect those material influences. Buffon merged the two perspectives. With regard to the first. Sloan 1979. and man’s place in nature (Roger 1989/1997: 81–92). He was also adamant that the spirit or will of the people was determinant in the final instance. on the other. its members flocked to lectures illustrated with various scientific experiments. The opening essay in the first volume. Thus. and opportunities to peer at specimens through one of the new. and laws of diverse peoples. which appeared under the imprimatur of the Royal Press in 1749. As he had shown earlier.2 Buffon covered diverse topics ranging from the history and theory of the earth and the formation of planets through biological reproduction and embryonic development to the natural history of human beings. the former argued rational thought would yield truth. Buffon dealt with three issues: human reason. whether or not there is an order to nature. “Discourse on Method. 1995). when there were contradictions between the spirit (sentiments) of the people and the aims of the state. the two dominant views concerning reason were those of Descartes and Locke. In the first three volumes of his Natural History. As a result. and the other commercial centers of Europe. and the style of interpersonal relations. There was a ready audience for his work. and politically influential public that wanted to be usefully entertained without having to invest too much effort as well as the savants and natural philosophers of the various royal societies and academies of science. In other words.” established a backdrop. Montesquieu also considered the material or physical causes—like climate or soil—have on the customs. on the one hand. and those which depend upon time and place in a concrete situation” (Berlin 1955/2001: 157). powerful microscopes fashioned in the 1670s by Anton van Leeuwenhoek (1632–1723). anatomical dissections. crises emerged which eroded the form of government. for example. There is a continuous dialectic throughout The Spirit of the Laws “between absolute values which seem to correspond to the permanent interests of men as such. Paris. he argued that social life is shaped by the way in which power is exercised. manners. between the incidence of polygamy and warm climates. Comte de Buffon (1707–88)—superintendent of the royal botanical gardens in Paris—was more expansive than that of Montesquieu. “Buffon made the study of natural history everybody’s pastime” (Mayr 1982: 101). sophisticated. This audience was fascinated with the steady stream of unknown plants and animals from the far reaches of the earth that arrived each year in Amsterdam. The project of Georges-Louis Leclerc. the latter claimed that the mind combined ideas derived from sensory experience in new ways. Science was more than the . which was composed of a curious.The Enlightenment and Anthropology • 13 among its citizens. He argued that there was a correlation. Buffon’s theories were widely read and critically discussed almost from the moment they appeared (Roger 1989/1997: 68–78. Montesquieu saw a connection between the form of government. there was a second dialectical relationship between the environment broadly defined and the customs and institutions of people. Here.

. In this discussion. Here. [while] chance alone could create the unique and irreversible event. like Carolus Linnaeus (1707–78). Buffon tackled the history and theory of the earth and the formation of planets (Roger 1989/1997: 93–115). he further argued that it was necessary to start at the simplest level—the living (organic) matter that was shared by both animals and plants. and strata.14 • Karl Marx. and generalization. In the next two essays. and mineral. the fetus at conception. To do so. The focus of the new natural history would be the study of reproduction. 3 Buffon observed animal reproduction in a variety of species in order to establish regularities through comparison. Rossi 1984. Like Aristotle. from nonliving matter—a classification that recognized animal. which was quite similar to the way he wrote about the formation and subsequent history of the earth. Thus. and internal. since it also involved the use of reason—comparison. organic diversity. With regard to the second question. history meant a description of the present distribution of oceans. Buffon’s underlying concern in the second volume of Natural History was to change the direction of natural history as a field of inquiry (Roger 1989/1997: 116–50). had simply failed to capture its complexity. This materialist formulation of the question. however. was a production of parts that appeared for the first time. because it seemed to talk about internal molding forces while excluding two forms of creationism—preformationism and pre-existence—that had been popular among religious traditionalists and the mechanists since the late seventeenth century.” The importance of Buffon’s theory was twofold. after which nothing would remain as it was before. the naturalist of living systems. mountains. he also added Leibniz’s recently published views about continuous gradations. First it was a theory of transformation and change. whereas subsequent embryonic development was merely growth of those parts. Anthropologist description of mere facts. the question in his mind was how rather than why they did so. he argued that there was indeed an order in nature. Buffon’s model of the natural historian was Aristotle. in nature. Second. vegetable. This argument seemed to combine the materialism of the Epicureans and Leibniz. or chains of being. Rudwick 1985). but that the mathematicians and taxonomists. it freed studies of the history and formation of the earth as well as its antiquity from reliance on or even reference to the biblical account. Buffon took human beings as his starting point. animals and plants. Jacques Roger (1989/1997: 114) described his theory in the following way: “The normal sequence of natural causes only generated an eternal repetition of the present. Buffon argued that living beings reproduce. because it was too complicated for their equations (Sloan 1976). Buffon argued that the processes of planetary formation as well as the cyclical ones that operated on the earth’s surface after it formed erased virtually all traces of the original events. Porter 1972. while theory was viewed as an attempt to explain the physical causes or past organization that produced the present distributions (Haber 1959. a proper theory of natural history had to combine natural causes with accidents. The conclusions he drew were that the first development. stirred some controversy. teleological processes. he distinguished living beings. analogy.

Sloan 1979). Buffon also argued that the human species had been relatively uniform (and archetypically white-skinned) in its early stages. and old age. and abilities were slowly altered (degenerated in his words) and diversified under the influence of climate into the varieties that are seen today. intellectual activity. their physical appearance. or dynamic role played by customs. he relied on differences in climate. which underpin the rise of civilization—were also natural. Richards 2002. As Claude Blanckaert (1993: 33) remarked. after Buffon. and biases of his day. and integrated seemingly disparate ideas and information into a more or less coherent whole. to take account of the physiological demands and to consider the disruptive. Buffon clearly placed human beings in nature and argued that all of their propensities—their capacities for speech.The Enlightenment and Anthropology • 15 In other words. and nationality to account for the physical and physiological differences noted in travel accounts. The long-term impact of Buffon’s work rests on his capacity to integrate studies that ranged from cosmology and the history of the earth to animal reproduction. modes of subsistence. as its members moved out from their mid-latitude homeland. they influenced later writers (e. they had to appropriate the resources of that world in order to cope with the uncertainties of their own cultures and ultimately to survive. dietary regimes. customs. diet. there was an unbridgeable gap between human beings and the rest of the animal kingdom. reproduction. historicized nature in the process. and education of peoples living in different climatic regions. geography. His analyses cut across different levels ranging from the molecular to the cosmological. Moreover. medicoanatomical investigations. It put human beings in nature and attempted to account for changes in the species in terms of its concrete interactions and relationships with the rest of the natural world at particular times and places. and that. In the opening chapters. The New Anthropology of the Enlightenment Montesquieu and Buffon provided a “green light” to Jean-Jacques Rousseau. Adam Smith. he examined the history of the individual and the different stages of human development—childhood. adulthood. Reill 2005. This led him to consider in new ways factors like climate. and creative innovation. While Buffon’s empirical anthropology was rooted in the travel literature. it was necessary. More importantly. puberty.g. Since human beings lived in the physical world.4 Buffon’s third volume of Natural History picked up where the first one began— with man. or customs. environment. Roger 1989/1997: 151–83). initiating. and other commentators of the Scottish Enlightenment to write about the . and Buffon simply refused to humanize the latter as some of his contemporaries did. his philosophical anthropology was materialist. living matter (organic molecules) was combined and recombined to produce successive generations of individuals of the same species. Its concern was the natural history of the human species (Blanckaert 1993.

ours speak of nothing but commerce and money” (Rousseau 1750/1973: 16). in his view. Rousseau and the Scots historicized discussions about the origins and expansion of property rights and relations after 1750. 1755/1992a) outlined his critical. Rousseau (1755/1973. It also furthered “people’s reflective self-identification and self-location within time.5 Although Locke and the natural law theorists had written about the origins of the ownership of private property in the late seventeenth century. historically specific sets of social relations.16 • Karl Marx. philosophical anthropology in the Discourse on the Origins of Inequality. Rousseau’s Historical-Dialectical Anthropology Jean-Jacques Rousseau (1712–78) was critical of modern. and (4) a historicized conception of “man” as a subject who was not always identical with “bourgeois man” of modern society. space.7 While he declined to speculate on whether the first human beings were “covered with hair. provided a corrective to what politicians said by focusing on what they actually did. as their elites steadily severed customary.6 Their accounts were conjectural histories concerned with the development of human nature and the progress of society as reflected by changes in modes of subsistence. (2) the interactions of human beings with one another and with their external (natural) world as shaped by successively different. Rousseau saw human beings as part of nature (Rousseau 1755/1973: 37–8). The aim of this section is to consider both their differences and some of their shared concerns. he charged that people were morally corrupted both by the civilizing process and by life in the commercial societies that were slowly crystallizing across the globe. of thinking of themselves not as “passive observers” but rather “as active participants” (Barnard 2003: 162). He wrote that “the politicians of the ancient world were always talking about morality and virtue.” he was certain that successive transformations in the constitution of the human species had occurred since its inception: “changes . published in 1755. which was based increasingly on commerce and industry. mutually recognized obligations to the members of the lower classes and replaced them with social relations based on market exchange. and a context of others. In A Discourse on the Moral Effects of the Arts and Sciences. Some of the distinctive features of his historical-dialectical perspective were: (1) human nature as a historical process associated with the emergence of human beings from nature through the creation of culture and their transformation of nature through social labor.” and it had the potential of expanding their vision of human possibilities.” or “walked upon all fours. civil society. In spite of the fact that they drew from the same ethnographic and historical accounts. Anthropologist history of human society. History. (3) a recognition of both the existence and anteriority of social forms other than modern bourgeois society. their philosophical anthropologies as well as their views about contemporary commercial society differed in significant ways.

traditional pre-capitalist society modeled after the Greek polis. the ape had not “develop[ed] any of its potential faculties.8 however. the test for determining whether apes and human beings were varieties of the same species would take more than one generation to answer. the development of both free agency and perfectibility was part and parcel of the sociohistorical development of human nature and of the transformation or mutilation of nature. Rousseau (1775/1992a: 81–3) also believed that the great apes were a variety of human being. almost imperceptibly at first. internal contradictions. and humanity’s biological evolution is a result of its own historical activity. This process of free agency slowly released them from the constraints of their behavioral repertoire and laid the foundations for further learning and the development of truly social relations as opposed to the atomized. as he applied his limbs to new uses. It also led gradually to what Rousseau called perfectibility or self-transformation: an increased consciousness of desires and needs. In his view. because they had similar biological and psychological dispositions. Rousseau recognized three successive forms of society in the Discourse on the Origins of Inequality. and fed himself on new kinds of food” (Rousseau 1755/1973: 47). Wokler 1997a. Language and tool-making were early but essential steps in the process of perfectibility (Horowitz 1987: 60–76.The Enlightenment and Anthropology • 17 which must have taken place in the internal as well as external conformation of man. each with its own distinctive socioeconomic relations.e. independent behaviors of animals like ants or bees. unlike savage and modern man. from other animals was a capacity to learn from their experiences of and interactions with the external world. which in turn set the stage for the transformation of the external world through labor and the creation of new needs. Rousseau began his historical account with “savage man” who initially was virtually indistinguishable from other animals.” Let us consider more closely what was involved in emergence of history—i. the creation of culture—from nature. Asher Horowitz (1987: 31) described this dimension of Rousseau’s philosophical anthropology in historical-dialectical terms: “As a biological species. This “self-constitutive practical activity” involved “the creation of a cultural. both of which occurred within historically specific forms of social relations. Rousseau 1755/1973: 47–61). . These were primitive society. 1997b). what distinguished them. humanity is the product of a process of evolution. one reflecting “genetic continuity” (Frayling and Wokler 1982: 113–14. To the extent that proto-humans possessed an inherited repertoire.. The evolution of the human species is inseparable from the inauguration of its own history. superorganic realm in the social process of labour” (Horowitz 1987: 86–7). they were like other animals. it involved determining whether they could produce hybrids that could continue to reproduce.” He inferred that there might be “a temporal and sequential relation” between apes and human beings. and incomplete realization of freedom and happiness. Thus. which he viewed as little more than “ingenious machines” whose demands were established and satisfied through “inherited repertoire[s] of instinctual behavior” (Horowitz 1987: 68).

The goals of the productive activity of this servile class were neither production for the market nor the accumulation of profit. as the empiricists had claimed. maintenance. Life in primitive society was disrupted when production begins to be based on forms that the community could no longer replicate. rather than in nature. The development of functionally differentiated forms of production was always historically contingent rather than necessary from Rousseau’s perspective.18 • Karl Marx. by internal social differentiation. Horowitz 1987: 89–107). Conceptually. A right of citizenship was access to the productive resources of the community. and self-interest. by exchange relations rather than generalized reciprocity. In his view. were held privately so long as the beneficiary discharged his duties to the state. the emergent society was no longer a unity (Rousseau 1755/1973: 76–85. What emerged in their wake was a society that was simultaneously structured by newly forged sets of needs. civil society. Rousseau (1755/1973: 72) also believed that “many of the differences between men which are ascribed to nature stem rather from habit and the diverse modes of life of men in society. such as serving in the army or as a state official. as a result of their status. rather than a division in which the members of one or another group enforced order or monopolized the use of force. What internal differentiation existed in the community reflected a nascent division of labor based on age and sex. were not citizens. self-esteem. he called these sentiments amour propre and believed that the development of self-esteem and pride occurred as a result of public recognition of personal qualities of excellence that were valued by the community (Horowitz 1987: 92–4). and reproduction of the . dependence. communal life was an expression of the abilities of its members. amour propre played a crucial role in both the formation and control of behavior in primitive society. Anthropologist and modern. The motors driving this change were the adoption of agricultural and metallurgy as well as the consolidation of new forms of amour propre that increasingly emphasized vanity rather than pride. because they fulfilled the obligations required of members of the community. Rousseau’s second stage of sociohistorical development was constituted by the city-states of classical antiquity.9 Thus. they were midway between primitive society and the kind of commercial society that was emerging in the mid eighteenth century. When new divisions of labor appeared. and by the institutionalization of separate spheres of activity. They were citizens. they undermined and ultimately dissolved both communal life and the existing social relations of production. These privately held resources were not worked by the citizen himself but rather by slaves or serfs who. of the bonds that were created by mutual affection. The distinctive feature of Athens and the Roman Republic was that certain individuals had a new relationship with the community. and primitive society itself was not entirely based on a system of needs. it was aimed instead at the production.” The historical development of primitive society rested on the growing importance in society. who were further bound together by sharing. while owned by the community. which. competition for public esteem. and the life of the individual as opposed to that of the community. In a phrase.

In sum. The possibilities for destruction included enlightenment (the capacity to think and speak for oneself). have been perpetually employed in getting others to interest themselves in his lot. Insatiable ambition.” as Horowitz (1987: 109) noted. (Rousseau 1755/1973: 86–7) Rousseau’s conceptualization of the “dynamic of civil society. when he could not frighten them into compliance. if not really. The road taken for transcendence involved a further metamorphosis of amour propre. which is the more dangerous. therefore. “compel[ed] all the actors to foster actively the proliferation of the needs of others. These were buttressed by the simultaneous liberation of property from the community and the assertion of exclusive property rights (rights of ownership. and imperious and cruel to others. Virtue came to be viewed increasingly in terms of “glory and public esteem in directly social endeavors. and exploitation” (Horowitz 1987: 116). He viewed it as a vast system of needs. This relationship was predicated on the organic unity of the citizen and his community.The Enlightenment and Anthropology • 19 citizen in his new relation to the community. so that communal virtue becomes the condition and occasion for personal virtue” (Horowitz 1987: 105). competition. and defeat in war. who cultivated virtue. to carry its point with greater security. use. These early civilizations were exceedingly fragile and contained the seeds not only for their own destruction but also for their own transcendence. inspired all men with a vile propensity to injure one another. and saw no distinction between the universality of their claims and the particularity of their social position. increased individuation. apparently at least.” and individuals strived for “the cultivation of personal qualities. 1755/1992b). being under a kind of necessity to ill-use all the persons of whom he stood in need. the thirst of raising their respective fortunes. and with a secret jealousy. the emergence of despotism. the further growth of individualism based on the distinction between public and private. freedom and equality were realized only by individual citizens in the community. militarism. and alienation (Horowitz 1987: 102–7. not so much from real want as from the desire to surpass others. and by the formation of the state.” This system of social relations constructed as exchange relations promoted a condition characterized by “universal disorder. on the one hand. increasing conflicts between the individual citizen and the state-based community. and disposal) by individuals. and did not judge it his interest to be useful to them. find their advantage in promoting his own. and in making them. Civil society was Rousseau’s third stage of sociohistorical development. the expansion of commercial relations. Amour propre was transformed in the process of forging this new relationship. as it puts on the mask of benevolence. The historically contingent tendencies that underwrote the development of civil society emerged from the increasing conflicts between the individual citizen and the state-based community and the consolidation of individualism. a form of society in which each man must now. on the other. . Rousseau 1755/1973: 85–105. Thus he must have been sly and artful in his behaviour to some.

. amour propre had become Hobbes’s “war of all against all. . he wrote the following to the citizens of Geneva: The ancient peoples are no longer a model for the moderns. which he viewed as the continuous. The motors driving his account were agency and perfectibility. the existence of human beings outside of society was simply unthinkable. He was also aware of the significant differences that existed between primitive society and modern civil society. The former breathes only peace and liberty. and to the wealthy. Rousseau knew that the political life of the city-states of ancient Greece was no longer a model for politicians in modern society. Genevans. and equality of property owners— “the constituent elements of their being” (Rousseau 1755/1973: 92). transformation of the individual in society and of the simultaneous. In civil society. Civilized man. in consequence all labour incapable of earning money was necessarily neglected” (Rousseau 1765/1986: 309–10). “money was the prime necessity. he desires only to live and be free from labour. . whom he despises. is always moving. . . Leave those great names alone. . you are not even Athenians. In civil society. . related transformation of society itself. [that the civilized or bourgeois] man only knows how to live in the opinion of others. they are too foreign in every respect. it was also pursued for itself. Not only was money equated with work itself. and thus the immediate object of labour. they do not . sweating. on the other hand. . . he stops at nothing to have the honour of serving them. This impoverished everyday life and underwrote both the erosion of the last vestiges of community as well as the growing objectification. For Rousseau. The savage and the civilized man differ so much in the bottom of their hearts and in their inclinations. especially. (Rousseau 1755/1973: 104) Moreover. In 1764. and its subsequent sociohistorical development. but always historically contingent. You. You are neither Romans nor Spartans. proud of his slavery. freedom. . and . its slow creation of nature as a category. He pays court to men in power.20 • Karl Marx. toiling and racking his brains to find still more laborious occupations. he is not ashamed to value himself on his own meanness and their protection. and repression of its members. because it had became a sign of accumulated wealth. that what constitutes the supreme happiness for the one would reduce the other to despair. [T]he source of all these differences is . . alienation. Anthropologist which claimed to guarantee the safety. From his perspective. The use of money facilitated exchanges initially between property owners producing different goods and later between property owners and those who lacked property. . . he speaks with disdain of those. Rousseau’s focus in his historicized account of humanity was its rise in nature. . money was one of the characteristic features of civil society. .” one individual’s quest for power gained at the expense of others. and. stay in your place. . whom he hates. Its use was increasingly universalized. who have not the honour of sharing it.

the Scots were acutely aware of what is now called uneven development. To do so would be a virtuous act that would benefit the nation and meet with the approval of others. herders. you are people for whom freedom itself is only a means toward untrammeled acquisition and secure possession. artisans. comparison and analysis. They argued instead that the formation of society could not be predicated on reason. because it involved sympathy (i.e. In 1750. David Hume (1711–76) argued that the sociability of human beings was natural and rested on sexual impulse and desires that linked generations together and shaped their habits regarding the distribution of beneficial but scarce goods. quoted by Löwy and Sayres 2001: 47) While the presuppositions of Rousseau’s philosophical anthropology were fundamentally different from those of the Scots as well as those of German commentators from the 1770s onward. A sincerely felt moral concern among Scottish intellectuals. in order to protect life. In their view. always occupied with your private interests. his influence on them was nonetheless substantial. The methodology was Newton’s applied to human society rather than inanimate objects. your work. as Hobbes and Locke had. backwoods subsistence farmers. and roving foragers on the margins. they knew the act was virtuous. all of whom bartered the goods they owned. The Scottish Historical Philosophers Through their travels. protecting property rights to goods was the main condition for society and preceded notions . and awareness of the advantages of life in a community only emerged later. profits. the capacity to put themselves imaginatively into the situation of others and to intuit what the others instinctively feel (Broackes 1995: 380). The concepts of spectatorship and sympathy played prominent roles in Smith’s (1759/1976) Theory of Moral Sentiments and guided the conjectural histories of society that Smith and his contemporaries wrote between 1757 and 1777. You are merchants.The Enlightenment and Anthropology • 21 become you. To accomplish this goal. a day’s ride into the countryside from a commercial center like Glasgow with its shops and burgeoning factories must have seemed like a journey into a past era replete with clan chieftains. they argued.. a social contract among individuals. commerce. Their country was less prosperous than England. and there were significant differences within the country between the north and the south or between the Highlands and the Lowlands. The Scots did not believe. For him. they could then synthesize the information and use the results to formulate the natural laws of economic development (Forbes 1982). liberty. (Rousseau. and property. was to determine how they could make a backward country prosper (Waszek 1988: 30–7). like Adam Smith (1723–90). it was necessary to have accurate empirical information derived from experiment and observation. emotion preceded reason and reflection. 1764/1962: 284. that society was constituted by a rational act. empathy). bourgeois.

Taking a slightly different tack. astronomy. Despite the diversity of human actions. Smith. Anthropologist of justice. and customs—reflecting variously the influence of education. foraging societies were different from those whose economies were based on commerce and manufacturing. law-driven process tied both to the natural dispositions shared by all human beings—e. and. weavers. tailors. The exchanges that occurred among individuals in the mirroring process were not only the means by which they gained the approval of others and satisfied their mutual needs. jurisprudence. These dispositions were fixed characteristics of the species that were invariant from one society to another or from one individual to the next. Besides their views about natural sociability of human beings. those in favorable environments domesticated plants and turned to agriculture. institutions. the sequence in which the different forms of society appeared followed from the nature of property. scarcity. The Scots also recognized that the culture and values of a societies were linked to their modes of subsistence. they were the foundation of human sociability itself. motives. government. since individuals serve as mirrors for one another. human beings have in common certain predispositions. and the like—ceased to produce their own food and settled instead in towns to pursue their crafts and to barter or exchange the goods they produced with other members of the community and then with the inhabitants of other nations. Smith argued that human sociability underpinned the development of morality. This was followed by a significant advance in the division of labor. as artisans—carpenters. Smith argued that the progress of society was a natural. most importantly. the Scots also believed in progress. and exchange one thing for another” that distinguish them from other species (Smith 1776/1976: 17).g. property. and the immutability of human nature. When their numbers increased even further. That is. the idea that society was developing in a desirable direction. barter. In his Lectures on Jurisprudence (1762–3/1982). government. hence. they domesticated animals and became pastoralists. Hume. Smith and the others saw progressive development in areas of society as diverse as language. contrasted markedly with Rousseau’s.” . As their numbers increased. and instincts that were shared by all human beings. However. and environment as well as peculiarities of particular cultures and individuals—there were also stable characteristics. More importantly. such as “the natural effort of every individual to better his own condition” or “the propensity to truck. exchange. to better their own circumstances—and to the increasing division of labor. of course. and the other Scots had a common perspective on human nature that was intimately linked with their views on sociability. From his perspective. the mode of subsistence. or as Smith (1776/1976: 405) put it.22 • Karl Marx. “according to the natural course of things. but they were also the way in which those individuals were constituted as individuals in the society. this view. which was associated with population growth and changes in their modes of subsistence. the first societies were composed of small numbers of individuals who provisioned themselves by hunting and foraging.

While Rousseau blurred the distinction we now make between the human and the natural realms. Rousseau and the Scots were concerned with the development of a new kind of society—commercialized and later industrialized—that came to be called “civil society. Instead. also differed significantly. While they historicized society. They interpreted the variation as a series of gradations that reflected not only continuous and uninterrupted historical change but also the unfolding of some potential or force that was inherent in society itself. nor were they even drawn in the same places as they are today. when a naturalist (Buffon) discussed . the development of commercial society in accordance with natural laws and the natural propensities that were shared by all human beings. and promoted. Jefferson. as well as their philosophical anthropologies. Rousseau was openly critical of the effects of modern civil society on individuals. Kant. the Scots separated the study of history from the study of social dynamics. even though they manifested themselves variously in societies with different modes of subsistence. however. the Scots highlighted their differences. the growth of civil society as a means to increase the wealth of nations. and the social relations that structured their interactions. conjectural histories of society constructed by Smith and his associates in Glasgow and Edinburgh with their emphasis on the natural development of the economy were merely part of a more general system of morality rooted in a discussion of imagination and sympathy. and the others. it was a time when a physiologist–comparative anatomist (Blumenbach) wrote about epistemology. Hegel. For Rousseau. They described. perfectibility. their outlooks on life. and others wrestled with their views about humanity and how the world in which they lived came to be the way it was. how did it develop? While the Scots advocated. with some uneasiness. the motors driving human history were the interplay of free agency. progressive development. The problems addressed by Rousseau. They realized that manifestations of these natural laws and propensities varied from one time to another. as well as their philosophical anthropologies. even as basic human nature itself remained constant. Herder. theirs were not the only attempts to historicize discussions of human nature and society in the mid eighteenth century. Marx. The views of Rousseau and the Scots on the trajectory of human historical development. in accordance with natural law. of propensities that were common to all human beings.The Enlightenment and Anthropology • 23 The materialist. Smith. The Institutionalization of Anthropology In the late eighteenth century the lines between disciplines were not as sharply drawn as they would become.” Their questions were: What was it? And. human history reflected the gradual. For Smith and the Scots. and the transformation of the external world in contexts shaped by contingent rather than necessary forms of social relations. both influenced and provoked successive generations of writers from the late eighteenth century onward.

Buffon. Testimonials perhaps to the impact of these intellectual exchanges were Immanuel Kant’s (1724–1803) claims that “Hume awoke him [i. French naturalist Pierre-Louis Maupertuis. Johann Gottlieb von Herder (1744–1803). Kant] from his dogmatic slumbers” and that “Rousseau set him straight. were authors like Montesquieu. What inspired them. 2002: 16–35). A third aspect of Frederick’s plan was to undermine and displace academic philosophy.” whose members were concerned with education not only as a source of social mobility but more importantly as a sign of social identity (Zammito 2001. whose writings provoked critical thought and practice. which he viewed as pedantic and out of touch with the real world.24 • Karl Marx. and statesman (Goethe) discovered the intermaxillary bone of the human skull. What united them were curiosity about the world and their quest for enlightenment. This was part of the cultural and political agenda of King Frederick II. East Prussia had been incorporated into the Russian Empire during the Seven Years War (1756–63). Rousseau. The king was supported in his effort to bring the ideas of the French and Scottish Enlightenments to the public. his Inquiry into the Distinctness of the Principles of Natural .e. for understanding that world without necessarily having to rely solely or exclusively on the authority of others. The first was an extended critique of Cartesian rationalism and the application of mathematical methods to metaphysical questions. astronomy. Kant’s Pragmatic Anthropology Kant’s early writings were concerned mainly with the natural sciences. Anthropologist mathematics. Two additional themes appeared in his writings in the early 1760s. and drew pictures of Roman ruins. Another aspect of Frederick’s agenda was to reform the universities and remodel them after the curriculum at the University of Göttingen. and laid the foundations for the modern concept of biological species. and when a political revolutionary (Jefferson) conducted archaeological excavations in Virginia and collected vocabulary lists of American Indian languages. history. and that anthropology was institutionalized at Göttingen in the 1770s. the “bourgeois intelligentsia. when a poet. especially by that newly emerging layer of society. collected botanical samples. novelist. and the president of the Berlin Academy. began to grapple with Rousseau’s writings at the University of Königsberg in 1762. and the Scots. actively sought to bring the issues of Enlightenment debate to the “center of German cultural discourse” by offering annual prize competitions on subjects selected by the Academy (Zammito 2002: 59). The influence of Rousseau and others was already evident in the German principalities by the late 1750s. that Kant launched his annual course in anthropology in 1772. when a philosopher (Kant) lectured on anthropology.” It was in this context that Kant and his student.. among other things. who himself was a longtime friend of Voltaire. This was a time of massive foreign influence in Central Europe.

reflection. the formation of moral character was the more fundamental question. and the comparison of man today with the moral state of man in earlier times. emphasis in original) This was one of the building blocks for the anthropology course that Kant taught each winter semester from 1772 to 1796 and for his Anthropology from a Pragmatic Point of View (Kant 1798/1978. the latter was an individual achievement formed through education. culture. The former was what nature made of human beings. Kant was already working his way through Rousseau’s comments about human nature. . which was runner-up for the Berlin Academy’s prize. Stark 2003. in another. he was also forging his own critique of academic philosophy in the German states (Beiser 1992a). from the point of view of the variety of his natural properties and the differences in that feature of man which is moral in character. education.” but also be useful by helping us distinguish natural from artificial feelings by stressing what human beings share (Louden 2000: 18). judging by his remark that the proper materials of anthropology were “to be found neither in metaphysics nor in a museum of natural history in which the skeleton of the human being can be compared with that of other animals . While the content of the anthropology course varied somewhat from year to year. general judgements about man would scarcely be possible. . Unless these matters are considered. The alternative he proposed in the mid 1760s was a practical philosophy. age. at the same time. he distinguished the physical character of human beings from their moral character. culture. Louden 2000: 62–4. it was apparently paired with an ethics course that he also taught during that period. Finally. and the trajectory of history. categories clearly derived from Rousseau. which would not only study “natural phenomena that hinder or contribute to the development of morality in human life. [but] . and environment (Zammito 2002: 108–9). moral discourse. By the time that Observations on the Feeling of the Beautiful and Sublime (1764) appeared. the condition of the states and nations throughout the world. enlightenment. The second theme dealt with human equality and education. furnishes us with a comprehensive map of the human species. Zammito 2002: 221–307). there will be a consideration of . . inequality. For Kant. that resulted from differences in sex. and the ability to think for oneself (Louden 2000: 76–85). . (Kant 1765/1992: 289. It also gained him public recognition. Thus. shifted the study of human nature from metaphysics toward the natural world. considered them as ethical beings who acted from principles and reason instead impulse or inclination in social contexts molded by diverse factors. he wrote: [It] considers man. In a course description for the 1765–6 academic year. throughout the world. The natural phenomena he had in mind included the diverse experiences of natural and civilized man. he typically dealt with human beings as sensuous things of nature endowed with natural talents and temperaments in one part and. The comparison of human beings with each other.The Enlightenment and Anthropology • 25 Theology and Ethics (1762). Terms like “freedom” and “equality” slowly crept into his writings.

while others. some peoples were racially mixed. In his view. His concept of race. In sum. and involved the transmission of a latent set of natural predispositions manifest in all human beings that were activated differentially as human beings moved into different environmental settings. his essays were also responses to Herder’s Reflections . 1786/1991) began to develop his theory of history in the mid 1780s. For Kant. women played the central role in the formation of moral character. it was hereditary. besides ensuring the preservation of the species. He posited psychological differences between men and women and argued that these were rooted in nature. 1785/1991. discipline allowed them to free themselves from the dominance of natural needs and desires. customs. had developed their natural predispositions. higher stage of historical development as yet unachieved (Louden 2000: 79–87. From his perspective. It was achieved through legal and political means and the “unsociable sociability” of individuals who simultaneously entered into social relations and fought with one another (Louden 2000: 146–53). and language (Kant 1798/1978: 225). which built on Buffon’s work. It was the natural duty of women to provide individuals with the skills and discipline required to become rational and ethical human beings. which.10 Skill and discipline collectively constituted culture. there was a linkage between the emotional temperaments and physical states of the human species. was simultaneously historical. Races reflected the effects of environment. mostly non-European. naturalistic.11 These predispositions helped the human species achieve its “collective destiny” (Louden 2000: 97). however. and teleological. they were a moralizing force in society that influenced men. culture could only unfold and progress in the context of social relations and could begin to achieve its full potential in a civil society (civilization). which was composed of free individuals whose actions were constrained by the lawful authority of the whole. 143–4). The moralization of civilization represented another. had yet to do so. For Kant. he believed in progress. the two were not the same. and the Scots. whereas peoples reflected culture and history. rather than economic progress. legislated customs. By a people. some peoples. building on Rousseau and on the liberal political thought of Hobbes. mostly Europeans. he meant the inhabitants of a region who viewed themselves as a civic whole because of their common descent. Anthropologist rather these materials can be found only in human actions. in which the human character is revealed” (Kant 1785/1991: 211–12. of course. Kant historicized the development of the human species and human society. and established how social intercourse should be structured. Locke. emphasis in original). While the process of enculturation was apparently asocial in Kant’s mind. Moreover. he saw it as moral progress. The concepts of races and peoples also played roles in Kant’s philosophical anthropology. Like the Scots. could only emerge in civil society.26 • Karl Marx. Skills allowed individuals to use the products of nature. and races often included numerous peoples. Kant (1784/1986). Kant viewed race exclusively as skin color. because. because they lacked culture and civilization.

He argued that “if philosophy is to become useful for human beings. then let it make the human being its center. The threat of a war of all against all not only drove human beings into civil society with coercive laws but also promoted education. there would be universal agreement and. was the kind of empirical information that the study of history would reveal and that could inform the enlightened peoples of his day: the advances of each civilization. “morality participates in the universality of Reason.” As you will recall.” dealt with a theme that concerned his teacher as well. Kant understood history teleologically. he set forth an agenda whose developmental trajectory would increasingly diverge from the one pursued by his mentor. Kant’s student at Königsberg only two years earlier. and practical reason. Herder’s (1765/2002) essay. In the latter. In light of this distinction. which was independent of experience. for the universality of Reason manifests itself in concrete human affairs. Nevertheless. Robert Louden (2000) described Kant’s pragmatic anthropology as the study of the “impure ethics” that result when purely “rational beings” become “human beings” embedded in society. Herder was critical of the views of Hume and Voltaire who saw humankind as pretty much the same in all times and places and who asserted that history has not . the laws of nature were the motor driving change. Kant distinguished between pure reason. this change corresponds to the actuality of history. and the Scots. 27). Moreover. Rousseau.” later in the same essay. Herder’s Historical-Dialectical Anthropology In 1765. “How Can Philosophy Become More Universal and Useful for the Benefit of People. the evils that led to their destruction. What he did sketch. as motion toward a goal. the underlying force was the increasing perfectibility of the natural capacity of human beings to reason. Johann Gottfried von Herder. however. Implicit in Kant’s notion of the perfectibility of reason were the ideas that someday. which used empirical data in relation to particular bodies of experience. also began to write about the question of how philosophy could be made more universal and useful. but Reason progresses. hence. and commerce. the “end of history”—ideas whose actualization he thought were a long way off. In the former. This movement was characteristic not only of the natural world viewed as lifeless matter in motion but also of humanity. and the mechanisms of enlightenment that remained. he suggested the “restriction of philosophy to anthropology” (Herder 1765/2002: 21. As William Galston (1975: 265) noted.The Enlightenment and Anthropology • 27 on the Philosophy of History of Mankind (1784/1968). with freedom. The content of morality is therefore everchanging. Kant’s inspiration was apparent both in the question itself and in how the essay was conceptualized. freedom. Herder also acknowledged the influence of Montesquieu. “Restless reason” induced by the constant tendency of human beings to move toward and away from one another was the initial impetus for movement away from animality (Galston 1975: 236).

the total physical. Herder used the word “culture” in both the singular and the plural. which could disturb its internal cohesion and lead to conflicts and contradictions within the whole. but rather arises from their inter-relation and the varying degree of their integration. The third is Reflections on the Philosophy of the History of Mankind. is something more than the sum of its constituent parts. (Barnard 1969: 385) Herder viewed the culture of a community as a complex of interacting organisms. each age and people had its own distinctive customs. the cultural whole was not necessarily in “a state of blissful harmony” but rather was . thought. A whole. First. Moreover. tastes. and humanly constituted. What Herder proposed instead was to allow history and philosophy to interact and mutually enliven each other in order to learn “about the spirit of the changes in various ages” (1766/2002: 255. In an aggregate the parts are separate and unrelated. In doing so. Thus. by virtue of its inherent relational characteristics. For our purposes.” which won the Berlin Academy prize in 1771 and established him as a major intellectual force (Herder 1772/2002). Briefly. Anthropologist provided us with any new insights. and their interconnections. he believed that the different parts or segments of culture might develop at different rates.28 • Karl Marx. ways of life. and what was considered true and useful for one might be false and useless for another. the former referred to the patterns of language. culture. is something more than a mere sum total or aggregate. and behavior that were characteristic of a particular community in time and space. Herder would elaborate these themes for the rest of his life. manners of thought. human nature was both malleable and variable. cultural milieus] is never wholly the same” (quoted by Barnard 1969: 382). he wished to focus on two crucial qualities: functional inter-relatedness and self-generated activity. organic. and their number can be increased or reduced without having this affect the nature of the total but merely the size. From his perspective. The second is “This Too a Philosophy of the History for the Formation of Humanity” which appeared in 1774 (Herder 1774/2002). and forms of government. In 1769. by comparing the former to an organism. There were two reasons for this perspective. For Herder. The first is his essay “Treatise on the Origin of Language. emphasis in original). three of Herder’s works are important. there was less pronounced diversity among the individuals of the same age or people (culture). the first volume of which appeared in 1784 (Herder 1784/1968). culture was an integrated whole a composite or complex configuration which. The “more” is not contained in the parts considered in isolation. on the other hand.e. history. Herder contrasted the holism characterizing culture with the atomism characterizing an aggregate. Herder laid the foundations for a philosophical anthropology concerned with language. he stated this cultural relativism somewhat differently: “Human nature under diverse climates [i. Moreover. these changed.. In them. the latter acknowledged the diversity that existed between communities that were separated from one another in time and space.

Herder’s views about teleology derived inspiration from both Spinoza and Leibniz. in his view. To paraphrase Barnard (1965: 57). Herder was less concerned with the antecedents of particular cultural segments or configurations than he was with their significance once they had been integrated into the heritage of the community (Barnard 1969: 389–90). dialectical one that involved the interplay of two processes: Bildung and tradition. incorporated it into the core of his anthropological thought. at any given moment. Bildung was a non-repetitive process that entailed the assimilation. they were not simply animals with reason added. but beings whose energies had developed in an entirely different direction. Language. human beings were fundamentally different from animals. Language not only linked them to the past by revealing the thoughts and sentiments of past generations. or diachronic.The Enlightenment and Anthropology • 29 “a field of tension” (Barnard 1969: 385–6). the coherence of a culture was contingent and dependent. which involved both persistence and change. did not . in other words. evaluation. Thus. Second. however. there was a relationship. Kant. marked the possession of a reflective mind. in contrast to Rousseau. intergenerational process that entailed sifting through the stock of institutionalized beliefs and so forth in order to update them and to resolve the tensions and contradictions created by Bildung. and addition of new materials to the distinctive heritage of the community. Herder. He thought of historical development as motion in which what was already latent in a culture was actualized or made manifest. Tradition was an ongoing. it also allowed them to enrich and perpetuate those views for future generations through the processes of Bildung and tradition. This diversity and the tensions it produced were consequences of the fact that Herder viewed politics as human activity rather than a set of practices and institutions that were associated exclusively with the state. an interaction. the diversity existing within the social and political culture of a community also had the capacity to produce the kinds of tensions that were characteristic of the human condition. which was situational and functional. for example. At the time Herder was formulating his philosophical anthropology. a shared or common language was the cement that held together the members of a community. It was the means by which they became conscious of themselves as individuals and of their social relations with other individuals both inside and outside of the community. This provided a synchronic view of culture. on the relations that existed among the reciprocally interacting processes that constituted the whole and on the intrinsic capacity of the whole to forge new features and integrate them into the fabric of everyday life. the idea of race was being discussed increasingly by Enlightenment writers. analysis was also needed in order to describe content or the purpose of particular cultural segments. For Herder. In his essay on the origins of language. among the language shared by the members of a community and the habits of thought and modes of life of its members. In his view. saw language as a uniquely human attribute that separated human beings from animals. Herder. was an interactive. it was clear to Herder that a historical. there was teleology in history. however. Herder’s notion of history.

on this Earth. to proper systematic natural history. extending through all ages. He argued instead that the state should take responsibility for the humanization of its subjects. all are at last but shades of the same great picture. was organic. or spreads over it a slight veil. that have been made from a laudable zeal for discriminating sciences. (Herder 1784/1968: 7) Herder’s historical-dialectical and critical anthropology built on Rousseau’s and consequently resembled it in important ways. comprise the most different races. In 1784. This originality of character extends even to families. anthropological] history of man. I could wish the distinction between the human species. Kant] have thought fit.. and over all parts of the earth. In short. What bothered Herder about the arguments of many of his contemporaries was their ethnocentrism.e. therefore. to employ the term races for four or five divisions. Culture. civilization was something mechanical that was associated with the state. Herder was by no means an anarchist who advocated the end of the state. and he was openly critical of those that did not. and he situated it in activities and reflective thought of people who shared a language and resided in relatively unstratified communities. distinguished culture from civilization—Herder explicitly and Rousseau more tentatively. Some for instance [i. For both. but I see no reason for this appellation. but not sufficient to destroy the original national character. not be carried beyond due bounds. as well as its own language: the climate it is true. whose members had the same mode of subsistence. there are neither four or five races.. for example. he described his thoughts and reservations about its use in the following way: Lastly. and for providing education so that they might achieve their full potential. as to the physico-geographical [i. or in each of these countries. Herder agreed with the Scots who also argued that history was an unconscious process rather than a consequence of great leaders or the result of “restless reason” as Kant would have it. and under each of these complexions. for ensuring that they enjoyed a certain level of welfare.e.30 • Karl Marx. their claims that the commercial society emerging in Europe represented the highest stage of sociohistorical development. Culture emerged not from activities of intellectuals and officials supported by the state but rather from the creativity and spontaneity of people dealing with everyday issues in the worlds in which they lived. and its transitions are as variable as imperceptible. originally made in consequence of country or complexion. and their concomitant obfuscation of the cultural diversity that existed among communities in different regions. nor exclusive varieties. Complexions run into each other: forms follow the genetic character: and upon the whole. . and the civilizing process was one that muted or erased altogether people’s knowledge and experience of everyday life. They belong not. which in this case either does not exist. stamps on each its mark. For every nation is one people. Race refers to a difference of origin. having its own national form. Anthropologist find any utility in the concept. in Herder’s view. Both.

The new historical understanding involved explanations of both the individual and individuality as well as of the development of society (Reill 1998). Montesquieu had linked the historical development of human society with nature (i. human nature was the result of socialization under historically specific and contingent social relations and circumstances. and the Scots. Pathology. and Johann Friedrich Blumenbach (1752–1840) were noting that sociohistorical and cultural development as well as the development of the human species itself was genetic in the sense that they involved both mechanical and teleological processes. marked the acceptance of new ideas about the linkages between the human and natural realms that were proposed earlier in the century. While Hume strove to develop a “science of human nature” that was applicable in all circumstances. and it was imperative to take account of and to explain the diversity of both present and past societies.12 Their “fascinat[ion] about the idea of genetic . and that the latter could not be reduced to the former. Herder and others recognized the diversity of human societies and argued that the nature of individuals was shaped by the sociocultural and natural milieus of which they were a part.e. Moral Philosophy. By the 1780s.The Enlightenment and Anthropology • 31 Göttingen: Beyond “Anthropology for Doctors and Philosophers” The title of Ernst Platner’s (1744–1818) book. there was uneven culture-historical development. and each era. Rousseau. each society had its own unique configuration of elements that underwrote its distinctive “spirit” or appearance. Herder. made human history part of nature: Buffon by looking primarily at the human species as a biological organism. of change through time. the Scots by considering the historical development of humanity as the consequence of natural laws that were analogous to those of Newtonian physics. or that anthropology would be infused with these new perspectives by the end of the century. Zammito 2002: 237–53). the environments in which different peoples lived). New Anthropology for Doctors and Philosophers: With Special Consideration to Physiology. Rousseau by seeing people. of the contexts in which things occurred. Their contemporaries and successors embroidered the fabric they had woven.. for it gave no indication that new ideas about the significance of historical understanding. of organized systems as opposed to aggregates of individuals. As Herder and others—like Johann Winckelmann (1717–68)—noted. in different ways. Košenina 1989. published in 1772. The title also signaled the end of an era. In a phrase. and Aesthetics. Kant. and of cultural and physical diversity were already crystallizing and becoming conjoined with one another. reciprocal interactions with that world. as making their own history and transforming both themselves and the natural world through ongoing. in the process of emerging from nature. Buffon. Unlike Descartes who viewed mind and body as independent substances—the former concerned with the principles of thought or consciousness and the latter possessing bulk and physical properties—Platner emphasized the mutual interdependence of mind and body and the natural forces involved in the process (Allert 1991.

and metaphors employed by Herder and others underwrote and supported new ways of conceptualizing organization. as you recall. who is hailed as a founder of comparative philology and as the educational reformer who modeled the curriculum of the newly opened University of Berlin after that of Göttingen. and ethnology of peoples on the margins of Europe and used statistics to develop the comparative study of states. who was the most prominent philosopher and social theorist on the continent until his death in 1831. W. Hegel. classical philologist and archaeologist Christian Gottlob Heyne (1729–1812) was Blumenbach’s teacher. change. Marx. for example. human society. Stagl 1995. It also required a new form of explanation. they were organized wholes that resembled an organism. linguistics. both synchronically and diachronically. History was no longer the chronicles of kings. as internally differentiated structures that not only developed through time but also metamorphosed in the process. One of Heyne’s students in the seminar was Wilhelm von Humboldt (1767– 1835). Friedrich Schelling (1775–1854). Herder’s close friend. Beiser 1992b. The University of Göttingen was a focal point for the convergence of these ideas in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries (e. Here. and the individual human being. like Harvard and the Andover Theological Seminary in the United States. . An increasingly prevalent idea in the late eighteenth century was the notion that both the natural and human realms were constituted by more than mere aggregates of individual parts. More importantly. one that relied on narrative rather than reference to some universally applicable law. Marx was also exposed to the critical-historical anthropology of Georg F. Leventhal 1986. they allowed commentators to articulate issues related to human organization. and diversity at various levels: the natural world. Anthropologist development was that it assumed the dual existence of individuality and regular order. Flavell 1979. Instead.” while other Romantic writers were fascinated with the diversity manifested in tropical rainforests or the tangled banks beside English streams (Richards 2002: 295–306). was exposed to that curriculum and to Humboldt’s plan for a historically informed. Unlike aggregates. the philological seminar that Heyne taught for many years had shaping effects on the curricula of other universities. or the highways traversed by generals and armies but rather the byways where everyday folk wandered silently. growth or change over time. Moreover. The comparisons. analogies. viewed “nature as a dynamically shifting balance of forces.32 • Karl Marx. the distinctive features of such totalities were more than the sum of their parts and were constituted by the organization of those parts. lists of dates. Vermeulen 1992.g. 1995). and a colleague of August Schlözer (1735–1809) who wrote extensively about the history. Writers began to think of nature and human society. and diversity to their own experiences and to the sociocultural milieus in which they lived and worked. Fink 1993. For example. comparative anthropology when he attended the university in the late 1830s (Bunzl 1996. Leroux 1958). Denby 2005. individuals with diverse interests rubbed shoulders with one another on virtually a daily basis. without collapsing one upon the other” (Reill 1998: 119). Through the courses he took.

Dickey and Nisbet 1999. The clearest embodiment of this goal. was manifested most clearly in the latest historical stage—modern civil society—which was ushered in by the French Revolution. Hegel agreed with Herder and the Scots. Hegel’s (1770–1831) philosophical anthropology sought to account for the actual (concrete) conditions of human existence and to explain how that social reality had been transformed by the collective (social) activity of human beings. notably Adam Ferguson. Like Rousseau and Herder. emphasis in original). and the Scots as almost continual points of reference. there was “a rationally discernible development in history. While he addressed themes that they had already discussed. however. would change the attitude of people toward their social environment” (Plant 1983: 57. Berry 1982.The Enlightenment and Anthropology • 33 Hegel’s Critical-Historical Anthropology Georg F. moral individuals. history was teleological. As a result. he also developed concepts of history and the primacy of collective social activity that were inchoate in Herder’s writings. For example.g. he was at the same time critical of some of the conclusions they had drawn. simultaneously involved the interconnected development of the individual and the community in relation to the realization of a goal—the actualization of the human mind in all its potential and free subjectivity (Geist) in both. like Kant. Knox and Pelczynski 1964. that human beings had the freedom to actualize themselves as rational. that the social problems of the day were ultimately ethical or moral. From the late 1790s onward. which limited freedom and the capacity of reason. W. unlike Kant. in Hegel’s (1822–30/1975: 11–151) view. Rockmore 1992/1993). and that social change was the product of human activity. had been dismantled and replaced by rampant individualism. Like Rousseau and the Scots. which was inchoate in earlier stages of human history. His empirical anthropology was rooted in his concern with history and with the formation of civil society (e. once comprehended. he wrote with the ideas of Kant. Hegel believed that philosophy should be critical as well as systematic (scientific). he gained an appreciation of the importance of historical understanding and the significance of varied cultural configurations of different historical epochs and civilizations. Hegel’s philosophical anthropology shared important features with those of his predecessors and diverged in significant ways from them (Lukács 1966/1976. Rousseau. according to Hegel. What emerged in the wake of the revolution was an era in which the institutions and practices of the old regime. Waszek 1988). he viewed history in terms of uneven development and the resolution of conflicts and contradictions. a development. which. History. From Herder. moreover. he viewed change from the standpoint of the community rather than the individual. that the members of a society were bound together by shared cultural practices and beliefs as well as by the political institutions under which these habits manifested themselves. Herder. Hegel was deeply concerned with the development of both modern civil society and the state as well as with the kinds of transformations they wrought on human beings. Thus. This was the first time. through their individuality. they could also .

. and reason—by virtue of their membership in historically specific communities (Hardimon 1994: 153–6). and that how the whole individual was actualized varied in important ways from one historical stage to the next and even within the same historical-cultural people. Second. social. Spirit comes to understand itself through the history of these objectifications.. self-determining individuals who possessed rights as well as interests. Hegel stresses two aspects of the role of labor as objectification. As Robert D’Amico has noted. and roles—the cultural configurations—that shaped everyday life in those communities and formed the backdrop to the processes of socialization and education that took place in them. and the capacity to make moral judgments that were distinct from those of other individuals in the community. . . They not only determined how biologically given drives and desires were satisfied but also how individuals expressed and developed their interests. practices. practical activity. States. they could step back from their social roles in the community and conceive of themselves as autonomous. in objectifications. cultural. by giving meaning to its world. to ensure the actualization of the individuals and to promote the good of the community as opposed to the particular interests of its members (Hegel 1817–30/1978. the market. Another way of saying this is that the physical. By the term mediation Hegel means that the human world becomes transformed (mediated by activity and purpose and therefore is no longer a world of natural objects. Hegel saw history as the progressive unfolding of reason and consciousness and the development of Spirit. and civil society and in their roles as citizens of a political state. creates a “second nature” which conditions humanity.34 • Karl Marx. Hegel’s theory of history is based on self-production [in which] Spirit (Geist) manifests itself . Human labor is just such a manifestation of the power of Spirit. . and social dimensions of human beings interpenetrated and articulated with one another. Hegel calls objectification a power of negativity because the objectifications of Spirit transform and therefore negate what is given in reality [i. Spirit is ultimately the reason inherent in history as a teleological process. Labor modifies its world and thereby allows man to know it and free itself from the bonds of natural necessity. external nature]. psychic. externalizations. talents. and skills. In this particular form of society. For Hegel. language. in Hegel’s view. Most importantly. and cultural needs in society and actualized their distinctly human capacities— thought.e. Anthropologist actualize themselves as social members of a community. they developed their minds. ideas. and alienations that represent forms of consciousness. intellect. First. . and subjective spirit in the context of the social institutions. 1821/1967). Culture or Spirit is precisely the objectification of this teleology or mediation. They satisfied biological. labor is defined as that which mediates the world. human beings were social beings. embodying the positive values of earlier states. had evolved. Since what is conditioning humanity is the externalization of its own purposive activity. They realized themselves as individuals in their social roles in the family. it is conditioned by its own product and .

The general consciousness of man includes two distinct provinces. objectification is characterized exclusively by consciousness. which. cf. . but also provided the system of ethical life and social substance that would allow them to reconcile and overcome the conflicts and contradictions of civil society and thereby ensure that they could achieve their humanity (Rose 1981). he is the being who raises himself up into a second world. they felt a sense of profound estrangement from those societies. (1981: 5–6) As Hegel put it. History was important. in his view. The separation of the individual from the community only occurred during the Protestant Reformation (Plant 1983: 55–75). that of nature and that of the spirit. consequently. For example. wars. In civil society.. marked the both the internationalization of society and the end of the nation state. The male citizens of the Greek city-states were able to overcome this kind of estrangement even though they did not see themselves as independent individuals in the modern sense—i. Henri Saint-Simon (1760–1825) made a slightly different argument about their connection. . It accounted for the cultural configuration of modern civil society as well as the modern state. The province of the spirit is created by man himself” (1822–30/1975: 44. natural object. His contemporary. . because it explained the present and ended in the present. SaintSimon was concerned with the appearance of industrial society. The modern state not only reaffirmed the unity of the nation. where the purchase and sale of goods and services made them interdependent and connected them in an increasingly dense web of social relations.e. as distinct from the customs of the city-state or as participants in the market exchange relations that characterized modern civil society.” these did not give rise to history (Hegel 1822–30/1975: 134–7). which was weakened as individuals pursued their own goals. “the rational end of man is life in the state” (1817–30/1978: 242). While Hegel acknowledged the existence of pre-state societies in the prehistoric period that had achieved “a significant development in certain directions” or even experienced “complications. 241–2). which has nothing whatsoever to do with the kinds of determination that occur in the natural world. declines. law and morality condition and form human beings through a process of cultivation (Bildungsweise) or civilizing influence. History began with the rise of states and ended with the present. For example. Thus. .The Enlightenment and Anthropology • 35 not by an external. “After the creation of the natural universe. For Hegel. revolutions. individuals satisfied their needs by pursing their private interests in the market. Hegel was not the only theorist to comment on civil society and the state during the first quarter of the nineteenth century. Hegel argued that neither Abraham nor Jesus was able to reconcile his vision of the independence and freedom of the individual with those of the wider communities of which they were members. for Hegel. man appears on the scene as the antithesis of nature. History progressed unevenly through fits and starts as the people of a historical era succeeded in resolving the contradictions of their time. 1837/1956: 52–3.

however. Saint-Simon died in 1825. human beings. which provided the grist for the development of an empirical anthropology that increasingly took cognizance of the history and diversity of human beings as well as the world in which they lived. For some of them. He would also absorb the importance of enlightenment. the Enlightenment provided a set of questions that the proponents of different philosophical anthropologies felt they needed to address. and about their place in that world. First. human nature was culturally determined (Herder and Hegel) and progress. Hegel six years later in 1831. the conversation was public as when the Scots. if it occurred at all. Marx would absorb the ideas of both writers as well as those of Montesquieu and Rousseau among others. and Hegel responded in different ways to Rousseau and to one another. the conversation that ensued can be viewed as a work in progress. for others. In another sense. we have viewed the Enlightenment as an ongoing conversation among individuals who held distinct. At other times. Herder. Anthropologist While industrial society was built around the institutions of civil society. and later industrialization. it was more private—an exchange of words between friends (Spinoza) or a university lecture published only posthumously (Hegel). Kant. In this chapter. and it was always threatening to those whose privileged positions in society rested on the maintenance of tradition and the active repression of critical inquiry. a point with which Hegel would have agreed. At times. and the difference between faith and reason. it was becoming increasingly difficult to argue that human beings were ontologically prior to human society. theoretically informed views about the world. Unlike the Scots and Hegel who viewed the present as the end of history. and their place in the world. and human society had been historicized and their diversity acknowledged. commerce. it was no longer possible to argue effectively that individual human beings living in a state of nature entered into a social contract with the sovereign (Hobbes) or with one another (Locke) thereby creating society in the process. Saint-Simon had a vision of what society could become in the future. colonization. nature. In one sense. when the young Karl Marx had barely entered his teens. about human beings.36 • Karl Marx. while many of Marx’s predecessors believed in progress (Smith) or the dialectical unfolding of history (Hegel). This realization paved the way for the development of new philosophical anthropologies that were distinguished from one another by the (ontological) beliefs that their advocates held about the nature of human beings. their relations with one another. Let us dwell for a moment on some of the issues and lessons that Marx’s predecessors raised for him. human nature was fixed and immutable and progress was a consequence of the passage of time. After Rousseau. Second. The conversation was often acrimonious. Marx’s predecessors were collectively concerned with the . Saint-Simon viewed the state as opposed to the development of civil society because of the domination of society by incapable bureaucrats who were out of touch with the times. The conversation was fueled by the conquest of nature. moreover. critical thought. others did not. resulted from the resolution of contradictions. In the 1830s. Third. exploration.

to use a term coined in response to Rousseau. In the chapters that follow. Hegel. there also was a growing clamor about the meaning of freedom and the autonomous individual in the context of the class structure of modern civil society and the state (Hegel).The Enlightenment and Anthropology • 37 inequalities and individualism that were characteristic of the commercial-industrial societies that shaped their everyday lives (Rousseau. . Fourth. were described as mechanical. Marx certainly learned from their writings and carried many of their arguments into his own work. associated with the state. Fifth. and limited or muted the knowledge acquired in the course of everyday life in the community (Herder). Saint-Simon). These civilizations. Herder. we will consider what he retained of their views and where he broke with them. it was increasingly difficult to maintain that the profound individualism and kinds of unequal social relations developing in modern civil society were characteristic of all societies. from the time of Rousseau onward.

This page intentionally left blank .

and Saint-Simon. it was also a historical experience only recently past. Kant. when he was seventeen and still a student in Trier. However. Enlightenment. and the director of the local high school that he attended (McLellan 1973: 1–16. which was occupied by the French from 1794 to 1814. the French Revolution was not simply absorbed from the works of French liberals. 22. and the separation of the real world from representations of that world. on the one hand. to Rousseau. was raised in the Prussian Rhineland. . his future father-in-law. Winckelmann. In fact. to name only a few. and others and his commentaries on those passages would come to fill fifty notebooks—more than 30. From early onward. Marx. McLellan 1973: 15. the denial of knowledge claims based on authority. 418).–2– Marx’s Anthropology Marx was a child of the Enlightenment. There are two obvious reasons for this. Goethe. many in the original language. The discussions had a significant impact on the young man. First. 113. Marx was also a bookworm. as well as commentaries on those works by later authors (DeGolyer 1992: 115. His library would eventually include nearly a hundred volumes by Greek and Roman writers. Voltaire. As a teenager in Trier during the early 1830s. The excerpts he copied from Aeschylus. Marx (1835/1975) wrote an essay on choosing a vocation which contained arguments that paralleled those of Rousseau’s Émile.g. he discussed various writers with his father. did not come exclusively from books. and contemporary writers with considerable care (e. he quoted long passages from favorite authors like Shakespeare and Homer and easily found quotations in the works of Aristotle and other writers of classical antiquity. . the historicity of things including forms of society. therefore. he made the first German translation of Aristotle’s De Anima and apparently intended to publish it (Meikle 1985: 58). whose effects and unfulfilled promises still defined the politics of the time” (Davidson 2005: 39 . on the other. which had been published in 1762 (Hillmann 1966: 33–48). as Nigel Davidson (2005: 8–9) perceptively remarked. He read classical. 267. it was the region in Europe “where the influence of the French Revolution was most directly experienced. . Seigel 1978: 28–64). their influence.000 pages—by the time he died (Prawer 1978: 348). who was born in 1818. Marx owed an intellectual debt to Enlightenment writers: the importance of reason. The writers ranged from Homer and Shakespeare. For Marx. Kaiser 1967). the centrality of the problem of freedom. for example.

The July Revolution in France (1830). The debate about revolution was not an abstract one. Second. With respect to these categories. and formation of the human individual as a subject and social being (Kosík 1963/1976: 133–7.g.. Henry 1976/1983: 12. This is the milieu in which Marx honed his philosophical anthropology—his answers to the questions: Who or what are human beings. and. Marx insisted that human beings are “a part of nature” and that they “begin to distinguish themselves from animals as soon as they begin to produce their means of subsistence. These productive activities or practices always occur in the context of associated individuals living in specific “ensembles of social relations” that have varied in space and time (Marx 1845/1976: 4). the English Reform Act (1832). revolutions elsewhere formed an almost continuous backdrop to his childhood and adolescence: Naples (1820). “There was going to be some sort of revolution—everybody but the dullest Prussian bureaucrat knew that—but what kind of revolution?” (Davidson 2005: 9). Spanish America (1808–22). praxis. a step which is conditioned by their physical [i. Schaff 1965/1970: 50) have argued that the central categories of answers to these questions are the social individual.40 • Karl Marx. Marx and Engels 1845–6/1976: 31. The temporal dimensions to these processes are fundamental. Holland (1830).e. to set off on new courses for the future. Marx’s participation in this debate as well as in the revolutionary politics of the nineteenth century was continuous from his days as a student at the University of Berlin in the late 1830s. This historical understanding—which has the capacity to make clear the interconnections of the past. . Gould 1978. Spain (1820). Human beings are determined by their history. and history. at the same time. and Andrew Jackson’s presidency (1829–37) enabled mass politics and extended voting rights (Hobsbawm 1962: 138–40). This process of continual critique and re-examination persisted until his death in 1883. the human condition has an irreducibly historical character. under some circumstances. the mastering of nature. human beings are born into communities and formed as social individuals through the intersubjectivity (the shared meanings and activities) of the persons who participate in those sets of relations. the Irish Rebellion (1829). within the constraints imposed by their bodies and the societies of which they are members. a decade later. and what has made them human? Some writers (e. Praxis is the creative and self-creative activity by which human beings shape their world and themselves. In this sense. Simply put. emphasis in original). Petrović 1991). present. and Poland (1830–1). Greece (1821). they chart the course of that history through their actions. The goal of this chapter is to explore Marx’s historical-dialectical anthropological theory. and future—affords us not only the opportunity to confront the burden of the past but also. it involves work. Anthropologist 8–9). bodily or corporeal] organisation” (Marx 1844/1975a: 276. The failure of the revolutions of 1848 and 1870 forced him to further hone and refine his analyses and understanding of the world.

reproduce. Keeping in mind that Marx was averse to both biological reductionist and culturehistorical relativist perspectives.. climatic. human sensuous activity. he never systematically developed the idea.” in . While Rousseau and Hegel viewed the relationship as one of emergence—the creation of culture for the former and the actualization of free subjectivity for the latter—Marx believed instead that The first premise of all human history is. needs. saw a relationship between human beings and nature. and dispositions shared generically by all members of the species. which endows all members of the species with certain potentials.e. consciousness. All historical writing must set out from these natural bases and their modification in the course of history through the action of men. The first fact to be established is of the physical [i. While his predecessors distinguished between the physical and moral characters of human beings and thus separated nature from the realm of human history.1 The Corporeal Organization of Human Beings While Marx made numerous references to the corporeal organization of human beings throughout his writings. of socio-cultural forms. Nonetheless. and the ensemble of social relations that shape everyday life in the worlds in which they live and which they themselves produce.” he mentions “practical.Marx’s Anthropology • 41 What Are Human Beings? Marx. we cannot here go either into the actual physical nature of man. as Joseph Fracchia (2005: 40) has argued. On the one hand.” On the other hand. That is. in the “Theses on Feuerbach. as he discussed the specifically human features. Of course. there is a dialectical interplay between the biological substrate. the existence of living human individuals. underlie and make possible the infinite though not unlimited range of those changing manifestations of human being—that is. . the “transhistorical attributes of human corporeal organisation . capabilities. and so on. the ensembles of social relations not only condition how human beings live but also shape their relations of production as well as the personalities. . Marx did not. like Rousseau and Hegel before him. and behaviors that are characteristic of each historical epoch (Fracchia 1991: 159–60). or into the natural conditions in which man finds himself—geological. on occasion. and. oro-hydrographical. let us now look in more detail at how he characterized human beings simultaneously as natural beings and as social and conscious natural beings. For example. Marx rejected the notion of a fixed human nature or essence in the singular and adopted instead a historicized notion of human natures in the plural. bodily or corporeal] organisation of these individuals and their consequent relation to the rest of nature. change. the importance of the concept is evident in his remarks. (Marx and Engels 1845–6/1976: 31) Thus. of course.

Anthropologist Capital. real. As a natural being and as a living natural being he is on the one hand endowed with natural powers. This system provides sensations of the world. sensuous creatures that perceive the world around them. Marx agreed with Hegel’s view that human beings were part of nature and that they had produced a “second world. Hunger is an acknowledged need of my body for an object existing outside it. objective being he is a suffering. It provides perceptions. Marx wrote: Man is directly a natural being. in order to satisfy itself. as a natural. and at the same time to have object. including the sensory organs. like animals and plants. sensuous. sensuous objects. The foundations for Marx’s view that human beings were a part of nature first appeared in The Economic and Philosophical Manuscripts. Hunger is a natural need. sensuous. as objects independent of him. and the socialists. yet these objects are objects that he needs—essential objects. 341–416). These forces exist within him as tendencies and abilities—as instincts. and sense outside oneself. emphasis in the original) Marx made several points in this passage. which he wrote early in his career to begin sorting out his theoretical differences with other writers— especially Hegel.42 • Karl Marx. objective being full of natural vigour is to say that he has real. vital powers—he is an active natural being. Their sense organs—their eyes. nature. To say that man is a corporeal. (1844/1975a: 336. mouth. skin—combined with motor skills that allow them to move their bodies or various parts of them. corporeal. living. the political economists.” In the gendered. That is to say. and understandings of the ambient conditions as well as the animate and cultural elements of the environments the human beings inhabit. nose. an object outside itself. Let us begin to unpack what he meant. natural and sensuous. smelling. human beings are active. constitute an interrelated perceptual system. Fracchia (2005: 41ff. and touching the various external objects in the world around them. tasting. or that he can only express his life in real. he discusses the corporeal foundations of use values (they satisfy the needs of human individuals) and the immiserating effects or costs on the human body that result from lengthening the duration of the work day and thereby diminishing the time for rest and recuperation (Marx 1845/1976: 4. referential language of the day. nature and sense for a third party. ears. the objects of his instincts exist outside him. more importantly. the organization of the human body is for Marx more than merely “a simple prerequisite” for being human. It permits human beings to feel by providing both passive and active sensations of the external world. looking. they are active mechanisms for exploring nature—for moving.) suggests that enough can be gleaned from these scattered passages to see the “systematic and foundational logic” underpinning the remarks. assessments. it therefore needs a nature outside itself. or oneself to be object. indispensable to the manifestation and confirmation of his essential powers. To be objective. in his view. to be stilled. First. is one and the same thing. conditioned and limited creature. 276–7. sensuous objects as the object of his being or of his life. The adjustments resulting from movement of parts of the perceptual . 1863–7/1977: 125–6. listening. On the other hand.

Second. ability to discern intensity and direction of middle-range sounds. or see very well at night.Marx’s Anthropology • 43 system—e. joy. to name only a few. human beings carrying oxygen and other essentials with them regularly climb to the top of Mt. feeling “is an inherent structural part of acting and thinking rather than their mere ‘accompaniment. The structure and organization of the system and their anatomical correlates. prolonged life history stages (gestation. Third. As Agnes Heller (1979: 11) has noted. hands with opposable thumbs and enhanced dexterity. human individuals are terrestrial and diurnal—that is. or hand movements—constitute modes of attention that allow human individuals to explore the available information. that the individual’s capacity for feeling also has the potential to expand. reside on high mountain peaks. human beings distinguish themselves from the worlds in which they live through a process of self-objectification—i. Everest or use night-vision goggles to see in the dark. and habitual speech including the vocal apparatus and related brain centers (Langdon 2005). the individual’s engagement with its surroundings may range from minimal (out of awareness or consciousness). for example.’” At any moment. eye. head. For example.. This engagement begins at the moment of birth and starts from the individual. to orient themselves and move in relation to them. as well as the externalities of their environments dispose human beings to interact with the worlds around them in particular ways. and hunger. Parts of the human perceptual system are shared to varying degrees and in different ways with those of their non-human primate relatives and shared ancestors. to say that human beings are part of nature means that they are also feeling organisms that are actively involved with the world in which they live. evolved through time over the past 60 or so million years. thinking.g. relatively small deciduous and permanent teeth.e. Subjectification is an active process that involves action. broadly conceived. diminished sense of smell and taste relative to other animal species. and feeling. bipedal locomotion. menstrual as opposed to estrus cycles in reproductive females. some of which have been overcome in recent years as a result of enormous amounts of cultural intervention. The system imposes limitations. Nevertheless. to the center of conscious attention. The world provides the objects and others that the human individual internalizes and objectifies. increased brain size. They experience a range of feelings and emotions: fear. Some features of the human perceptual system and the anatomical correlates associated with them are: upright posture. tool-use. it is during the process of acting and thinking. to form conceptions of those externalities. This is the process of subjectification—the formation and development of the self (Ego)—which underpins the self-expression of the individual. love. labor or purposive activity—and . The human perceptual system also provides a basis for communication (Gibson 1966/1983). on the other. they typically do not inhabit ocean floors. on the one hand. reduced amounts of bodily hair and increased number of sweat glands. The human perceptual system. immaturity). emphasis on vision including the related brain centers: stereoscopic color vision. of developing new capacities and reintegrating them into more meaningful wholes. infancy.

. and [Benjamin] Franklin therefore defines man as “a tool-making animal. has been described as “the embodiment of human motivation. Human beings deploy them and the objects they created as extensions of their corporeal organization to mediate. dwelling. [being] as many as human capacities and practices and the results . the perceptual system. not the negative side of labour.44 • Karl Marx. brain. and the subject who is objectified in a world of objects. like the bees. It produces one-sidedly. For Marx (1844/1975a: 333). In other words. hands. although present in the germ among certain species of animals. regulate. objects are subjected to human purposive activity. whilst man produces even when he is free from physical need and only truly produces in freedom therefrom. in Marx’s (and Fracchia’s) view. . Admittedly animals also produce. They build themselves nests. man proves himself a conscious species-being. and ends” (D’Amico 1981: 3) with the “modes of objectification . For Marx The solitary man cannot operate upon nature without calling his own muscles into play under the control of his own brain. purpose. [being] worlds of artifacts—material. is characteristic of the specifically human labour process. legs. The only labour which Hegel knows and recognizes is abstractly mental labour. But an animal only produces what it immediately needs for itself or its young.” (Marx 1863– 7/1977: 286) In creating a world of objects by his practical activity. like hunger. These externalized objects satisfy needs. Labour is man’s coming-to-be himself within alienation. Hegel “grasps labour as the essence of man—as man’s essence which stands the test: he sees only the positive. in his work upon inorganic nature. and that his standpoint was that of political economy. . whilst man produces universally. or as alienated man. ants. . (Marx 1863–7/1977: 643) The use and construction of instruments of labour. and control the metabolism that exists between them and nature. An animal process only itself. beavers. Objectification. Marx’s notions of objectification and labor were broader than those of his predecessor. Anthropologist thereby constitute themselves in a world of externalized objects that they have not only created but also that condition their lives in turn. and semiotic” (Fracchia 2005: 44). whilst man reproduces the whole of nature. Marx argued that Hegel’s views about labor were abstract and philosophical. arms. Just as head and hand belong together in the system of nature. is transformed in the process. social. They were tied not to thought or the movement of Spirit but rather to human activity and history as these were shaped by specific forms of alienation. what is distinctive. It produces only under the dominion of immediate physical need. about human corporeal organization are the bodily organs that were transformed into instruments of production: most notably. labor in its essential form. . etc. so in the labour process mental and physical labour are united. An animal’s product belongs immediately to its . that are experienced subjectively and whose satisfaction requires an object outside the self. and the vocal tract. . Fourth.” Thus. .

involved the articulation of physical and mental activities directly or indirectly through thought and language. it makes the life activity of the individual an object of will and self-consciousness.Marx’s Anthropology • 45 physical body. hence already existed ideally. the beauty of a finely chipped stone knife.. And this is a purpose he is conscious of. Man not only effects a change of form in the materials of nature. Labor. and he must subordinate his will to it. the latter were “habitually required” in a given society. The needs of human beings developed. More important. it determines the mode of his activity with the rigidity of a law. The former were indispensable for the production and reproduction of the individual. But what distinguishes the worst architect from the best of bees is that the architect builds the cell in his mind before he constructs it in wax. . a result emerges which had already been conceived by the worker at the beginning. . whilst man knows how to produce in accordance with the standard of every species. It is the way human beings mediate and regulate the metabolism that exists between them and nature. Fifth. however. It is a mode of objectification involving intentionality rather than instinct. and a bee would put many human architects to shame by the construction of its honeycomb cells. Marx saw this as a process of emergence. As a result. the splendor of a poem. they may more importantly be aesthetic expressions—for example. with the development of the productive forces—i. (Marx 1863–7/1977: 283–4) Marx referred repeatedly over the years to the centrality of labor as the condition for human existence and the self-realization of human beings. 655) rather systematically distinguished between physiological and necessary needs. the motor for the developmental and directional change in human corporeal organization was labor which he described as “the living. An animal forms objects only in accordance with the standard and the need of the species to which it belongs. in his view. human beings work to satisfy existing needs and to create new ones in the process.e. . this development of all the human productive forces is a process of both self-creation and self-affirmation. “the creation of man through human labour and the emergence of nature for man” (1844/1975a: 304). A spider conducts operations which resemble those of a weaver. We presuppose labour in a form in which it is an exclusively human characteristic. Man therefore also forms objects in accordance with the laws of beauty. and knows how to apply everywhere the inherent standard of the object. (Marx 1844/1975a: 276–7) We are not dealing here with those first instinctive forms of labour which remain on the animal level. is the fact that all labor or work involves physical activity as well as thinking and other mental activities. purposive activity . At the end of every labour process. while man freely confronts his product. While the objects made by human beings may be utilitarian in the broad sense of the word. or the exquisite taste of a carefully prepared meal in contrast to fast food. form-giving fire” (1857–8/1973: 361). for Marx. Marx (1863–7/1977: 276–7. he also realizes his own purpose in those materials. It is the way they appropriate and alter external objects and transform them into things that satisfy their needs. one that entails aesthetic as well as utilitarian attitudes toward human activity.

clothing. He wrote . play.46 • Karl Marx. that the development of the individual is determined by the development of all the others with whom he is directly or indirectly associated. their individualities. healthy maintenance of the body. While Marx never systematically elaborated a theory of social needs. Social needs are the genuine needs of every individual in a given society. the instruments of work. Marx and Engels 1845–6/1976: 38. These included adequate food. and that the different generations of individuals entering into relation with one another are connected with one another. Henry 1976/1983. and the objects upon which work is performed (Marx 1857–8/1973: 494.g. variation of activity. their identities. like congressmen in the United States today. 1863–7/1977: 341. their corporeal organization. their subjectivities. aesthetic stimulation. 362. growth. time for intellectual development. 417). Marx also alluded to social needs—“the level of needs of the worker as a socially developed human being at a given point” (Lebowitz 2003: 40). human individuals—their consciousnesses. actualized in their relations with other individuals. in fact. 611. Márkus 1978: 15–35. their own mutual relations being determined thereby. Marx recognized the sociality of human beings and that being human was. portray themselves as representatives of the masses. 375–6. that the physical existence of the later generations is determined by that of their predecessors. free play of the vital forces of the body and mind. or their biological features. drink. their personalities. rest from exertion. Negt 1988: 228–33: Schaff . As a result. “Ensembles of Social Relations” and Human Beings as Social Individuals Human beings are distinguished as much by their sociocultural and historical characteristics as they are by their need to work. their ambivalences. these are typically available only to the privileged layers of that society. cleanliness of person and surroundings. and meaningful interpersonal and sexual relationships (Marx 1844/1975a: 295–6. In short. fulfillment of social functions. 54–118. like adequate health care or rest. 612. social intercourse. but is determined by this history (Marx and Engels 1845–6/1976: 438). in their participation in historically specific communities. . Anthropologist (work). development. fresh air and sunlight. and their cultures—have a profoundly social character (e. it is clear that development takes place and that the history of a single individual cannot possibly be separated from the history of preceding or contemporary individuals. adequate living and working space. 1863–7/1977: 284). he and Engels made passing references to the needs of human beings in general (McMurtry 1978: 33–4). 762–802. and that these later generations inherit the productive forces and forms of intercourse accumulated by their predecessors. and habitation. . who. Another way of saying this is that these webs of social relations are the foundation on which intersubjectivity is possible.

“Conscious life activity distinguishes man immediately from the life activity of the animal. even when he or she is seemingly alone. recognition. etc. and their relations with them. Human beings are clearly social individuals. opinions. these ensembles are not natural relations that exist among generalized or universal human individuals but rather are the particular relations that exist among specific. persons. and (2) that is. The kinds of work they do—the ways in which they satisfy their needs. and so forth that are handed down by tradition and accepted in an unreflective manner (Márkus 1978: 26. Human beings are shaped by the sets of relations into which they are born and which they help to actualize. It entails increasing awareness of the objects of the natural world. and education. or rejected by the individuals involved. in given historical epochs. not exclusively utilitarian. (1965/1970: 66) For Marx. as Marx would say. It is a repeated moment in the life activity of the individual. reproduce. Marx and Engels 1845–6/1976: 36). For what he becomes in ontogenesis is fully determined socially. It exists between the appearance.Marx’s Anthropology • 47 1965/1970: 49–102). Consciousness was another. feelings. but how did human social individuals come into being? For Marx. 70n31a. By consciousness. a “creative and formative factor in all social activity” (Márkus 1978: 28). which changes very slowly. consciousness itself is a social phenomenon. at the same time. and this in a way that is quite beyond his control—through language. “the specific character of human beings in a given era cannot be determined a priori but only in reference to the [particular] ensembles of social relations” (Fracchia 1991: 160). consciousness is not the passive reception of stimuli from the natural and sociohistorical world in which the human individual lives. dispositions. instead. In a phrase. It also includes “cognizance of the surrounding world” as well as the “mental production” of the whole sphere of presuppositions. sense was one distinctive feature. Adam Schaff describes this in the following way: at a certain level of biological evolution. he meant the mental outlook (1) that is formed under particular social conditions. The spheres of activity founded on these relations are internalized. express their identities. which imparts certain customs. concrete individuals who live at particular times and in particular places or. and relations and the . and occasionally even transform during their lives. other human beings. As a result. Thus. and form new wants and desires—are all cast in this forge. His view of consciousness was broader than the one we typically employ today. accepted. work in the broad. etc. This socially and historically determined activity is. a wholly determined social product. an expression of those circumstances. sociality permeates all aspects of the individual’s life.” wrote Marx (1844/1975a: 294).—is a product of ontogenesis. which embodies a certain type of thinking. While consciousness is ultimately based on the possibilities for development in the corporeal organization of the species. value-judgments. and subjectification of those objects. man—in the sense of his attitudes. It involves intentionality. modes of behavior and of ethics.

(Marx 1857–8/1973: 110) The mode of production must not be considered simply as being the reproduction of the physical existence of the individual. of its organization. The mode of production of material life conditions the general process of social. What they are. which are the expression of particular ensembles of social . a definite form of expressing their life. so they are. a definite mode of life on their part. Social consciousness never exists in a general or abstract sense but rather always is a manifestation of particular ensembles of social relations and sociohistorical conditions. both with what they produce and how they produce. Such claims also overlook passages Marx wrote earlier that are hard to square with models of economic determination. men inevitably enter into definite relations. cultures. “culture [consciousness] constitutes a mode of expression of life conditioned by the form of production or form of life activity” (D’Amico 1981: 11). ultimately. or invert reality and of whose existence the subjects are unaware. it also includes “false consciousness”— mistaken ideas that conceal.” and “the activation of human actuality” (Márkus 1978: 29). Rather it is a definite form of activity of these individuals. Anthropologist potentials they have for satisfying or creating new needs. or political dimensions. It does not say that the culture is not economic or that the economic lacks significant cultural.48 • Karl Marx. therefore. coincides with their production. it is well known that certain periods of their flowering are all out of proportion to the general development of society. Consciousness “is a particular type of activity directed toward the ‘appropriation’ of reality in a specific way” (Márkus 1978: 29). For example. The totality of these relations of production constitutes the economic structure of society. on which arises a legal and political superstructure and to which correspond definite forms of social consciousness. Thus. In the case of the arts. the appropriation of these “objects of social practice. (Marx 1859/1970: 20) This passage is often read not as a shorthand or summary statement of complex relations but rather as claims for (1) the separation of the economic from the cultural and other realms of society and. legal. consciousness is also related to Marx’s concepts of objectification and labor—the transformation of exterior objects to satisfy needs. which are independent of their will. hence. namely relations of production appropriate to a given stage in the development of their material forces of production. the real foundation. Thus. (2) the economic determination of society and history. as it were. distort. Marx portrayed the linkages of consciousness in his famous base–superstructure architectural metaphor: In the social production of their existence. As individuals express their life. hence also to the material foundation. (Marx and Engels 1845–6/1976: 31–2) In this view. the skeletal structure. political and intellectual life.

In short. But even more significant is the fact that how this experience is itself structured is also a dialectical consequence and cause of the particular form of individualism in a historical epoch. however. . and Marx realized this. As social beings. human individuals acquired their consciousness in historically specific communities and could develop as individuals only in those societies. are scaffoldings for human activity in historically particular circumstances. Marx was aware that “the development of the individual is conditioned by the development of all other individuals with whom he stands in a direct or indirect intercourse. [that is] due to his own selective activity. Though joined. structural relationships among the aspects of nature. . This is not to reduce society to the sum of individual experiences. And it is first of all this activity and its social consequences that directly form the specific. that all of the individuals of particular communities share some monolithic form of consciousness that is imposed externally or by tradition and that homogenized their views of the world. the specific conscious experience of individuals occurs in the context of the totality of structural relationships among individuals. Individual life is the mode of “experience” of the social whole. irreducible individuality of every human being. passed from one generation to the next. only through a process of appropriation . Marx (1844/1975a: 299) was acutely aware of the dialectical relation between the individual and species-life (the community). Consciousness renders those relations intelligible and reproducible. Their consciousness. their mode of experience does not coincide. his . and with. For what the individual experiences is primarily the structure of social relations in dialectical polarity with the world of nature. individual life and species (communal) life can neither be separated from each other nor identified. Each individual is an experiencing nodule or terminus of the ensemble of relations that constitutes the social system. Outhwaite 1991: 128).Marx’s Anthropology • 49 relations. (Lichtman 1982: 220) This does not mean. Each concrete individual finds a more or less strictly circumscribed scope of historically possible forms of behavior and activity as something set by. and the structure of relationships between these distinct but reciprocal realms. . and transformed by particular historical individuals. Gyorgy Márkus describes individuality and the constituents of personality in the following way: The material and ideal “elements” of his objective world become transformed into constituents of his own personality . and the social whole has itself no existence separate from the fact of its being experienced in the lives of individuals. . reworked. and that the various generations of the individuals. it is also a condition for transforming them (McMurtry 1978: 145–56. Richard Lichtman writes that Like other dialectically related notions. which plays no part in Marx’s system—the structure of the repressed unconscious. And. there is that part of the human psyche. is re-created daily. which enter into relations with each other have an interconnection” (Marx and Engels 1845–6/1976: 438). of course.

. appropriate their objects and labor. shepherd. in a constant dialogue between man and world. fisherman. from the products they produce. resulting from forces that occur behind the backs of individuals. They are simultaneously universalized and depersonalized. give-and-take if his own actions and the “reactions” of his social environment. from hunting in the morning. . Some individuals begin to pursue their own interests and to exploit others—i. . from others. individuals are no longer persons but rather have become hunters. It underscores the sociohistorical character of work and consciousness. between subjective activity and objective social reality. and from themselves. Social differentiation and specialization follow in their wake. . Accidents are not the only way in which individualization and the emergence of individuality occur. are linked dialectically to the corporeal organization of human beings. as Marx and Engels (1845–6/1976: 47) phrased it. As Marx put it. This estrangement. they have greater possibilities of learning from the experiences of those with whom they have ties.50 • Karl Marx. shepherds. a producer and consumer situated in historically specific social worlds that vary in time and space. However. This does not prevent them. fisherman. their autonomy and independence are diminished. or philosophers through the exchange relations and rules of distribution that have been forged. fishing in the afternoon. . class position. Anthropologist historical situation. leads to the reformation of personality characteristics and individuality. In the example cited above. In these historicized processes. in turn. the personal history of an individual is determined in the incessant interplay. As the production and reproduction of everyday life acquire an increasingly social character and individuals begin to produce for each other through cooperation. or alienation. On the other hand. . etc. or critic. which are two sides of the same coin. Marx’s focus on “ensembles of social relations” emphasizes the connection between the human individual who is growing self-conscious of other persons and of things that are external to him. they are increasingly estranged from nature. The historical development of these variable social worlds provides the real conditions for individualization and human individuality. This is a consequence of the ongoing dialogue between human beings. their dependence on others means that they can potentially draw on the knowledge and experience of an ever-widening circle of human beings. real individuals are “individualized through the process of history” (1857–8/1973: 496). (Márkus 1978: 23) Marx referred to this as “the difference between the individual as a person and what is extraneous [accidental] to him” (Marx and Engels 1845–6/1976: 81). both of which..e. On the one hand. social relations are transformed. when and if a social division of labor develops and the interests of the individual conflict with those of the community. and criticizing after dinner without ever becoming a hunter. herding in the evening. they too are manifestations of historically particular ensembles of social relations. His aim is to understand the human social being as a worker and thinker. Human personality evolves . A concrete walk of life.

or the interactions of the building blocks may produce additional or emergent properties. on the other. and the adoption of a dialectical holism. (4) the whole may be nothing more than the sum of its parts. The proponents of atomist reductionism are committed to five ontological principles: (1) each system has a set of natural building blocks which they seek to identify.” Second. Wilson 1991: 120–30). and with the greater whole of which they are a part (Kosík 1963/1976: 18–9. or the molecular sequences on chromosomes. like human beings. a totality is a multileveled. and their behavior in terms of their constituent parts—e. 1845–6/1976: 28). of ensembles of social relations (societies). inseparable. (2) these units are homogeneous at least with regard to the whole of which they are parts. and of nature itself. Early on. the science of history. and dialectically structured unity that exists in and through the diverse interpenetrations. In his view. Levins and Lewontin 1985: 269. (1) reality is structured by processes and . Meikle 1985: 10–15. and contradictions that shape the interactions of the parts with one another. history involved the inextricably intertwined development of human beings. he challenged the validity of each of its ontological premises and resisted reductionist epistemologies. on the one hand. One can look at history from two sides and divide it into the history of nature and the history of men. The two are. which reduced the source of knowledge to appearances (cf. however. First.g. with the unity itself. (3) the building blocks exist prior to the whole and hence have properties that are distinct and independent from those of the whole. Basically. historically contingent. connections. Marx’s materialist science of history has a number of distinctive features. The historicity of things was important for understanding both process and succession. For Marx. Thus. genes. Let us look at these in more detail. Mészáros 1991). Marx’s theory of history builds on the notion of a totality that includes both natural history and human history. Levins and Lewontin 1985: 133–42. he and Engels wrote that “we know only a single science. neurons. As Marx (1864–94/1981: 956) put it: “All science would be superfluous if the form of appearance of things directly coincided with their essence. attempts to explain complex organisms.Marx’s Anthropology • 51 History Marx’s view of the world is profoundly historicist in the sense that he believed it impossible to understand something fully unless one knew how it came to be the way it is. perhaps the most significant features of his historical science are the rejection of nineteenth-century atomist (Cartesian) reductionism. 278–85. Reductionism. and (5) causes are active subjects (agents) whereas effects are the properties of objects that have been acted upon. the history of nature and the history of men are dependent on each other so long as men exist” (Marx and Engels. which is still a prominent mode of analysis of the natural and social worlds today. Marx (1840–1/1975) laid the foundations for his rejection of atomist reductionism in his doctoral dissertation and developed the argument throughout his career.

the unpredictability or impossibility altogether of agricultural production in high-elevation or high-latitude environments. 42). For human communities with similar modes of production.52 • Karl Marx. Marx and Engels 1845–6/1976: 31. He wrote approvingly that the historical geologists had shown that the formation of the earth was a process. (3) the parts do not exist prior to the whole but rather acquire their characteristic properties in the interactions that constitute the whole. Marx 1863–7/1977: 637–8. He referred repeatedly over the years to the diverse “natural conditions in which man finds himself”—a multiplicity of worlds shaped subtly or not by their geology. It was impossible in his view to speak of either nature or society in general or in some abstract sense. a “self-generation” (Marx 1844/1975a: 304–5). Frederick Engels. He appreciated the significance of variation in both time and space. (6) this flux means that they may destroy the conditions that brought the totality into being in the first place. As he put it: “The method of rising from the abstract to the concrete is only the way in which thought appropriates the concrete. (2) the constituents of the totality are not identical with each other or in their relations to the whole. can yield significant variations in the details of how labor is organized.g. Anthropologist relations that are not always apparent on the surface. Other changes—such as those produced by earthquakes or floods—were less obviously or less directly the result of human activity. Third. of human production. I believe. reproduces it as the concrete in mind. climate. like the alpine grasslands of the Andes mountains or the tundra of northern Canada. Consequently. and it is impossible to understand the whole merely by studying its constituent elements. like agriculture or the domestication of animals (Marx 1863–7/1977: 287–8). the consequence of such environmental variation is that even slight differences of emphasis in what is taken from nature or in how tools and labor power are employed. and soil fertility exhaustion to name only a few of the factors he mentioned (e. could impose limitations on human communities with particular means of production—for instance. hydrology. Marx’s theory is firmly rooted in an appreciation of variation. material world was a precondition for the existence of human beings. He also knew that the tempo and mode of such changes varied from region to region and from epoch to another. But all of this is by no means the process by which the concrete itself comes into being” (Marx 1857–8/1973: 101). Marx was acutely aware of the fact that particular physical conditions. eloquently captured Marx’s sentiments in this regard when he wrote: . he was aware that environments changed with the passage of time. and (7) these transformations create possibilities for new historically contingent structures that have not existed previously. 2 This historical. Some changes were due to the impact of new forms of human activity. or material worlds. (4) the whole is always greater than the sum of its parts. (5) the whole is in continual flux though the parts and levels of the totality may be changing at different rates. it was necessary instead to think of the spatial and temporal particularities of both. Marx’s ontology and epistemology have different foundations from those of atomist reductionism. and of human society in its myriad forms. Moreover.

Marx’s Anthropology • 53
There is damned little left of “nature” as it was in Germany at the time when the Germanic peoples immigrated into it. The earth’s surface, climate, vegetation, fauna, and the human beings themselves have continually changed, and all this owing to human activity, while the changes of nature in Germany which have occurred in the process without human interference are incalculably small. (Engels 1873–82/1987: 511)

Fourth, although he often employed the language of essentialism and reductive materialism in his writing, Marx did not view historical change exclusively as either the unfolding of some potential inherent in the totality that revealed a necessary and regular succession of development stages or the outcome of forces or events that accidentally impinged upon the totality from the outside.3 Yet, there are elements of both developmental necessity (directionality) and chance (accident) in his historical arguments. For example, Marx (1863–7/1977: 772–80) described the developmental logic of capital accumulation in terms of concentration (reproduction on an extended scale) and centralization (regrouping capital into fewer units)—a logic that played itself out historically in England, albeit with fits and starts, in the nineteenth century. But, he also noticed that the development of capitalism in Russia in the 1870s was seemingly following a different pathway from that of England (Marx 1881/1983: 123–4). Moreover, when considering the structure of capitalist production in the 1860s, Marx (1864–94/1981: 567–72) suggested that there were several potential routes of its development in the immediate future given the then-existing property relations and balance of force—the formation of monopolies in certain spheres of production that would provoke both state intervention and the emergence of a new financial aristocracy. An alternative was the development of factories or companies run by workers. Both, in fact, have occurred since he wrote. “Developmental contingency,” a concept elaborated in another context by Richard Levins and Richard Lewontin (1985: 94–6), affords us a useful, shorthand description of Marx’s views about historical change. The concept captures the interplay of structure and process, of necessity and accident. To paraphrase their description of the concept and its implications, development is a historical process in which the effects of a force cannot be specified in a general or abstract way; they can only be specified in the singularity of the conditions and relations that exist at a particular time and place. One consequence of this is that the historical formation of ensembles of relations and their associated environments appear as “as a temporal sequence of events in which the exact order is critical” (Levins and Lewontin 1985: 95). Another consequence is that subtle variations among local communities have the potential to affect what happens or does not happen next; in other words, further development always involves confronting the existing structures and following, or not, one of several alternative pathways. Still another consequence is that the transition from one historical formation to another depends more on the conditions that prevailed at the time of the transition than on how those conditions and relations of the totality emerged. Finally, in some instances (labor strikes, for example),

54 • Karl Marx, Anthropologist the possible outcomes for particular communities are often quite constrained but perhaps not completely controlled; as a result, the driving forces involved appear to play themselves out with almost law-like regularity. At other moments, when the balance of forces are more nearly equal, people do have a real potential or capacity to make their own histories; whether they have chosen to do so or succeeded in doing so are other issues. Fifth, Marx’s science of history is not a philosophy of world history that attempts to describe humanity or the flow of history in some general or abstract sense. This is an impossibility. He is concerned instead with examining what is happening or what has taken place in communities that have particular locations in time and space. As a result, the histories of communities are not internally monolithic because the different subjectivities that emerge are inseparable from the ensembles of relations that make them possible. Nor is history homogeneous, either within a given historical epoch or when different communities are compared. While the ensembles of relations that produce and reproduce history are empirically rich in detail and specificity, they do not create or constitute an infinite diversity. There are limits. Marx recognized them. They underpin his concept of a mode of production, which acknowledges the forms of cooperation, the commonalities, of different types of societies. In the Grundrisse, Marx (1857–8/1973: 459–514) distinguished two broad categories: capitalist and pre-capitalist modes of production. There were two major differences between them, as Jason Read (2003: 38) notes. Capitalist societies separated propertyless workers from the means of production and subsistence and freed up the flow of money within the community. In pre-capitalist communities, the workers retained control over their means of production, and wealth was integrated into the community. In addition, Marx made further distinctions within the category of pre-capitalist modes of production, which he labeled the primitive communal, ancient, Asiatic, Germanic, Slavonic, and feudal. The names Marx chose designated different forms of cooperation and social structure rather than either presumed geographically based identities or presumed inferiority resulting from some “chain of being” placement on a social evolutionary ladder whose top rung was occupied by Western capitalism. For example, the Inca and Aztec states of the Americas have been described in terms of the Asiatic mode of production; the Maasai and other pastoral peoples of East Africa have been described in terms of the Germanic mode of production; and the forms of cooperation and social relations of the primitive communal mode of production figure prominently in the everyday lives of numerous American Indian peoples, including many of those whose communities now own casinos. Eric Hobsbawm (1964: 36) is correct, I believe, when he interprets the various pre-capitalist modes of production identified by Marx not as an evolutionary succession or progression but rather as different forms of individuation and property relations, as alternative steps away from or pathways out of historically specific forms of primitive communal society.

Marx’s Anthropology • 55 Marx was struck by the observation that communities manifesting pre-capitalist modes of production tended to reproduce existing social relations. He described this in various ways:
In all these forms—in which landed property and agriculture form the basis of the economic order, and where the economic aim is hence the production of use-values, i.e., the reproduction of the individual within the specific relation of the commune in which he is its basis—there is to be found: (1) Appropriation not through labour, but presupposed to labour; appropriation of the natural condition of labour, of the earth as the original instrument of labour as well as its workshop and repository of raw materials. The individual relates simply to the objective conditions of labour as being his; [he relates] to them as the inorganic nature of his subjectivity, in which the latter realizes itself; the chief objective condition of labour does itself appear as a product of labour, but is already there as nature; on one side the living individual, on the other the earth, as the objective condition of his reproduction; (2) but this relation to land and soil, to the earth, as the property of the labouring individual—who thus appears from the outset not merely as labouring individual, in this abstraction, but who has an objective mode of existence in his ownership of land, an existence presupposed to his activity, and not merely a result of it, a presupposition of his activity just like his skin, his sense organs, which of courses he also reproduces and develops etc. in the life process, but which are nevertheless presuppositions of this process of his reproduction—is instantly mediated by the naturally arisen, spontaneous, more or less historically developed and modified presence of the individual as member of a commune—His naturally arisen presence as a member of a tribe etc. [i.e., an ensemble of relations]. (Marx 1857–8/1973: 485)

With particular reference to communities manifesting the Asiatic mode of production, he wrote that
The simplicity of the productive organism in these self-sufficing communities which constantly reproduce themselves in the same form and, when accidentally destroyed, spring up again on the same spot with the same name—this simplicity is the key to the riddle of the unchangeability of Asiatic societies, which is in such striking contrast with the constant dissolution and refounding of Asiatic states, and their never-ceasing changes of dynasty. The structure of the fundamental economic elements of society remain untouched by the storms which blow up in the cloudy regime of politics. (Marx 1863–7/1977: 479)

In the back of Marx’s mind as he wrote these passages was the dynamism of capitalism—the continuous reinvention of the subject and transformation of the productive forces. As Read (2003: 10) points out, capitalism was no longer fettered by the need to reproduce “any particular structure of belief, desire, or tradition.” One issue to be explained was that the different forms of consciousness, subjectivity, and social practice—as refracted by the modes of production manifested in particular

56 • Karl Marx, Anthropologist communities—directly affected and shaped the tempo and form of historical change. At the same time, Marx was acutely aware that historical changes had already happened, that they were taking place at an increasing pace in the present, and that, given the existing webs of social relations, they would continue to take place in the future. He portrayed the conditions that laid the foundations for the appearance of new forms of cooperation and subjectivity with the advent of capitalism:
The discovery of gold and silver in America, the extirpation, enslavement and entombment in mines of the indigenous population of that continent, the beginnings of the conquest and plunder of India, and the conversion of Africa into a preserve for the commercial hunting of blackskins, are all things which characterize the dawn of the era of capitalist production. . . . Hard on their heels follows the commercial war of the European nations, which has the globe as its battlefield. . . . These different moments are systematically combined together at the end of the seventeenth century in England; the combination embraces the colonies, the national debt, the modern tax system, and the system of protection. These methods depend on brute force, for instance the colonial system. But they all employ the power of the state, the concentrated and organized force of society to hasten, as in a hothouse, the process of transformation of the feudal mode of production into the capitalist mode and to shorten the transition. Force is the midwife of every old society which is pregnant with a new one. It is itself an economic power. (Marx 1863–7/1977: 915–16)

In this passage, Marx identifies the motors that are driving the expansion of the capitalist mode of production as well as the complexities of the transition from the dominance of one mode of production to the dominance of another. Read (2003: 5) described the historicity of transition as the tension between reproduction (determination) of traditional forms of cooperation and subjectivity, on the one hand, and their dissolution (underdetermination), on the other. The new conditions forged during moments of transition were apparent not only to the peoples of the traditional societies in the colonies but also to those of the metropole and its satellites or internal colonies. Importantly, transitions are processes rather than single events; they are spread over both time and space. For example, the cotton fabrics produced by English wage-workers in the textile mills of Manchester in the late eighteenth century were made from cotton that was grown by African slaves in South Carolina; much of the cotton cloth produced in northern England was ultimately sold in India where the British had destroyed the local textile industry earlier in the century. In sum, Marx’s theory of history contains notions of structure, transformation, and directionality (Callinicos 1995: 95–110, 141–65). The structure is forged by particular ensembles of social relations and the connections of those communities with the environments that they continually use and re-create anew. Marx used the concept of a mode of production to distinguish one kind or type of society from another. These types were different from actually existing communities. Historically

Marx’s Anthropology • 57 specific communities, like the one in Atlantic Canada around 1750, manifested either a particular mode of production or some combination of modes of production, one of which was dominant over the others. Marx’s notion of history was based on the contradictions, tensions, and conflicts that develop within the realm of social production in its myriad manifestations; these were the motors of historical change. It recognizes changes in tempo—moments of acceleration, moments of stasis—as well as alternative pathways of development. It also acknowledges that sometimes changes, which were possible, did not happen; they were blocked for one reason or another. Finally, Marx’s theory of history contains a notion of non-teleological directionality, what we referred to above as contingent determinism.

Truth and Praxis
Praxis extends Marx’s answers to the questions: What are human beings? What is their reality? How was that reality formed? Praxis is the most basic characteristic of human beings and their most distinctive feature.4 It is not an attribute of either animals or machines. As you will recall from earlier in the chapter, something essential happens when the sphere of human being becomes established in opposition to the “givenness” of nature, when human being becomes distinct from what is not human. Praxis is the active process by which human beings establish a relation with objects of the external world and with one another. It is the way they renew those relations, create new relations, and gain a more profound understanding of what they have made. Most importantly, praxis is not something that exists outside of human beings; instead, it permeates the very core of their existence. As Karel Kosík (1963/1976: 139) noted: “Praxis is both the objectification of man and the mastering of nature, and the realization of human freedom.” Let us look in more detail at how Marx conceptualized and employed the idea of praxis. The first dimension of Marx’s notion of praxis is that it involves human activity and production; it also involves consciousness of self and other. As Marx put it:
Let us suppose that we had carried out production as human beings. Each of us would have in two different ways affirmed himself and the other person. (1) In my production I would have objectified my individuality, its specific character, and therefore enjoyed not only an individual manifestation of my life during the activity, but also when looking at the object I would have the individual pleasure of knowing my personality to be objective, visible to the senses and hence a power beyond all doubt. (2) In you enjoyment or use of my product I would have the direct enjoyment both of being conscious of having satisfied a human need by my work, that is, of having objectified man’s essential nature, and of having thus created an object corresponding to the need of another man’s essential nature. (3) I would have been for you the mediator between you and the species, and therefore would become recognized as felt by you yourself as a completion of your own essential nature and as a necessary part of your yourself, and consequently would

58 • Karl Marx, Anthropologist
know myself to be confirmed both in your thought and your love. (4) In the individual expression of your life, and therefore in my individual activity I would have directly confirmed and realized my true nature, my human nature, my communal nature. (Marx 1844/1975b: 227–8; emphasis in the original)

Marx makes several points in this passage. The objects produced by the individuals entail the transformation of raw materials provided by the natural world through the mental and physical activity of those persons. The objects are a manifestation of their activity in a congealed or crystallized form; as a result, the person and object are viewed as belonging to the same ontological category rather than to separate, distinct categories of person and thing (Bernstein 1971: 44). The object produced by one individual satisfies a need perceived by the other; thus, in Marx’s terms, the objects are use values. During the process of producing the object, the individual imagines the object in its finished form and subordinates his will to the task at hand. As Marx (1863–7/1977: 284) would put it later: “Besides the exertion of bodily organs, the process demands that, during the whole operation, the workman’s will be steadily in consonance with his purpose.” The way human beings apprehend the world with their bodies, how they interact with the natural and social worlds in which they live, and how they relate to each other in these processes are all aspects of objectification. In the process of objectification, human beings have not only made themselves; they also portray themselves as having dissolved the unity of nature and as having a separate existence from the material world. This is Marx’s theory of alienation, which is ultimately concerned with the separation of human beings from their practical activity, from the products they create, from one another, and from the realization of their own potential. Thus, the questions of how and what human beings produce are especially important, because Marx tied them to the question of freedom, which ultimately involves removing impediments to the development of the human capacity. Marx (e.g. 1844/1975a: 270–82; 1857–8/1973: 831–3) is clear that objectification takes different forms in different sociohistorical settings. In modern capitalist society, for instance, it involves alienation or estrangement of the worker from the product of his labor because of social relations that based on wage labor, private property in the means of production, and market exchange. Marx describes the process by which alienation emerges historically in capitalist society from a certain point of departure:
The worker becomes all the poorer the more wealth he produces, the more his production increases in power and size. The worker becomes an ever cheaper commodity the more commodities he creates. The devaluation of the world of men is in direct proportion to the increasing value of the world of things. Labour produces not only commodities: it produces itself and the worker as a commodity. . . . This fact expresses merely that the object which labour produces—labour’s product—confronts it as something alien, as

Marx’s Anthropology • 59
a power independent of the producer. The product of labour is labour which has been embodied in an object: it is the objectification of labour. Labour’s realisation is its objectification. Under these economic conditions this realization of labour appears as loss of realization for the workers; objectification as loss of the object and bondage [subservience] to it; appropriation as estrangement, as alienation [and as externalization] . . . (1844/1975a: 271–3; emphasis in the original)

Marx proceeds to point out that “Political economy conceals the estrangement inherent in the nature of labour by not considering the direct relationship between the worker (labour) and production” (1844/1975a: 274; emphasis in the original). In other words, because they posit the categories and conditions that are historically specific to capitalist production as transhistorical and hence universally applicable, the political economists have only a partial understanding of this historically contingent reality. They have created instead an ideology and continue to portray their representation of the world as real. Consciousness, the second dimension of Marx’s theory of praxis, is intimately related to objectification. For Marx, consciousness of nature is always a social product conditioned by the level of development of the forces of production and the ensembles of social relations and cultural forms associated with them. Consciousness originates in a new relation between the subject and self; it is a reflective moment in which the unity of humanity (subject) and nature (object) is negated, and a new understanding of what the relationship could be is initiated through human activity. Consciousness is an integral part of activity—consciousness not only of the properties of the raw materials given by nature, what potentially can be done with them, and the processes for transforming them, but also, and more importantly, awareness of the needs, feelings, and sentiments of other persons. For Marx, consciousness is simultaneously an element of human experience, a moment in its historical development, and the understandings that result from the sociohistorical development under historically specific ensembles of social relations. Thus, consciousness combines both real (true) understandings of the world and other human beings with misperceptions and misunderstandings of both. This leads us to a third dimension of Marx’s idea of praxis: the “relentless criticism of all existing conditions.” This aspect of Marx’s work was already crystallizing when, as a student, he was first beginning to grapple with Hegel’s thought and writings. The criticism of the writings of Hegel, Feuerbach, the political economists, and others as well as of his own thoughts would continue for the rest of his life. The kinds of questions he posed in his critiques were: What is the argument? What is implicit and explicit in the argument? What are the presuppositions? Where is the argument persuasive and why? What are the weaknesses and fallacies of the argument? Where is it ambiguous or vague? What empirical evidence supports or refutes the claim? How might we move from misleading or inadequate arguments to ones that provide new insights and fuller explanations or representations of

Marx was not particularly concerned with speculating about what the future might be like. they were the bases for working out new hypotheses (e. He argued instead that there is empirical evidence and that an argument should mirror the facts. given the conditions at any particular time. (as translated by Easton and Guddat 1967: 250.g. The abolition of religion as a people’s illusory happiness is a demand for their real happiness. political economy.60 • Karl Marx. like the Paris Commune. 1875/1989. In other instances. Marx 1843/1975a. in Marx’s (1843/1975b: 144) view. These. It is the opium of the people. It was essential.g. . Thus. They are representations or reflections of reality rather than reality itself. 1880–2/1974). beliefs. as it is the spirit of spiritless conditions. the real possibilities that exist for the future. Marx (1843–4/1975: 175–6) wrote that Religious suffering is the expression of real suffering and at the same time the protest against real suffering. is ultimately concerned with understanding them rather than condemning them outright. but by analysing the mystical consciousness that is unintelligible to itself. he did not accept arguments based on authority or divine inspiration or rely on the eloquence of arguments themselves. then. that he devoted considerable time and energy to examining the ideas that people had about the world. For example. religion. they were detailed analyses and assessments of the balance of forces at particular historical moments. and practices involved (Bernstein 1971: 53). Marx 1857–8/1973). or philosophy and the contradictions inherent in them would yield understanding of the institutions. theoretical understanding of existing institutions and the contradictions inherent in them. Marx 1871/1986). His “relentless criticism” did mean.g. the heart of a heartless world. Religion is the sigh of the oppressed creature. in a famous passage. how it came to be the way it is and. Consequently. The criticism of religion is thus in embryo a criticism of the vale of tears whose halo is religion. praxis as the determination of reality begins with an accurate. and why the particular courses of action that unfolded ultimately failed with regard to the realization of human freedom (e. however. to speak to truth and to let the chips fall where they might. emphasis in the original) The goal of this dimension of praxis. although. whether it manifests itself in a religious or a political form. should be the “reform of consciousness not through dogmas. Marx’s relentless criticism of institutions and beliefs. his critiques involved sentenceby-sentence analyses of the arguments he was examining (e. Anthropologist human reality? What are the implications for action? What kinds of action have the arguments supported or sustained? In some instances. The demand to abandon illusions about their condition is a demand to abandon a condition which requires illusions. in Marx’s view. he observed repeatedly. for Marx. they do tell us something about the reality at that moment in time. did not always conform to ways things really were. In still others. He realized the importance and significance of empirical evidence in the process of developing such an understanding of the world—that is.” A correct theoretical analysis of politics. as Richard Bernstein (1971: 52) notes.

e. 1844/1975a: 281–2. entailed by.Marx’s Anthropology • 61 In other words. in order to be a lord. Thus. Marx rejected claims based on authority. the more the master succeeds in his lordship. he realizes that he has a consciousness in his own right as well as a self-existence and freedom outside of the things he produces. as his consciousness grows more independent.e. “philosophers have only interpreted the world in various ways. the standpoint of the slave provides a fuller. the master.. “the non-worker does everything against the worker which the worker does himself. he has in fact achieved his position by virtue of the slave who is his essential reality. Marx was committed to a correspondence theory of truth whose criterion involves praxis—i. this means that truth must be explanatory rather than predictive (Bhaskar 1991b). the deteriorating political . the more he fails. the master and the slave have different perceptions and understandings of reality. an unmediated representation of reality of both the immediate forms and the underlying structures that are reflected in them. 91). all of which were resurrected by one or another subsequent writers in the Marxist tradition. as he slowly realizes his dependent consciousness. As the slave begins to realize that he is more than the things he produces. Marx privileged the standpoint of politically engaged and socially conscious working classes that are capable of exposing and potentially transcending the inhumanity of their real existing relations (e. conscious working class. the slave has every reason to emancipate himself. Marx and Engels 1848/1976: 493–6). This coincided roughly with his growing involvement in workingclass political movements (e. voluntarist. a third dimension of Marx’s notion of praxis crystallized. to change it” (Marx 1845/1976: 5. emphasis in the original). the point is. divine inspiration. to become a free human being. or whether an argument was consistent with. In 1845. However. but he does not do against himself what he does to the worker” (Marx 1844/1975a: 282). The slave initially takes the master to be his reality and lives in fear of him. This was revolutionary practice. 1844/1975c: 202–6. or as he put it. While there is no impetus for the master to alter his relation with the slave.. his essential nature is his labor. he realizes that he can no longer be reduced to the things he makes. or coherence theories of truth. more accurate image of reality than does that of the lord. In his view. must possess a slave. consensus. One reason for this stance harkens back to the master–slave relationship that Hegel described in his Phenomenology of Spirit (1807/1977: 111–19.g. As you will recall in this vignette.g. §178–96). For Marx. who produces things for the master to consume and is dependent upon him. Both master and slave are aware of their divided nature and contradictory being (Bernstein 1971: 24–8. Clearly. or contingent upon another statement—i. and his consciousness is expressed in the things he produces. what philosophers call subjective. the Communist League). From early onward in his writings about capitalist society. The incompleteness of the master’s understanding as well as the perversity of his actions is another reason why Marx privileged the perspective of an engaged. which are externalized from himself. Increasingly. with regards to the criterion of praxis. Marx 1843–4/1975: 184–7.

The appearance of Marx’s “revolutionary practice” involved a shift in perspective from that of the sympathetic philosopher looking at society from the outside to that of an empathetic participant in working-class everyday life and struggles—a participant scrambling to provide for his family and their survival. He did not have an elaborate theory about the form an ensemble of social relations would take as a people’s genuine needs were recognized and satisfied and as their freedom was actualized. the increased importance of technology relative to human labor power in developing economic sectors. for example. Instead. and contradictions that existed at a particular moment. continuous process of capital accumulation. who simultaneously was critically assessing the balance of forces in European society. and periodic economic and financial crises that result from the impossibility of a smooth. as you will recall from the preceding section. unite!” Marx did not elaborate a theory of revolutionary practice. He did not argue for a set trajectory of historical change. and the appearance of Frederick Engels’s (1845/1975) The Condition of the Working-Class in England. his steadily more difficult economic circumstances. Anthropologist situation in Europe. together with Engels in 1882. As we have seen. he suggested that there were at least two alternative possibilities for capitalist development in the 1860s (Marx 1864–94/1981: 567–73). he contemplated the potential impact of the ongoing class struggles in Russia and cautiously suggested: “If the Russian revolution becomes the signal for proletarian revolution in the West. he thought of pre-capitalist modes of production as alternative pathways out of a primitive communal condition. given the balance of forces at particular moments. Draper 1978. Perhaps the most famous manifestation of this dimension of praxis is Marx and Engels’s (1848/1976: 519) call: “working men of all countries. the possibility for revolution was a dialectical one that built on the contingency of relations.g. the balance of forces. At the same time. the concentration and centralization of production into steadily fewer and. and trying to devise tactics and strategies for altering the balance of force and the circumstances of workers (e. larger enterprises. His declining economic circumstances from the early . his steadily increasing involvement in political activism made him aware of what was happening in the world. later. For instance. From Personal Observation and Authentic Sources.62 • Karl Marx. In this chapter. In his view. so that the two complement each other. Marx read widely and thoughtfully. his interpersonal relationships and experiences while growing up in the Rhineland and. we have sketched the outlines of Marx’s anthropology. McLellan 1973: 137–225). at the same time. and. then Russia’s peasant-communal landownership may serve as the point of departure for a communist development” (Marx and Engels 1882/1989: 426). increased rates of technological innovation. he pointed out the potential for revolutionary practice that might exist. As a backdrop for the contingency of revolutionary practice were conditions of capitalist development that unfolded with almost lawlike predictability: the constant formation of new markets for commodities. the tendency of the rate of profit to fall.

perceptive individuals with vast funds of knowledge from whom the world could learn. We have seen how Marx interwove the corporeal organization of human beings and their sociality with the diversity of their social relations as they engaged in practical activity to transform the raw materials of the environments to satisfy needs and to create new ones. and the importance of praxis in the production. reproduction. the historicity and diversity of human societies and their propensities to change. the significance of ensembles of social relations. In this sketch of Marx’s anthropology. they were instead thoughtful. we have focused on the corporeal organization of human beings. The workers were not the objects of inquiry to be described and reported to the world. . and transformation of those communities.Marx’s Anthropology • 63 1840s onward thrust him into the working classes and helped to forge an awareness and consciousness of the fact that he could learn much from the experiences and understanding that the masses of workers had of the world in which they lived.

This page intentionally left blank .

and activities and practices that varied because of the different metabolisms that existed between human social individuals and the particular natural and social worlds (environments) in which they lived. denied the influence of distant. the Epicureans who had influenced early Enlightenment writers—like Francis Bacon. Marx’s doctoral dissertation. stressed the importance of contingency or chance as opposed to necessity or teleology. during his second year at the University of Berlin. and emphasized that men and women were active agents in the acquisition of knowledge and that they were capable of forging their own happiness (Foster 2000: 21–65). As we saw in the last chapter. their creation of human and natural history. divine powers.–3– Human Natural Beings Marx was a materialist. He framed his argument in terms of changes in human corporeal organization. and Isaac Newton—were also the key that would unlock understanding of the present. noted the emergence and finite duration of living forms. and the romantic philosophy of Friedrich Schelling (1755–1854) who sought the common basis of nature and self. which were divorced from one another in the university (Marx 1837/1975: 18). more importantly. which he completed in 1841. These were important issues in his materialist account of history. describing his efforts to bring together art and science. claimed that there were more worlds than this one and that the present one will change. While many writers have focused on Marx’s intellectual debt to Hegel. His attempt to bring the arts and sciences together in a single system involved studies in natural science. Marx (1839/1975) took extensive notes on the non-deterministic materialism of Epicurus (341–271 BC) and the school he established. Thomas Hobbes. he wrote to his father mentioning his struggle to understand Hegel’s system of philosophy and. fewer have examined his connections with traditions of materialist thought. the Epicureans believed that life rose up from the earth rather than descending from the heavens. argued that mind and body were united. Two years later. historical terms. Marx thought of Epicurus as “the greatest representative of Greek Enlightenment” (Marx 1840–1/1975: 73). In 1837. Briefly. This combination 65 . dealt with the differences between ancient Greek philosophies of nature (Marx 1840–1/1975). history. He saw these changes in non-teleological. ensembles of social relations. Parts of his theoretical perspective were already supported by empirical evidence while other parts were suppositions based on the limited evidence available. In his view. and their metabolism with nature. Marx was concerned with questions about the emergence and development of human natural beings.

Charles Lyell. The intimations of higher development among the subordinate animal species. The third is to consider the implications of this biocultural nature for population structures. while Marx.e. in fact. can be understood only after the higher development is already known. The first is to review the bases for Marx’s agreement and positive valuation of Darwin’s arguments in The Origin of Species and to survey subsequent developments of evolutionary theory. and (4) the view expounded by Georges Cuvier in 1812 that there was. (3) the diverse arguments proposed from 1750 onward by the Comte de Buffon. and there was a transition from ape to human).” His later remark—“since Darwin demonstrated that we are all descended from apes.” From the late 1830s onward. but [he was] also tending to exclude from that evolution any finalist [teleological] assumption. in fact. when Marx was formulating his materialist conception of history. The second is to use the lens provided by Engels’s (1876/1972) “The Part Played by Labor in the Transition from Ape to Man” and by Marx’s own theoretical framework to examine relevant data derived from paleoanthropology and the natural sciences in order to discern the interplay of the changing dispositions and anatomical structures of human beings and their primate relatives as well as the emergence of practices such as tool-making and language. however. The fourth is to examine briefly Marx’s and Engels’s critique of the naturalization of explanations of the social relations of capitalist society and how this critique played out in the historical development of anthropology both here and abroad. James Hutton. while Marx (1864/1985) was amused at the public outcry over the implications of Darwin’s ideas (i. his slightly older contemporary—a young Englishman named Charles Darwin (1809–82)—was also working out his own materialist views about the historical evolution of plants and animals (Ospovat 1981). human beings and apes shared a common ancestor. had the highest regard for Darwin’s insights. this chapter has four goals. .66 • Karl Marx. and Abraham Gottlob Werner that the earth was significantly older than commonly believed. Thus. Thus. “Marx was already not only taking for granted the principle of the historical evolution of animal species and of nature in general.. (2) the close taxonomic and presumably historical relationship of human beings and non-human primates postulated by Carolus Linnaeus in the 1735 and subsequent editions of his Systema Naturae. as Valentino Gerratana (1973: 64) put it. Perhaps Marx’s (1857–8/1973: 105) most directly germane comment about human evolution before the appearance of Darwin’s The Origin of Species in 1859 was that “human anatomy contains a key to the anatomy of the ape. a succession of past worlds on earth. he was definitely not bothered by them. there is scarcely any shock whatever that could shake ‘our ancestral pride’”—suggests that. he was also critical of the way in which Darwin and others naturalized explanations of social inequality and other culturally constructed categories. which found little favour in the sciences of the time. As we shall see. Anthropologist included (1) the anatomical similarities of human beings and chimpanzees recognized by Edward Tyson in 1699.

the formation of the organs of plants and animals. (4) acknowledgement of Darwin’s “history of natural technology. The former include: (1) a short quote from Darwin’s chapter on variation describing how natural selection acts on variations of form under different conditions (Marx 1861–3/1991: 387–8.Human Natural Beings • 67 Charles Darwin and the Development of Modern Evolutionary Theory Marx (1860/1985) first read The Origin of Species in 1860. we should include at least: (9) a notion of internal motors of formation and change as opposed to external engines of development. The other source of . In the latter category of inferences that may be drawn from Marx’s other writings or from his materialist perspective. hence. Marx and Engels 1845–6/1976: 39–41). there was a good deal of resistance to the idea of evolution. Darwin’s Metaphors and Theory of Evolution by Natural Selection The idea of evolution was “in the air” by the beginning of the nineteenth century. Moreover. and (8) a rejection of teleological arguments in natural science and. (3) evolution involves both the continued preservation of what has been inherited and the assimilation of new traits (Marx 1861–3/1989: 427–8). like himself. Nevertheless. (2) the notion that evolution is a gradual. there must have been other points of agreement between Marx and Darwin because of the materialist perspective they shared. are also a unity with nature (Marx 1864/1985: 581. He immediately recognized its significance. In my view. the earth had evolved gradually according to Hutton. one thing that emerges from Marx’s comments is that he saw Darwin. (7) Darwin’s “struggle for existence” in natural history is analogous to class struggle in human history (Marx 1860/1985: 232). and. (6) human natural beings are descended from apes and. and even human beings had evolved according to Buffon and Rousseau—from apes no less. these can be inferred either from Marx’s other writings or from the implications of his materialist theoretical perspective. as more concerned with explaining processes of change rather than origins or events. by extension. Part of it arose from the fact that none of Darwin’s predecessors had satisfactorily explained how one species actually evolved into another. Marx commented explicitly about certain points of agreement or conclusions he drew from Darwin’s arguments. and (10) nonreductive forms of argumentation. which serve as the instruments of production for sustaining their life” (Marx 1863–7/1977: 493). The universe had evolved according to Kant. 1868/1987a: 558–9). except for a minor complaint about the style of the argument. 1863–7/1977: 461). Hilaire. ongoing process (Marx 1867/1987: 494. he had nothing but praise for the volume. (5) a refutation of Malthus in Darwin’s discussion of the extinction of animal species (Marx 1861–3/1989: 350–1). the adoption of a notion of historically contingent change (Marx 1861/1985: 246–7). life on earth had evolved according to Lamarck and Geoffrey St.

initially framed his ideas in terms of already existing metaphors. Instead of sweeping away the real variations among individuals of the same species in order to focus on the type. That force is natural selection.” His metaphors were used singularly or more frequently in combination to produce powerful. animal breeding. At the same time. Kohn 1996. Darwin’s revolutionary theory was that the differences between organisms within a species are converted to the differences between species in space and time. His singularly stunning insight. Schweber 1980. He built on the language and imagery of German romanticism.68 • Karl Marx. at times. evocative images rich in meaning. 1985). the differences between species are already latent within them. was that individual variation and the differences between species were causally related. Darwin focused his attention on that variation and made it the object of his study. about the world and man’s place in it (Desmond 1989). political economy. it marked a radical departure from the teleological worldviews of his predecessors.” and “wedging. (1974: 170. perhaps. who saw “the real objects of the world as imperfect reflections of underlying ideals or essences” and “that the real variations between real objects only confuse us in our attempts to see the essential nature of the universe” (Lewontin 1974: 168). Anyone who has ever written even a term paper will understand and hopefully be sympathetic with the notion that the language and imagery in which arguments are initially conceived are often quite different from those that clearly explain ideas and their implications. The dual sources of inspiration were the engravings. Anthropologist discontent among the public and a few natural historians was that it threatened their beliefs. like Marx.g. on the one hand.” “the struggle for existence. Richards 1992. on the other (Kohn 1996). In The Origin. and natural science as he struggled to explain his new understandings of the natural world and the evolution of species (e. variation. and poems he was familiar with before his journey on the Beagle. analogies. Darwin used four powerful metaphors in The Origin of Species to frame and express his new ideas about nature. and analytical categories.” “natural selection. and the luxuriant. Amazonian rainforests of Brazil. The publication of Charles Darwin’s The Origin of Species in 1859 fuelled the discontent. emphasis in the original) Darwin. He employed the phrase “an entangled bank” to express the complexity of organization of nature. Thus. religious and otherwise. paintings. In a more self-reflexive moment. and all that is required is a motive force for the conversion of variation. this might account for Marx’s two comments in letters about Darwin’s “clumsy English style of argumentation” as well as his own. as Richard Lewontin put it. fumbling and often opaque attempts to say what he actually meant. They are “an entangled bank. and the motor force driving evolution. Darwin described the interrelatedness of all nature in the following way: .

of the many individuals of any species which are born. any variation. emphasis added) Darwin’s second metaphor was “the struggle for existence. But several seedling mistletoes. as well as contest. had remarked on crowding as well as the struggle between individuals and between species for survival. of which on average only one comes to maturity. in contrast. As the mistletoe is disseminated by birds. Two canine animals in a time of dearth. but a small number can survive. growing close together on the same branch. A plant which annually produces a thousand seeds. But a plant on the edge of the desert is said to struggle for life against the drought. and it may metaphorically be said to struggle with other fruit-bearing plants. if it be in any degree profitable to an individual of any species. for if too many of these parasites grow on the same tree. will tend to the preservation of that individual.Human Natural Beings • 69 It is interesting to contemplate the entangled bank. may be said be more or less truly said to struggle with plants of the same and other kinds which already clothe the ground. clothed with many plants of many kinds with birds singing on the bushes. including dependence of one being on another. however. (Darwin (1859/1964: 62–3. and to reflect that these elaborately constructed forms. The offspring. and dependent on each other in so complex a manner. used the metaphor to mean interdependence. In these several senses which pass into each other. in its infinitely complex relations to other organic beings and to external nature. for example. its existence depends on birds. and will generally be inherited by its offspring. Herder. (1859/1964: 489. also. by which each slight variation. and including (which is more important) not only the life of the individual but success in leaving progeny. there was no sense of the potential for transformation in his view (Lovejoy 1959b: 211–2).” It too was not a new idea. for. Darwin. chance. may more truly be said to struggle with each other. it will languish and die. is preserved by the term Natural Selection. however slight and from whatever cause proceeding. I have called this principle.” was used to describe both how variation is maintained and how descent with modification occurs. in . “natural selection. in order to tempt birds to devour and thus disseminate its seeds rather than those of other plants. I use for convenience the general term of struggle for existence. He relates it to his second metaphor. the struggle for existence: Owing to this struggle for life. will thus have a better chance of surviving. so different from each other. have all been produced by laws acting around us. but can only in a far-fetched way be said to struggle with these trees. He wrote that: I should premise that I use the term Struggle for Existence in a large and metaphorical sense. with various insects flitting about. endurance. emphasis added) Darwin’s third metaphor. may be truly said to struggle with each other over which shall get food and live. or persistence. The mistletoe is dependent on the apple and a few other trees. and with worms crawling through the damp earth. though more properly it should be said to be dependent on moisture. if useful.

with ten thousand sharp wedges packed close together and driven by incessant blow. Although Mendel’s work was finally recognized in the early 1900s. and. and the inheritance (heritability) of characteristics from one generation to the next. hereditary variation exists between individuals of the same species and between different species.” to represent in mechanical terms how natural selection actually operates on the hereditary variation that exists between individuals and between species.70 • Karl Marx. The fact of nature may be compared to a yielding surface. heredity. on the other. sperm. a contemporary of both Marx and Darwin—would provide answers to these questions. did not understand its importance. (Darwin 1859/1964: 67) Let us describe Darwin’s theory of evolution by natural selection in slightly different terms. It is based on a series of observations he made about differences between individuals and on breeding experiments that he and other breeders conducted. While Mendel published the results of his experiments with plant hybrids in 1866. Darwin could explain how both descent with modification and the formation of new species (speciation) occurred. how they transformed a beautiful natural landscape into an ugly monument (Kohn 1996: 36). emphasis added) Darwin used his fourth metaphor. What he could not explain. He could assert with certainty that the kinds of plants and animals that exist today are the modified descendents of different kinds of organisms that lived in the past. An Augustinian monk—Gregor Mendel (1822–84). exceeds the number that survive to the reproductive stage and that can potentially contribute hereditary material to the next generation. Fourth. and then another with greater force. or seeds produced by an individual vastly exceeds the number of individuals born. He could account for the way these happened. was the connection between individual variation. The imagery refers specifically to the activities of quarrymen and the implement they used at the Salisbury Craigs in Scotland to cut stone from the cliff faces. some individuals have a greater likelihood of becoming adults and reproducing than others. this advantageous material has a greater likelihood of being passed on to succeeding generations. and selection. however. This. because the hereditary material they possess is advantageous for some reason in the environments in which they live. . (Darwin 1859/1964: 61. Second. as a result of differential survival. in the process. Third. in turn. if he were aware of it. First. its significance was still being hotly debated into the 1930s (Allen 1978). “wedging. Marx was completely unaware of his work and Darwin. He could declare with equal certainty that whatever happened in the future would be based on the organisms and conditions of the present. sometimes one wedge being struck. Darwin’s great insights were the principles of variation. on the one hand. the number of eggs. Anthropologist order to mark its relation to man’s power of selection. Thus. in one of Darwin’s plant breeding experiments only about one seed of a thousand actually germinated.

and (3) that these particles re-assorted themselves in the offspring of the first-generation hybrids in such a way that there were both tall and short individuals in the second generation.Human Natural Beings • 71 The Problems of Variation and Inheritance If Darwin made variation the proper study of biology. he distinguished between the individual and the group. with regard to the characteristic being studied (1) that the hybrid individuals inherited a discrete particle (gene) from each of the parents. In other words. Many . and saw that. he noted that their offspring resembled one or the other of the original parental types—roughly three-quarters were tall and one quarter was short. when tall plants were bred with tall plants. They attempted to cross organisms from different varieties. Darwin and the other plant and animal breeders of his day were aware that offspring tend to resemble their parents (like produces like) but yet are different from them and that these differences are also inherited to some extent. (2) that the expression of the gene for tallness was dominant over the other. that it showed that variation and inheritance were manifestations of the same underlying phenomena but that they required two different kinds of causal explanation. Mendel then bred a tall plant with a short one and noted that each of the hybrid offspring was tall and. The effects of this were: (1) they saw the variation existing between individuals within the same species as different from the variation that exists between species. Because the breeders focused on the differences rather than on the similarities. its reservoir of hereditary material that is passed from one generation to the next. their offspring were also tall. they tended to revert to one or the other of the original parental type over a number of generations. What Mendel did that was different from his contemporaries was that he focused on individuals. then Mendel was responsible for clarifying the mechanisms by which hereditary variation is created and transmitted. Mendel bred varieties of garden peas that differed from one another in a few traits—that is. all of whose genes constitute the gene pool of the population. their ancestors. In other words. he concluded. and their progeny. they viewed variation and inheritance as ontologically distinct categories. short plants and smooth vs. Let us consider briefly what Mendel did in his experiments and what he actually showed. in this trait. the significance of Mendel’s work was. Mendel’s studies buttressed a later flurry of activity from the 1920s onward that was concerned with the genetic variation of populations and with how genetics related to the process of selection. and (2) they focused their attention on the group or variety rather than on the individual. This involved conceptualizing a local population of individuals. and even species. when he bred the hybrids of the first generation with one another. On the basis of this experiment. to paraphrase Lewontin (1974: 177–8). they resembled one of their parents. wrinkled pods—he observed that the gene pairs associated with different physical characteristics—let us say height and seed color—were inherited independently from one another. When he bred individuals that were hybrids for two traits—such as tall vs. However. if any of the hybrids produced were fertile. As Richard Lewontin (1974: 173–8) notes.

John B. They established the foundations for linking the traditional subfields of biology—genetics. that small-scale. they clarified the nature of the genetic variation that exists within a population. and Sewall Wright (1889–1988)—recognized that Mendel’s principles operated in all organisms. some are not. continuous variability in characteristics. to name only a few—into a more holistic biology. In a phrase. Fisher (1890–1962). unfortunately. Second. Anthropologist individuals or only a few may contribute to and share in the gene pool. like height. identifying recombination. systematics.000 gene pairs. and mutation as important sources. alter frequencies of particular genes in a population They also suggested that genes acted in ways that controlled the metabolism of cells which in turn controlled the expression of particular characteristics. The first generation of population geneticists—Ronald A. given the technology of the time. as each human being seems to have.72 • Karl Marx. This fusion was launched with the publication of Theodosius Dobzhansky’s (1900–75) Genetics and the Origin of Species in 1937. First. mutation is the ultimate source of new genetic material in a population. Gene flow occurs when an individual from outside the population breeds with an individual from the population. they made it clear that no two individuals in a population have exactly the same combination of genes—including identical siblings who were born with the identical genetic systems but were subjected to different environmental and historical circumstances so that different genes mutated. ecology. Gould (2002: . S. also had a genetic basis. or developmental physiology. paleontology. that would come to be called the Modern Synthesis or the New Synthesis in the 1940s. As a result. then the continual reshuffling from one generation to the next becomes a major source of the genetic variation that occurs in a population. they had no way to prove it (Allen 1978: 126–40. these researchers began to examine how selection. Haldane (1892–1964). Third. The pool may be stable through time or change from one generation to the next depending on the particular conditions that prevail or appear. gene flow. as well as mutation and migration. they integrated and synthesized the views of Mendel and Darwin. and that even small selection pressures acting on minor genetic differences can result in evolutionary change (Gould 2002: 504). The Modern Synthesis and Beyond The heyday of the Modern Synthesis may have been in 1959 at the time of various centennial celebrations of the publication of The Origin of Species. Recombination is what occurs when two individuals mate and their offspring receive half of their genetic complement from each parent. While many but not all of the mutations that appear in the gene pool of a population are variants that are already known and that already exist in the population. 198). These investigations had three important consequences. and new genetic material is potentially introduced into the gene pool. The other source of variation is mutation. If the organism has about 30.

including even that of human beings.” One challenge to the uniformitarianism embodied in this tenet has been over the issue of whether the evolutionary process is always gradual. and France since 1945 (Allen 1978: 187–228. By the early 1960s. that the rates of change in the proteins produced by the DNA code vary . or behavioral features that enable individuals to survive and produce offspring. they have no selective significance with regard to increasing or decreasing the fitness of individuals living in a particular environment. physiological. to the one that is refracted in the paleontological record. Any hereditary characteristic that increases this congruity and promotes survival is an adaptation. and so forth—that afforded opportunities to examine for the first time the molecular structure of cell nuclei. The second manifestation of the hardening and the challenge revolved around the question: At what level or levels does selection operate—the gene. evidence was beginning to accumulate which indicated that some genes may be neutral—that is. the structure of genes. the regulation and development of genes. the population. DNA sequencers. We now know. One manifestation of the hardening. they are neither advantageous nor deleterious. This development was accompanied by number of new technologies and techniques—computers. change is steady and slow. hence. the individual organism as the unit of selection. the adaptations that result might be beneficial to the group as well. the three central tenets of the synthesis—adaptation. and the entire genomes of a number of species. X-ray crystallography. or the species? Advocates of the new synthesis argued that. Appel 2000). as you recall. powerful mathematical and statistical methods. England. the sequence of DNA molecules on chromosomes.Human Natural Beings • 73 503–84) described the Modern Synthesis as “a limited consensus. adaptations take many different forms and may involve morphological. Adaptations. the three-dimensional arrays of DNA molecules on chromosomes. Gould (2002: 558) called this the “principle of extrapolation. are the products of natural selection modifying the gene pool of population in such a way that it increases the harmony between the population and its environment. as Gould describes it. However. that the genomes of human beings and chimpanzees are virtually identical (99 percent). Gould concludes his discussion of the Modern Synthesis by noting how well it has endured. The third tenet is that the explanation used to account for small changes in the gene pool of a contemporary population is merely writ large. and. the individual. for instance. The arguments they raised in the 1960s and 1970s continue to the present. while selection operates at the level of the individual. Molecular biology has been a major growth field in the United States. however. but identical. That is. was an increased emphasis on adaptation: Every gene or gene complex was somehow adaptive.” that had “hardened” in the 1940s and 1950s in time for those celebrations. in spite of the challenges. or whether it proceeds by fits and starts with moments of rapid change preceded or followed by periods of relative stasis (punctuated equilibrium). The challengers disagreed. and the sufficiency of microevolutionary theory to explain change as it is refracted in the fossil record—began to be challenged.

and Have Culture The title of this section derives from David McNally’s (2001) insightful essay. the interpenetration and interaction of categories from different levels of the whole. and that individual organisms. which then adapts to its environment. The anatomists and physicians of that era had a fourth characteristic: they walked upright.74 • Karl Marx. the same genotype. There seem to be two counter-tendencies in biology today. because of the non-reductive and dialectically interactive aspects of their argument. . rejects the idea that genes determine the organism. they made tools. though at different rates. a unity of contradictions. Anthropologist little from species to species. He argues instead that the individual organism is a unique consequence of the interaction of genes and the environment. a multi-leveled whole. The importance of this dialectical world is that it helps us think of genes. or the environment—into their constituent parts. “Bodies that Talk: Sex. Marks 2002). Lewontin (2000: jacket). in turn create. Talk. modify. at any given moment. a historically contingent and ever-changing structure. 272–85). that the 6 billion or so human beings in the world today fundamentally have. These are legacies from the Enlightenment. or Japan—than there is between them (Lewontin 1995. and choose the environments in which they live.” Marx would have appreciated how Lewontin and Levins have conceptualized and framed issues concerned with human natural beings and how we came to be the way we are. Scandinavia. positive and negative feedback. He emphasized instead that human beings were sensuous. Richard Levins (1935–). We saw in the preceding chapters the three distinctive markers Enlightenment writers used to characterize human beings: they reasoned. active creatures. and environments as interacting parts of a whole rather than distinct entities with their own roles to play. the gene. he did not frame his answer to the question of what human beings are precisely in these terms. Human Natural Beings: Bodies That Walk. and they talked.” in his Bodies of Meaning. the organism. Make Tools. for example. or that there is more variation within human populations—let us say from Africa. Another group—notably Richard Lewontin (1929–). Tools. as we saw in the last chapter. with few exceptions. The research of many biologists is reductionist in the sense that they are concerned with breaking down their objects of inquiry—the cell. one element might appear to be fixed in relation to another (Levins and Lewontin 1985: 133–42. Nature is. However. The various elements of the whole—the parts and the levels—as well as the whole itself are continually changing. “influenced in their development by their circumstances. and the coexistence of opposing principles that shape interaction. characterized by spontaneous activity. consequently. Language. organisms. in their perspective. that human beings and chimpanzees had a common ancestor 5 to 7 million years ago. and Human Culture. They were part of Marx’s intellectual inheritance as well. and their associates—views nature as a totality.

that their bodily organs were transformed into instruments of labor and production. large brains. “The Part Played by Labor in the Transition from . erect bipedalism. a well-developed thumb. In the 1950s. and that their conscious life activity in contrast to that of animals was increasingly determined by social relations and culture. but rather how do or might Marx’s views articulate with contemporary perspectives and practices. provides additional clues for contemplating the linkages. it was possible to believe that these traits appeared roughly at the same time. that they objectified the world and the resources it provides to satisfy established needs and to create new ones. Thus. the discussion becomes murkier and the audience more skeptical. occasionally use tools.” Another potential complicating factor results from the fact that geneticists have found that chimpanzees and. A relatively unknown essay by Frederick Engels. tool-making. The result of this is that the biological definition of Homo clashes with popular and philosophical views of what it means to be human. We now know that they did not appear simultaneously.Human Natural Beings • 75 that there was a dialectical interplay between their corporeal organization and the ensembles of social relations that shaped their activities. It is useful to keep in mind a few facts about the context in which Engels wrote his essay. Engels’s “The Part Played by Labor in the Transition from Ape to Man” The publication of Darwin’s The Descent of Man in 1871 was the impetus for Engels (1876/1972) to set down his own views on the transition from non-human primate to human natural being. This refracts in some complex way the criterion or criteria that particular individuals select to define “human. when they talk about ape language and culture. Marx’s friend and collaborator for more than forty years. language. active.g. such as upright gait. they portray the apes as conscious. and culture. gorillas are the closest living animal relatives of human beings. Consequently. and have distinctive personalities. or rapid expansion of cranial capacity associated with craniofacial remodeling and reduction in jaw size—often incorporate or imply philosophical understandings of humanness. communicate. but rather sequentially over a period of time that spanned 5–7 million years for some scholars or 2–3 million years for others. The primatologists who study these apes often stress their similarities with human beings rather than their differences. For our purposes here. and that the transition from ape to human occurred some time since the late Tertiary. scientific definitions of the genus Homo (that is. some paleoanthropologists have argued that the genus contains both “animal” hominids and “human” hominids. modern human beings and their ancestors) established in the late 1940s and early 1950s—e. and social creatures who vocalize. As Raymond Corbey (2005: 93) correctly observes. the question is not whether the answers provided by present-day scientists are fundamentally different from and thus incommensurate with those of Marx. to a lesser extent.

in none of these. he was also clear that a change in one behavior would ultimately be linked with changes in other organs (sensory and anatomical structures) and behaviors. Woolfson 1982). . The development of the hand and all that this entailed were linked. The issues debated today are not whether the steps outlined by Engels occurred. but rather where and when they took place.76 • Karl Marx. as were those of his contemporaries (Trigger 1967/2003). Washburn 1960. even though they may have done so in conversation. their significance was neither recognized nor appreciated until the early years of the twentieth century (Delisle 2007: 70–124). with the development of the brain and other sensory organs. The latter was facilitated by changes in the hand.” While the first remains of “Neanderthal man” had been found in 1856. there is no evidence that Marx disagreed in any way whatsoever with Engels’s conclusions in this regard. However. with new relations to the objects of nature. it consisted of stone tools and fossil animal bones sealed beneath an unbroken stalagmitic deposit in Brixham Cave in southern England. in turn. it was adopted by paleoanthropologists. did they discuss Engels’s essay about the transition from ape to human. On this basis.g. In fact. especially since the late 1950s. arboreal apes who lived in the Old World tropics toward the end of the Tertiary period. These changes involved the development of greater dexterity and of a precision grip involving an opposable thumb long before the first flints were fashioned into knives and these early humans began to manufacture tools. He was clear that both human and non-human primates were behaviorally highly complex. While parts of Engels’s argument could be stated with more precision today in light of the vast quantities of information that have been gathered. most notably in the hand. Anthropologist Ape to Man. Through reading and possibly even trips to the zoo. Moreover. conscious ways. the basic timeline—erect posture. and brain—a combination that enabled these early humans to undertake more complex activities and to change the environments in which they lived in planned. This change in the locomotor behavior and structures was accompanied by other changes. with increased dependence on others and the formation of new ensembles of social relations. Engels’s argument was a deductive one. speech organs. Marx and Engels often forged and refined ideas in their letters. and structurally integrated organisms. Washburn and Howell 1963. tool-making. which we now know occurred between about 2 and 23 million years ago. the first incontrovertible evidence was only uncovered in 1859. and importantly with the development of language. As a result. most prominently Sherwood Washburn (1911–2002) in the late 1950s (e. he suggested that the decisive first step in the transition from ape to human involved upright walking. and language— is still correct. to my knowledge. Engels argued that the ancestors of human beings were social. While writers speculated about whether human beings had lived at the same time as extinct animals. Even though he had no conception of the microevolutionary processes described above. he argued that the arboreal primates of the present day used their forelimbs and hindlimbs differently when they climb. an erect gait.

keeping in mind that anatomical clues for this form of locomotion are scattered over the body: toes. and reducing the energy costs of traveling long distances because of scarcity of resources. the last common ancestor shared by modern human beings and chimpanzees. Gibbons 2006)? Besides the fact that ancestral ape and hominid species resided in tropical Africa 5 to 10 million years ago. Richter. and even display (Delisle 2007: 327). by the similarities and differences of DNA or protein sequences that exist among different species. however. they found a number of fossil hominids in late Miocene and early Pliocene deposits that ranged in age from about 7 to 3. Lander. and by the molecular clock that the various sequences provide (Marks 2002: 7–31). The issues that paleoanthropologists explore and resolve are still upright walking. Today. it seems that human natural beings appeared first in the tropics. and South Africa. In the mid 1990s. No one questions that the various early hominid species on both sides of the Rift Valley were bipedal walkers. shoulders. perhaps in the triangle formed by Chad. there were fossil-bearing deposits that dated to the end of the Tertiary—that is. paleoanthropologists began to look for ancestral chimpanzees and gorillas on the west side of the Rift Valley. toolmaking. ankles. language. lived 10 to 5 million years ago. The fossil evidence has raised a number of questions: Did all of them share the same locomotor pattern? Were they bipedal all of the time or only part of the time? Are some individuals ancestral chimpanzees instead of precursors to the genus Homo? Did some of the earlier individuals belong to one of the later ancestral species shared by chimpanzees and early hominids? Did any of these individuals belong to species that stand in the direct ancestral line of modern human beings (Delisle 2007: 326–8. what were the circumstances in which quadrupedal. and Tanzania. Marx would have been . especially those east of the Rift Valley in Ethiopia. where the extant species live today.5 million years ago. the terrain of the debates has shifted in the last fifty or so years because of the vast quantities of new information. our closest relative in the animal kingdom. and gorillas diverged from that group around 11 to 9 million years ago (Patterson. the empirical evidence for the evolution of human beings was provided by the comparative anatomy of living species. Gnerre. and culture. carrying food and other objects. Ethiopia. According to molecular anthropologists. Thus. at the present time. which occurred roughly 5 to 2 million years ago. the Pliocene Era. neck. hunting. to name only a few. Together with earlier discoveries of fossil hominids in South Africa. feeding on low branches. and Reich 2006). Kenya. Here. In Chad.Human Natural Beings • 77 Fossils and Proteins In Marx’s day. and hands. treeclimbing primates became bipedal? Paleoanthropologists have described a number of potential advantages of upright walking that might have served them well: visual surveillance against predators. hips. that evidence is provided by fossilized bones and their associated environments. this finding helped to focus attention since the 1960s on the tropical regions of Africa. knees.

Moreover. These are probably not the oldest tools in the world. I . this transition occurred between 5 and 3. they can open a jar lid or thread a needle. Engels’s second inferred step in the gradual appearance of human natural beings involved changes in the anatomy and manual dexterity of the hand. Modern human beings have power and precision grips and a much greater range of motion and rotation in their fingers. These features contrast with those of modern chimpanzees. The manufacture and use of stone tools has been taken as an indication of manual dexterity. right now. This was closely associated with upright posture and gait. however. and powerful grasping muscles in both their hands and wrists (Trinkhaus 1992). the environmental conditions were beginning to shift from woodland to savanna grassland habitats and species. I suspect. While all primates manipulate objects to varying degrees with their hands (as do raccoons and squirrels). The reorganized atmospheric circulations brought less moisture to the region. Let us look briefly at two recent works. which have a restricted range of motion of the thumb. These capacities are reflected in both anatomical structures and the ranges of motion they exhibit. is that the ancestral apes and hominids of tropical Africa lived in the broken. First. Pierre Sepulchre and his associates (2006) argued that the 6000-km-long escarpment created 12 to 10 million years ago by tectonic uplift associated with the formation of the Rift Valley in East Africa altered the prevailing patterns of atmospheric circulation.78 • Karl Marx. This broken.7 million years ago. made by Geoffrey King and Geoff Bailey (2006). which brought moisture and precipitation to the interiors of Kenya and Ethiopia. A second argument.5-million-year-old deposits in Ethiopia. and. curved digits that are relatively long with respect to the length of the thumb.g. forearms. opposable thumbs relative to the length of the other digits and the ability to rotate the index finger toward the thumb. and shoulders than do nonhuman primates. wrists. The earliest stone tools now known are chipped cobbles and flakes from 2. The relation of these changes to the evolution of human beings will become apparent in the next few pages. the hands of modern human beings are quite distinctive in several respects—e. and we can safely presume. a sign that “man the tool-maker” has arrived on the scene. environmental mosaics with their diverse and variable resources were the primary habitats of the early hominids rather than the emerging savannas that were inhabited by new kinds of ungulates and a rapidly expanding diversity of terrestrial monkeys—the ancestors of modern baboons and macaques. by the changing circumstances in which this fundamental change occurred. they argue. hill country. Chimpanzees and other apes cannot do either easily. they are the oldest ones we know about. We know that modern chimpanzees will break off twigs and use them to fish for termites. if at all. continued to be the preferred habitat for human beings along their entire dispersal route of dispersal as they then began to move into the Eurasian landmass about 2 million years ago. by 8 to 6 million years ago. hilly country created by the formation of the Rift Valley. they include long. these complex. Anthropologist fascinated.

or was it punctuated with episodes of growth followed by periods of relative stasis (Delisle 2007: 328–30)? The development of the brain was. Paleoanthropologists have suggested a number of reasons for the expansion of brain size: the need for increased brain power to facilitate complex manipulative tasks like making stone tools. human adults. The third is that brains consume enormous amounts of energy. use about 20 percent of the metabolic energy they have to regulate the temperature of their brains. and heat stress. and heavily muscled fingers and wrists adapted for grasping. consequently. The brain volumes of modern human beings are roughly three times larger than those of their Plio-Pleistocene ancestors. Two issues emerge.5 million years ago had brain volumes that resembled those of chimpanzees. In this instance. Some paleoanthropologists argue that both genera manufactured and used stone tools. food sharing. The australopithecines had hands with long curved fingers. of course. What we do not know about the tools from Ethiopia is who made them. it is linked with the development of the brain. thumbs and little fingers with a restricted range of rotation. a third group claims that stone tool-making was restricted to the genus Homo. as Engels indicated. A significant increase in brain volume began to appear about 2. wrists. was this increase in brain size gradual and continuous. for example. is a marker for something else.Human Natural Beings • 79 believe. First. Dean Falk (2004: 161) has suggested that the vascular system of the hominid brain was reorganized to deal simultaneously with “the changed hydrostatic pressures associated with erect posture” and with the changes mentioned earlier in this section that were taking place in the habitats of the African tropics in general and. All of the early hominids that lived before 2. in the habitats in which the early hominids lived 7 to 2 million years ago. for example. There are three facts about the brain that it is useful to keep in mind. The second fact is that the endocasts of human and nonhuman primates—that is. and forearms more closely resemble those of modern human beings.5 and 1. . earlier than 2. it is possible to learn about the surface organization of the brain.5 million years ago.0 million years ago in the genus Homo and continued until about 100. hand. increased hunting. We suspect that the latter made the tools. that at least some hominids used sticks or rocks. others suggest that only some australopithecines had the manual dexterity to make tools. chimpanzees and modern human beings—are different from one another. The convolutions on the brain’s surface leave their imprint on the interior surface of the skull. of course. language. Engels’s third step in the evolution of human corporeal organization (Schoenemann 2006). because the configuration of the fingers.0 million years ago: Australopithecus and Homo.000 years ago. There were two genera of early hominids in Ethiopia between about 2. Tool-making. social cooperation. more specifically. what is the relationship between increased brain size and the structural organization of the brain itself? Second. by examining the endocasts of the imprints left on the skulls. Heat regulation is accomplished by the circulation of blood through a complex network of arteries and veins that crisscross their brains.

Anthropologist Examining the endocasts of apes. A.” One inference that might be drawn from this extended argument is that even the earliest of our big-brained ancestors probably appeared relatively hairless in comparison to their primate contemporaries. So. It seems to have been a fairly continuous process until about 100. what does this imply for a relatively hairless hominid? Brian Fagan suggests an answer: . until the vascular system of the brain was able to regulate temperature more efficiently in those hominids that had moved into more open habitats.8 million years old at Dmanisi. the dentition of the large australopithecines. possibly savannas. In her view. and that these glands are distributed over the entire surface of their bodies. Once the vascular system of the brain became more efficient. and early members of the genus Homo. when the growth curve flattened out (Lee and Wolpoff 2003). Adrienne Zihlman and B. As you will recall. indicated that they continued to live in wooded habitats. both of which had features resembling the brain surfaces of modern human beings. brain volumes remained low—that is. others include sweat glands. Their remains have been found at deposits that are about 1. as well as associated paleoenvironmental evidence.5 million years ago. the distribution of hair. This process became apparent in the remains of H. The heat stress induced by spending more time in open country created another set of selection pressures along with gravity and the changes in hydrostatic pressures that accompanied bipedal locomotion. The vascular system is not the only organ of the human body involved in heat regulation. grasslands. but as likely the environmental mosaics described earlier in which patches of trees.80 • Karl Marx. the teeth and paleoenvironmental data indicated that the small australopithecines and early species of Homo moved into more open country. even though they have about the same number of hair follicles as chimpanzees. This inference has some additional implications. In this regard. More important. habilis about 2. Two of the truly distinctive features of modern human beings are that they have about 2 million more eccrine sweat glands than non-human primates.8 °C). and skin. Cohn (1988: 404) note that “hair retention on the head is probably important in protecting the scalp from the sun’s ultraviolet rays and may assist in stabilizing the temperature of the brain. The reason for their appearance is that their hair shafts are much smaller than those of apes. small australopithecines and early species of Homo. cooling mechanism is that human beings are relatively hairless in comparison to the living apes. the large and small species of australopithecines. What makes sweating an effective evaporative.000 years ago. where winter temperatures occasionally plunge below 0 °F (–17. hence they appear hairless except for the tops of the heads. which is located north of the Caspian Sea. and (2) that they were different from those of the later. brain volumes increased. Falk learned (1) that the surface organization of the brains of large australopithecines resembled those of modern chimpanzees. and water dotted the landscape. hominid populations began to move out of the African tropics and onto the Eurasian landmass about 2 million years ago. In contrast. roughly similar to those of apes.

especially chimpanzees. the elaboration of culture. The unique skill in learning to speak suggests that this facility may reflect some critical neurological difference. involve mimicry. or the calls of monkeys—which. even though this area can control the muscles of the larynx and mouth. Homo erectus probably survived the winters by maintaining permanent fires. tongue and larynx and the areas that are in front of it. Stimulation of the vocalization areas in a monkey brain often produce other signs of arousal—such as hair standing on end. have the capacity to communicate enormous ranges of information and meaning (semantics). There are important neuroanatomical differences between the vocalizations of non-human primates and the speech of modern human beings. and by storing dried meat and other foods for use in the lean months. is not unrelated to the development of the brain and other sensory organs. It depends on the region of the motor cortex that controls the mouth. Human speech uses a very different set of neural circuits. (2) rules for combining and recombining these sounds into larger units. Repeated efforts to train primates to mimic even simple speech sounds have had little success. The final step mentioned by Engels was the development of language. Nevertheless. are referential but not symbolic. and (3) symbolic reference involves both the arbitrariness of the utterance with regard to what is being represented and the ability to refer to things that are not immediately present or exist only in some abstract sense (Deacon 1992a). which is unique to the human species.Human Natural Beings • 81 For Homo erectus to be able to adapt to the more temperate climates of Europe and Asia. (Fagan 1990: 76) Thus. or pleasure. but not the motor cortex. like words (morphology) and sentences (syntax). has three central features: (1) basic sound units produced in the oral cavity. facial gestures and even ejaculation. seasonal whale songs. Engels’s fourth step in the transition from ape to human being. respectively. Terrence Deacon describes them in the following manner: [Non-human] primate calls are controlled by neural circuits in the forebrain and midbrain that are also responsible for emotion and physiological arousal. as you know. Both use vocalizations and gestures to communicate information. display postures. These features distinguish human language from other forms or systems of communication—such as the dances of honeybees. are quite vocal. and express ranges of immediate feelings like fear. It also involved extending the body’s instruments of production and objectifying the world around them in new ways as they appropriated new kinds of external objects to satisfy new needs that were essential for their survival and reproduction in their new circumstances. Both modern human beings and non-human primates. which suggest that our common ancestors 10–5 million years ago probably did the same. Language. the vocalizations and gestures of non-human primates are not the same as language. The ability to combine a larger number of . which lack innate or intrinsic meaning. it was necessary not only to tame fire but to have both effective shelter and clothing to protect against heat loss. anger.

(Deacon 1992b: 119) Two regions of the human brain involved in speech production are Broca’s area and Wernicke’s area. the volume of the brain itself expanded. Since they are located on the surface of the brain. interrelated changes occurred in the heads of our human and pre-human ancestors. Wernicke’s area. and feeling (Gibson and Jessee 1999: 205.82 • Karl Marx. The latter. small australopithecine. rather than one that was built on a pre-existing structure or structures shared with other primates. The configurations of their brain surfaces resembled those of modern human beings rather than apes. The former is a motor speech area associated not only with sensorimotor control of the structures of the oral cavity.5 million years ago). which controls understanding and formulating coherent speech. Between 7 million and 2 million years ago.1 to 2. With regard to the evolution of language. makes possible to syntactic complexity of speech. the earliest representatives of the genus Homo seem to have had the neural capacity for spoken language. they leave imprints on the interior surface of the skull and thus appear on endocasts.or right-handedness). africanus (c. is located on the cortex amid areas that are associated with seeing. Common brain areas may be involved in speech production and grammatical processes because defects in grammar and speech production caused by brain damage often occur together. Tobias 1998: 72). it is typically located on the left hemisphere of the cortex and also seems to be associated with right-handedness—the tendency shared by about 90 percent of the human population today (non-human primates typically do not show a preference for left. has an ape-like pattern but shows evidence of Broca’s area.2. This development coincided in time with the initial expansion of brain volume. Thus. An endocast from a late. In other words. A. Anthropologist component sounds to form larger units. and. hearing. habilis (c. particularly in the frontal area. a set of complex. While there are no endocasts currently available for hominids that lived before about 3 million years ago. and preceded by a half million or so years the initial movements of hominids out of the African tropics (Tobias 1998). All normally developed human brains have Broca’s and Wernicke’s areas. instead . the surface topography of the cerebral cortex became more folded and complex. toward the end of that period.6 million years ago). both appear on endocasts of H. the varied positions of the tongue.3. the appearance of stone tool making (culture in the broadest sense). the faculty seems to have been an emergent phenomenon that was a byproduct of other developments. there is not a single structure that is concerned exclusively with language and speech production. and their coordination with movements of the respiratory system. That is to say. A few of these were: the brain was reorganized as both the vascular and neural systems evolved. words and phrases. the anatomy of the craniofacial region was significantly shortened. asymmetric hemispherical specialization of the brain appeared. but also with manipulative and gestural abilities. the brains of our ancestors who lived 2 million years ago were quite different from the brains of their ancestors who lived 5 million years earlier.

(4) this prolonged period of maturation coincides with growth and developmental stages that witness not only the formation . interconnected by neural circuitry that was evolving simultaneously in response to selection pressures that had nothing to do with the development of language and only a little to do with other systems of communication more broadly defined. their brains double in size during the first six months. The egocentric. (2) the growth rate in brain volume extends beyond well beyond the first year of life in human beings.Human Natural Beings • 83 there seem to be several areas—one associated with emotions. speech increasingly moves from solving the problems that are immediately at hand to a planning function that precedes their actions. As we have just seen. The interconnections between the faculties of language and tool use in human natural beings were confirmed more than seventy years ago. these studies showed (1) that the practical behavior of apes is independent of any speechsymbolic activity. and their brains typically grow to roughly the same size as the adults by the end of their first year of life. another with sensation and motor control—that have become. In a phrase. there are significant differences in the growth and development patterns of non-human primates and human beings. In contrast. not only in their evolution over the past 7 million years but also in the maturation process of the each individual human being. and 95 percent in their tenth year. 90 percent by age five. first to themselves and then increasingly to others when they were confronted with a problem to solve. those that children manifested at different stages of psychological development changed dramatically. While the tool-using abilities of apes remained essentially unchanged throughout their lives. While practical intelligence (tool-use) operates independently of speech in young children. ape neonatal infants have about 50 percent of the brain volume of adults of the same species. (3) human infants are relatively helpless in comparison to ape infants during the first years of life. practical activity and speech are increasingly interconnected as the child matures. that is. human infants are born with brain volumes that are about 25 percent of the size of those of adults. Lev Vygotsky and Alexander Luria (1930/1994) assessed studies that compared the development of speech and practical intelligence in individuals. For example. are about 75 percent the size of adults by two and a half. speech and interpersonal relations begin to guide and dominate what they will do in future. in the course of the last 5 million or so years. inner speech of four-year-olds becomes increasingly communicative as they turn to peers and adults for information and insight about the issues they confront. both apes and human children. As the human child matures. It is part of the complex process by which natural beings became human natural beings. This protracted process of growth and development of humans has a number of implications: (1) brain development occurs much more rapidly in apes and through a seemingly smaller number of developmental stages. and (2) that tool-use by apes was analogous to that of human beings who were either pre-verbal children or deprived of the ability to speak (aphasics). practical activity (tool-use in this case) and language began to be linked increasingly in the development of human natural beings. especially after they began to talk.

As Engels (1876/1972: 251) put it. His comment is part of a larger discussion about the relation between the capitalist mode of production and the formation of a reserve army of labor. The size and shape of the neonate’s head cannot be greater than the width and height of the birth canal. An important limiting factor with regard to brain volume at the time of birth is the cross-section of the mother’s birth canal. the accumulation of diverse sorts of empirical evidence during that period has added unimaginable detail and enriched our understanding of the process. provided that cranial and pelvic bones are present in their sample. the effects of the movement of workers from . which are historically valid only within that particular sphere. Marx (1863–7/1977: 784) suggested that “every particular historical mode of production has its own special laws of population. Anthropologist of new neural connections but also the related elaboration of practical activity and speech.5 million years ago—had a brain volume of 800–900 cc but a birth canal that was only able of passing a fetal head with brain size of about 200 cc (Stanley 1998: 160–3). rudolfensis that lived about 2. they never considered in any extended manner the implications that the life histories. associated with the elaboration of practical activity and speech. An abstract law of population exists only for plants and animals. our primate ancestors “lived in bands. fertility. and even then only in the absence of any historical intervention by man. This implied that the infants also exhibited the same pattern of prolonged maturation and dependence that exist in modern human beings. in fact. Paleoanthropologists have discerned the ape and human patterns of brain growth and development in the fossil remains of early hominids.84 • Karl Marx. neither Marx nor Engels ever questioned that human natural beings were also social beings. On the one hand. For example. Marx was certainly aware of differences in mortality and fertility. and (5) the changes in the neural circuitry of human infants and children are. These traits coincided in time with the appearance of tool-making and language. an early hominid—H. it appears that “Engels got it right!” The broad outlines of his argument have stood the test of time. they also coincided with the expansion of those stages of brain growth and psychological development when new neural connections are being formed as tool-use and speech become increasingly social activities embedded in ensembles of social relations. they infer that the human rather than the ape pattern of growth and development was already in existence at that time.” He refused to abstract population from historically specific social structures or ensembles of social relations.” On the other hand. Thus. and mortality patterns of the early hominids might have on the demography and population structures of those groups. With more than 130 years of hindsight. Demography and Population Structure Neither Marx nor Engels ever wrote systematically about the relation between population and political economy (Seccombe 1983). Nonetheless.

however. .” Marx and Engels never doubted that our primate ancestors were social beings. forage individually most of the time. However. Females. such as chimpanzees or gorillas. as we construe them today. rooted the division of labor and the nuclear family in biology. He also implied that the determination of population dynamics is situated in the inner workings of particular modes of production. distinguished human natural beings from natural beings. Lila Leibowitz (1985. sharing or exchange occurred because of the biological differences between males and females.g. and that they were potentially implicated in structuring discontinuities from one mode of production to another. As you will recall from earlier discussions in the last chapter and this one. labor and thus the division of labor were characteristics that. while larger. they did not speculate about the demographic aspects of the transition from social natural beings to human natural beings. and will tend to make their own contribution of time to the developmental propulsion of particular modes through time and space” (Seccombe 1983: 33). it also meant that both males and females engaged in the same foraging activities but in different places. more aggressive males hunted for meat. Not surprisingly. whose mobility was periodically constrained by infant care. it was correlated with either solitary existence (orangutans) or transient group membership (chimpanzees and gorillas). Washburn and Lancaster 1968). and age structure in that transition. and shared this prize both with their offspring and with the mothers of those offspring (e. Biodeterminists. drawing on liberal social theory (notably John Locke). which resulted in different dispositions and activity patterns. the males continue to grow for several years after reaching this stage. while the females stop. fertility. there are three problems with this perspective: (1) most non-human primates. like pottery-making. but rather to reproductive and foraging advantages. other writers have thought about these issues. remained in close proximity to home bases and foraged for vegetable foods. and (3) Engels (1884/1972) argued that families. in Marx’s view. The males and females of sexually dimorphic primates have roughly the same growth rates until puberty. The larger body size of adult males gave them a greater chance for survival outside a social group. The early hominids were sexually dimorphic—that is. 1986) argued that the larger body size of adult males was not related to dominance and sex roles. and that “population forces will periodically come into contradiction with themselves and with other elements of any given socio-economic system. nor did they ever comment on the potential implications of mortality. adult males were larger than adult females—but these differences were not as great as the sexual dimorphism found in non-human primates. and the deleterious effects of industries. developed out of “bands.Human Natural Beings • 85 the countryside to industrial cities. which was essential for survival. Marx (1863–7/1977: 471) certainly recognized that age and sex were important factors structuring the division of labor in capitalism. on the health and life expectancies of the individuals engaged in those activities. (2) the perspective does not explain how individuals of both sexes transformed themselves from self-feeders to producers. including chimpanzees. in their view.

self-feeding is the rule in the core and allmale groups. females were alive when their offspring reached puberty. and . Her observations and arguments suggest a model of early hominid society. Their understanding of their world was gained through practical activities and experiences. Within these groups. The core members of chimpanzee social groups are adult females and their juvenile and infant offspring. most of the members of a social group were prepubescent individuals who had not reached reproductive age. Food sharing involves a degree of cooperation that does not exist in contemporary non-human primates and presumably did not exist among their ancestors. Adult males join these core groups temporarily for greater or lesser periods of time. before wandering off to forage in other localities. they were exposed to prolonged learning in a social group that was composed largely of other prepubescent individuals. Assuming that females had their first infants shortly after reaching puberty. Such a demographic profile has several implications. Fourth. The conclusion that Leibowitz drew from this evidence is that age or stage of maturation may have been more important than sex in structuring the social relations of early human populations. 1986). Third. It is an attribute that involves cooperation among individuals as well as new levels of understanding. Chimpanzees probably show the greatest flexibility and diversity of relations. There is even variation between social groups of the same species—e. baboon troops in which food resources and concentrated vs. trust. few. and their third when they were eighteen or nineteen. when there was more than any one of them could consume. First. except on the most limited bases. Second. They shared information about the world around them through language. and that the average life span of the survivors was about twenty years. Paleodemographic studies indicate that infant and juvenile mortality was high. the maturation pattern of our primate ancestors who lived 3 million years ago was essentially the same as that of modern human beings. except at those rare times when a small animal is killed and the meat is shared with individuals foraging nearby. the successes and failures of everyday life. Thus. prepubescent males and females of the same age were roughly similar in size. As we have seen. if any. their second infant would have been born when they were fifteen or sixteen years old. either alone or in all-male groups. Anthropologist There is a great deal of variability not only in male and female roles but also in the relations between the sexes with groups of non-human primates (Leibowitz 1985.86 • Karl Marx. they learned to use and make simple wooden and stone tools from their peers. The social groups were small and composed mainly of individuals who had not yet reached reproductive age. those where resources are dispersed. when they were twelve or thirteen years old. In the process of growing up in a small group.g. that about half of the individuals died or were killed before they reached reproductive age. They reached reproductive age at about the same rate as we do. and that they did not ovulate for the three or so years when they were lactating and nursing. they foraged for themselves from a young age and shared food with other individuals. many of the juveniles were orphans who had to fend for themselves in order to survive.

was not a biological one but rather one rooted in culture and social relations. is absolutely splendid. and infant groups on a full-time basis. erectus populations living between 2 million and 500. (Marx 1859/1983: 551) I’m amused that Darwin. as though in Mr. it means that there were then grandmothers and grandfathers.Human Natural Beings • 87 confidence in the motivations of others. In practical terms. and certainly never to such good effect. The second was made two and a half years later. The first was made less than a month after its publication. protein-rich food source). Never before has so grandiose an attempt been made to demonstrate historical evolution in Nature. Leibowitz suggests that adult males may have been integrated into the juvenile.. who could share that information with the younger generations of the social groups. cultural understandings and ways of doing things changed slowly. but—only with . adult female. It appears that H. There was one aspect of teleology that had yet to be demolished.e. This change. Marx on the Naturalization of Social Inequality Compare the following statements made by Marx about Darwin’s The Origin of Species. the whole thing didn’t lie in its not being applied to plants and animals.000 years or so. hunting and hearth-centered activities that were carried out more or less simultaneously in different places. then shifts in the ensembles of social relations refracting changes in the age structure of human populations occurred much more recently. coupled with their movement into new landscapes in Eurasia and the changes that had already been taking place and that were continuing to occur in Africa. If this change refracts new relations based in some complicated manner on sex differences. Rachel Caspari and Sang-Hee Lee (2006) have argued that significant changes in the numbers of individuals surviving to adulthood—i. One does. Their integration coincided with two other changes that facilitated both new forms of cooperation and further development of human natural beings themselves: (1) systematic hunting and hence the increased consumption of meat (a high energy. by the way. This evidence. and that has been done. they argued. of course. There were so few individuals in these early groups that new ways of seeing and understanding the world or making new tools were often not validated because of the absence of an appreciative audience. repositories of practical knowledge. should say that he also applies the “Malthusian” theory to plants and animals. and (2) appearance of spatially organized. whom I’ve been taking another look. However.000 years ago may have exhibited less sexual dimorphism than their immediate ancestors. Darwin. the ratio of older to younger individuals in a population—did not occur until the last 50. whom I’m reading just now. have to put up with the crude English method. Malthus’s case. suggest that diminished sexual dimorphism was likely associated with new forms of social organization.

and that his concept of class struggle was different from those of Darwin who viewed struggle between different individuals of the same species in terms of differential reproduction and survival. and then claim to have proved their validity as eternal laws of human society. that of the sovereign in exchange for self-preservation and avoiding death (Wood and Wood 1997: 94–111). Having accomplished this feat . A second target was Thomas Malthus (1766–1834) who also assumed that self-interest and competition were the foundations of modern society. “inventions” and Malthusian “struggle for existence. and that the tendency to over-reproduce far outstripped the capacity of society to produce food. that poverty was a natural outcome of social relations. (Engels 1875/1991: 107–8) The questions are: What happened in the thirteen years that intervened between Marx’s letter and that of Engels? What were the relationships of the liberals and socialists that Engels called bourgeois Darwinians to the development of anthropology? . One target was Thomas Hobbes (1588–1679).” whereas.e. these people proceed to re-extrapolate the same theories from organic nature to history. It is remarkable how Darwin rediscovers. in Darwin. (Marx 1862/1985: 381) What stands out in both quotations is Marx’s critique of the naturalization of social inequalities. . among the beasts and plants. they should submit their own individual wills to. and Malthus who viewed struggle in terms of limitations imposed on society as a whole by its environment (Bowler 1976: 639. opening up of new markets.. the transposition of capitalist social relations to nature. the animal kingdom figures as civil society. It is important to note here that Marx believed that “human nature” was not fixed but varied from one historical epoch to another. In 1875. Frederick Engels made a similar point with regard to “bourgeois Darwinians” who saw only struggle for existence in nature where only a few years earlier they “laid emphasis on co-operation”:1 All that the Darwinian theory of the struggle for existence boils down to is an extrapolation from society to animate nature of Hobbes’ theory of the bellum omnium contra omnes and of bourgeois-economic theory together with the Malthusian theory of population. the society of England with its division of labour. and that. Alfred Russel Wallace (1823–1913). . and their reappropriation into capitalist society as “natural” relations. Anthropologist its geometric progression—to humans as against plants and animals. the seventeenth-century materialist and political theorist who had argued that human individuals always act out of self-interest to satisfy their appetites and avoid their aversions. in order to avoid being thrust back into a state of nature during the time of the English Civil War. war of all against all] and is reminiscent of Hegel’s Phenomenology in which civil society figures as an “intellectual animal kingdom.88 • Karl Marx. competition. or at least not resist.” It is Hobbes’ bellum omnium contra omnes [i. 647–50). which led to a limited food supply and a “struggle for existence” among its members.

like “the struggle for existence” or “nature red in tooth and claw. human diversity. they had entered into the public domain and were being deployed by naturalists. Kelly 1981. Anthropology—an emerging discipline concerned with human variation. many of the concepts (e. Twelve years later. However. Glick 1988). and societal evolution and made use of the same analogies and metaphors as Darwin and his followers. political economists. These tendencies became increasingly common in many countries after the publication of The Origin of Species in 1859 (e. especially in those with strong religious convictions.g. Darwin (1874/1998) published his views about the human species and the development of the intellectual and moral faculties of primitive and civilized peoples in The Descent of Man. and the cultural practices and beliefs of marginal peoples—also began to coalesce rapidly in the 1860s and 1870s (e. it is also clear that some of his followers were socialists and others were not. the evolution of human societies.” Moreover.” associated with Social Darwinism were in use before Darwin wrote either The Origin of Species or The Descent of Man. What many but not all of the advocates of this standpoint attempted to do was replace the notion of divine intervention with the “laws of nature. Harvey 1983.Human Natural Beings • 89 When Darwin was composing The Origin of Species in the 1840s and 1850s. and scientific racism that came to be called Social Darwinism after 1879. The advocates of this reductionist standpoint were attempting to explain the development of human society as well as human psychology and social organization in terms of natural laws that were derived from biology or even physics. however. While they were liberal reactions against entrenched aristocratic and conservative understandings of the world. their efforts were facilitated by the fact that they also used the same conceptual frameworks and drew on the same analogies and metaphors to describe the human and natural realms. and with the evolution of human social and social organization. with the evolution of the human psyche and intelligence. Weindling 1989: 11–59). Some early figures in the history of anthropology—like Franz Boas (1858–1942) or Robert H. it was not uncommon by the 1850s for writers to slip between claims that human beings had a nature. gradualism. Its early practitioners often had the same understandings of human beings. evolution) and metaphors (e. Weikart 1999.g. Darwinism and evolutionism were concerned with the individual. or equilibrium. they also became part of emerging discourses about individualism. While it is possible to argue that Darwin was a Social Darwinist. and social commentators at a time when the popularity of reductive materialist arguments was on the rise in some circles and challenged in others. meritocracy. anthropology was never a politically homogeneous discipline even at its inception. and that nature had a moral economy (Jones 1980: 1–9). Stocking 1987. the struggle for existence. “struggle for existence” or “survival of the fittest”) that he would eventually use had already been employed by others. many features and metaphors. Hammond 1980.g. their perspective frequently emphasized the naturalness of hierarchy.g. Lowie (1883–1957) in the United States—were socialists who rejected the positivism of the . As a result. In a real sense.

we raised questions about the kinds of social relations that might have existed in these early communities. and life history might have effected and produced diverse social structures. while others came from paleoanthropological inquiries in African and Eurasia. Anthropologist social evolutionary perspectives and replaced them instead with empiricist-inspired and grounded studies of the cultural practices of particular communities. populations rather than types of individuals. tool-making. the attraction of Darwin’s theory of evolution by natural selection was precisely its materialist foundations. he praised the writings of Russian anarchist Peter Kropotkin (1842–1921). life expectancy. although the kinds of detailed information available today are infinitely richer than when he wrote. who was one of the leading exponents of Darwin’s thought in Germany.g. Ssorin-Chaikov 2003. expansion and reorganization of the brain. . Yanagisako and Delaney 1995). For our purposes in this book. Finally. or the politics of science (Pittenger 1993). We also saw that the broad outlines of Engels’s argument have stood the test of time. some of the data derived from the investigations of neuroanatomists. it is worth noting that discourses which naturalize social hierarchy and power relations have been and continue to be pervasive and influential in anthropological practice and theory and their appropriations by states including socialist ones (e. a few years later. There is. and how issues of mortality. For example. changes in the anatomy and dexterity of the hand. especially his Mutual Aid: A Factor of Evolution (Kropotkin 1904/1989) and of the socialist Alfred Russel Wallace. Patterson and Spencer 1995. that Marx and Engels were early opponents of the naturalization of cultural categories. Darwin. Engels linked the emergence of human natural beings with a series of interconnected changes in the corporeal organization of our ancestors that involved bipedalism. we examined how Marx’s materialism was an outcome of his efforts as a student to bring together the arts and sciences and then. to address questions concerned with the emergence and development of human natural beings and their relationship with the worlds in which they lived. language. however.90 • Karl Marx. For Marx. We then examined data clarifying these developments. It is also clear. Lowie was highly critical of Lewis Henry Morgan’s Ancient Society and of Ernst Haeckel (1834–1919). and their successors that we explored: the naturalization of social inequalities through the use of folk categories that are understood as the biological categories of Western modernity. In this chapter. at the same time. One can only presume that Marx would have applauded subsequent clarifications of the underlying mechanisms of descent with modification and speciation as well as of the historically contingent and ever-changing structure of the world in which these mechanisms operate. the weaknesses of scientific racist arguments. and the elaboration of culture. as the letters quoted above indicate. We then moved to an examination of Engels’s essay on the role of labor in the transition from non-human primate to human natural being and suggested that Marx agreed with the views of his longtime friend. another set of linkages between Marx. fertility.

and. and Social Formation Marx read widely in anthropology and history in the 1870s. family and gender in Roman society. took more than 450 pages of notes interspersed with commentaries on topics as diverse as prehistoric Europe. and even an indication of encroaching senility. as some have claimed.– 4– History. between 1879 and 1882. he would discuss the “accumulation and reproduction of capital on an expanded scale” (Marx 1865–1885/1981: 565–99). Smith 2002). It was the second time in his career that Marx read extensively about non-Western societies. Marx’s interest in anthropology and history raises two interrelated questions: If his overriding concern was capitalist society. pedantry. then why did he read so extensively about non-capitalist and pre-capitalist societies? Did his theoretical standpoint and understanding of these societies change in significant way between the 1850s and the 1870s? The presupposition underlying the first question is that Marx saw the study of non-capitalist or pre-capitalist societies in the 1870s as distinct from and unrelated to that of capitalism. In volume one. since Marx was still actively working on the second and third volumes of Capital in the 1870s. He filled fifty notebooks about Russia and. In the second volume. and American Indian societies (Anderson 2002. in exact detail. as you will recall. Now he needed to know concretely. . a sign of depression over the defeat of the Paris Commune in 1871. Marx needed to delve further into the multicultural specificity of the world that capitalism was seeking to conquer. a diversion from the really important project. Only about a third of the notes were transcribed and published by Lawrence Krader in The Ethnological Notebooks (Marx 1880–2/1974). In contrast. . David Smith (2002: 78–9) has argued that it is difficult to sustain either the presupposition or the conclusions drawn from it. the earlier one occurred between 1853 and 1859 when he wrote articles about India. the history of India. Smith further suggests that Marx’s turn to anthropology and history had a lot to do with the subject matter that the latter was planning to discuss in the second volume. what 91 . Smith writes that. Marx (1863–7/1976: 711– 61) discussed the “simple reproduction of capital” and drew most of his examples from the British Isles. China. For later commentators. and the Ottoman Empire for the New York Tribune (Avineri 1968). at the same time. at this point. Dutch colonialism. it was alternatively a grander project. was preparing a new edition of the first volume as well as a French translation which combined elements of the first and second German editions of that volume (Anderson 2002: 87). . Culture.

Moreover. vol. to the less developed. to those which follow it on the industrial path [échelle]. With regard to the second question. Krader 1975). This explanation was elaborated in works written from that date onward—notably the Grundrisse. . Marx was already explicitly clear about the possibility of alternative pathways of development for capitalist societies by the 1870s and for non-industrial and non-Western societies more than a decade earlier. To understand this difference. 1. the image of its own future. In these. when he began to develop a second explanation of transition. the image of its own future” (Marx 1875/1963: 549 quoted by Anderson 2002: 88 with emphasis added). it suggests that human society had developed through a progression of stages from primitive communism through feudalism to capitalism (e. Marx’s “references to [European] colonialism as a source of civilization and progress had largely disappeared” by 1857. Marx needed to know as much as possible about noncapitalist social structures. Marx and Engels 1848/1976: 482–5).g. Anthropologist capital could expect to confront in its global extension. made the concept of modes of production the centerpiece of his analysis. the motor driving the evolution of class and property relations was set in motion by the growth of trade and competition and involved the structural differentiation of roles within the labor process (Brenner 1989). Euro-American capital was speeding into a world dense with cultural difference. especially the transition from feudalism to capitalism. Marx (1863–7/1977: 91) wrote: “The country that is more developed industrially only shows. The changes are perhaps most apparent in his discussions of transition. which relied heavily on Adam Smith’s writings. Marx’s turn to anthropology and history was not distinct from his concern with capitalism but rather was an integral part of that project.g. This has frequently been characterized and criticized as a unilinear and Eurocentric perspective. He paid more attention to the variability of pre-capitalist and non-capitalist communal societies. 1863–7/1977. and implied that not all societies formed in the same way or passed through the same succession of modes of production.92 • Karl Marx. 1880–2/1974). Marx’s theoretical standpoint and understanding of pre-capitalist and non-capitalist societies did change during his career (e. suggested that the various modes of production were differentially or variably resistant to change. Marx developed one explanation in the 1840s. So it should not be surprising that Marx chose to investigate non-Western societies precisely at this point. he abandoned the earlier model and viewed social change in historical-dialectical terms. he had modified the passage and made the implications of his analysis of capitalist development more transparent: “The country that is more developed industrially only shows. (Smith 2002: 79) In other words. However. and The Ethnological Notebooks (Marx 1857–8/1973. he continually clarified and refined his argument about transition. as Kevin Anderson (2002: 86) notes. Capital.” When the French edition was published eight years later. in the 1867 English edition of Capital. In this perspective. For example. and the difference it makes for capital. Thus.

(Fetscher 1991: 228) This led Marx (e. his views bore a generic resemblance to those of Hegel. given this standpoint. and that unfolding of consciousness or knowledge of the thing-in-itself is a dialectical process that self-corrects its own claims (e. where he provided a framework—a point of departure—for clarifying problems in order to gain practical understanding of everyday life in capitalist society. Should the historically possible revolutionizing of society not come about. he might have dealt with the enormous amount of information about pre-capitalist and non-capitalist societies that archaeologists. then a relapse into barbarism (Luxemburg) or the “common ruin of the contending classes” (Marx) is also possible. the realm of individual freedom. the Reformation. dominant. the “thing-in-itself. and historians have gathered in the last 150 years. in the future as a real possibility of the present” (Fetscher 1991: 228) As Iring Fetscher put it. Marx was also indebted to Hegel’s critique of the distinction that Kant drew between appearance and reality. 1861–3/1971: 536–7) addressed the relation between appearances and reality in the Grundrisse and Theories of Surplus Value. had claimed that human beings only know things by their appearance.” was unknowable. and that the real essence of the thing. Both saw human society as a process of becoming. in contrast. and historical contingency in his empirical studies of particular societies. which Hegel claimed had already been fully realized in the Prussian state. cultural beliefs. it presents only the objective possibility of such a development. and how. The dialectic of the productive forces and productive relations which effects [sic] historical progress offers in contrast to Hegel’s dialectic of world spirit no guarantee that the realm of freedom will be realized. the dialectical progression of human history and society toward emancipation culminated in Christianity. and Social Formation • 93 The goals of this chapter are to look at Marx’s conceptual framework especially with regards to the diversity of human societies and of the modes of production that constitute them (including those that might be residual. as you will recall.g. he claimed that appearance and essence belong together. Culture. Hegel did not think that there were limits to the application of human knowledge. sociocultural anthropologists (ethnologists). his notions of historical trajectories and the historically determined contingency of transitions.History. The . actually “lies . Hartnack 1992). In Marx’s view. the balance of force among opposed groups. Kant. 1852/1979) to consider factors such as contradiction. In this regard. the French Revolution.g. . and the constitutional monarchies of the early nineteenth century. . In Hegel’s view. Marx’s Historical-Dialectical Conceptual Framework Marx’s empirical anthropology was underpinned by a historical-dialectical notion of society. Marx (1857–8/1973: 100–8. or emergent in any given society).

the material productive forces of society come into conflict with the existing relations of production. the real foundation. structure. and then reassembling the whole. men inevitably enter into definite relations. In a famous. My goal in this section is to consider the conceptual underpinnings of his dialectical anthropology and some of its implications for anthropology today. on which arises a legal and political superstructure and to which correspond definite forms of social consciousness. In his view. Pre-Capitalist Modes of Production Marx recognized the significance of the diversity of human societies. private ownership of the means of production. or—this merely expresses the same thing in legal terms—with the property relations within the framework of which they have operated hitherto. moving from the perceived concrete appearances by a process of abstraction (breaking the whole into mental constructs) and then back to the newly appreciated concrete whole with a greater understanding both of the unity of parts and whole and of the inner dynamics. . the social division of labor between a class whose .94 • Karl Marx. Anthropologist method he developed was analogous to peeling an onion layer by layer. political and intellectual life. He called these underlying structures modes of production. Marx’s ongoing historical analyses of particular societies underwrote a general conception of society which provided both a framework and a set of questions for further detailed. he described a mode of production in terms of an architectural metaphor: In the social production of their existence. The totality of these relations of production constitutes the economic structure of society. The changes in the economic foundation lead sooner or later to the transformation of the whole immense superstructure (Marx (1859/1970: 20). The technique involved looking behind and beneath superficial appearances. revealing its internal structure with each successive layer until reaching its core. empirical sociohistorical studies of those and other historically specific societies. the four most distinctive features of industrial capitalist societies were commodity production. often-cited passage. . From forms of development of the productive forces these relations turn into fetters. namely relations of production appropriate to a definite stage in development of their material forces of production. The mode of production of material life conditions the general process of social. He also recognized the significance of the similarities and differences among them and attributed these to underlying structures that constituted an inner core beneath their surface appearances. and contradictions of that totality. Marx distinguished and contrasted the capitalist mode of production from a series of pre-capitalist modes of production. Then begins an era of social revolution. At a certain stage of their development. . which are independent of their will.

and the appropriation by the owners of the surplus value created by the wage-workers. with the same land-relation as its foundation. and that if sharing breaks down. This meant that “each individual has the status of proprietor or possessor only as a member of the community” (Lefort 1978/1986: 143). Asiatic. distribution. most notably The Ethnological Notebooks. beliefs. culture and nature itself provide the bases for the appropriation of the objective conditions of life for their members as well as foundations for their activity. his real conditions of life. Primitive communism Natural communities of human beings were essential for the original form of landed property. portraying the last five as alternative pathways away from the conditions of the original primitive community. with their train of ancient and venerable prejudices and opinions. and kinship—combined with various external factors— such as environmental conditions and the circumstances in which they lived—to shape their character. the emergence of industrial capitalism ushered in a whole new rhythm of history—an accelerated history—that was a consequence of continual innovations in the productive forces and the organization of production as well as continual disruption of social institutions and practices. “this form. 1859/1970: 21) mentioned six precapitalist modes of production—communal (original). Marx and Engels had already described this in the Communist Manifesto: All fixed. and man is at last compelled to face with sober senses. feudal. and Social Formation • 95 members owned the means of production and the direct producers who sold their labor power in order to produce and reproduce the conditions of their existence. . Germanic. and Slavonic. emphasis in the original). are swept away. Thus. These communities were “a presupposition for the communal appropriation (temporary) and utilization of the land” (Marx 1857– 8/1973: 472. (Marx and Engels 1848/1976: 486–7) Both in the preface to A Contribution to the Critique of Political Economy and in the Grundrisse. all that is holy is profaned. can realize itself in very different ways” (cf. The communality of these groups—their shared customs. All that is solid melts into air. Marx and Engels 1845–6/1976: 22–3).History. the community ceases to exist (Leacock 1982: 159).1 He sketched in varying detail the structural features of each. ancient. all new-formed ones become antiquated before they can ossify. Culture. and consumption of goods. Another way of saying this is that all members of the community participate in the production. Due to these features. Marx (1858–8/1973: 471–514. He would elaborate this in subsequent works. As Marx (1857–8/1973: 472) put it. He phrased these developments in terms of the dissolution of communal property and the consequent development of new forms of property relationships and social divisions of labor.e. primitive communities in a temporal rather than developmental sense—was that they were diverse (Patterson 1988). and practices. and his relations with his kind. fast-frozen relations. Another feature of these original communities—i. language. exchange.

It compels us. . It forces us. when men begin to pursue individual or individual-class interests in the context of the continuing public institutions of the communal society. its own emergence. These institutions and the community itself are transformed in the process. In other instances.e. on the other.96 • Karl Marx. knowledge. and even through murder. The members of a community have access to its resources by virtue of their membership in the community and participation in its activities (Marx . to consider how the society was organized for the production. (Read 2003: 39–40) The Asiatic mode of production and the Slavonic transition As small communities pass from one or another variant of primitive communism to societies manifesting the Asiatic mode of production. Anthropologist Stanley Diamond (1951/1996) referred to these tensions as kin/civil conflict and pointed to the fact that their resolution was potentially always a two-way street. on the one hand.e. the contradictions were resolved through leveling mechanisms that inhibited social differentiation within the community.. where the opposition between the private and the public is non-existent or very poorly developed. as the structures of the old mode of production are displaced by those of the new. familiar ideological clothes—i. the dissolution of the primitive community involves either internal differentiation within the group and the formation of the state. 1880–2/1974: 164. It also focuses attention on the contradictions that emerged within the relations of production and how these were resolved. civilized. whose appearance was often obscured or disguised by the fact that they were dressed up in old. in Krader’s (1976: 223) view.. This focuses attention on the dual character of the relations of production and how they are transformed. with the appearance of social classes. or alternatively encapsulation by and enmeshment in societies that were already classstratified and state-based—i. the very question of these presuppositions is concerned with the question of what could be called “ideology. 329–30). Anthropologist The common thread of human society.2 they retain ownership or control of the land and do not develop distinctions between food production and manufacture or between town and countryside. or over-coding. In some instances. In a phrase. distribution. Read has observed that The presuppositions of any mode of production are the conditions that constitute a mode of production but are not produced from them. they were resolved by the simultaneous dissolution of the old social relations and the emergence of new ones. however. practices. . through emigration by part of the community. and beliefs (Marx 1852/1979: 103–4. socially and culturally meaningful categories. to examine how the organization in which the production of goods. . Their original appearances are unimaginable or unexplainable according to the particular protocols and practices of that mode of production. is life in the community. and consumption of goods.” or the manner in which a particular mode of production justifies itself by rewriting. This thread is broken. Thus. circulation. and human beings took place was itself reproduced or transformed.

In the more despotic form of the Asiatic mode of production. There was oscillation between the democratic and . a few artisans. when it occurs. was an excrescence on the village communities. and Social Formation • 97 1857–8/1973: 472–4. Culture. the community is relatively impervious to the effects of exchange. Besides the mass of the members of each community who were occupied in much the same way. there were perhaps a dozen or so individuals who were maintained at the expense of the community as a whole—the headman. the scribe. of town (village) and countryside. when accidentally destroyed. a poet. and a prayer leader were only a few of the specialists mentioned by Marx (1863–7/1977: 478–9). which. This also has to do with the combination of manufacture and agriculture. the teacher. 1863–7/1977: 477–9). spring up again on the same spot and with the same name—this simplicity supplies the key to the riddle of the unchangeability of Asiatic societies.History. In the more democratic form. which is in such striking contrast with the constant dissolution and refounding of Asiatic states. emphasis in the original) The simplicity of the productive organism in these self-sufficing communities which constantly reproduce themselves in the same form and. (Marx (1857–8/1973: 494. except by means of altogether external influences. He is rooted to the spot. Marx described the resiliency of communal property in Asiatic communities when he wrote: In the oriental form. its officials were supported by tribute in the form of surplus goods and labor appropriated from those rural communities. to the extent that they appeared at all. 494. takes place along the borders with other communities and is limited to surplus goods or labor that ultimately satisfy the collective needs of its members (Lefort 1978/1986: 152). where the heads of state or their representatives could exchange the goods and services they had appropriated from the communities for goods or services that were not produced locally (Marx 1857–8/1973: 472–4. Marx typically characterized societies manifesting the Asiatic mode of production as relatively impervious to change. rural village communities existed independently side by side. the loss [of property] is hardly possible. which represented the unity of the wider society. (Marx 1863–7/1977: 479) Marx discerned two variants of the Asiatic mode of production. economic) bond with it. and their neverceasing changes of dynasty. Cities. ingrown. developed in areas favorable to external trade. several of the independent villages were enmeshed in a larger state-based society that claimed ownership of the land and resources of which the village communities were merely the possessors. 1880–2/1974: 329). they were based on an amalgamation of food production and handicraft production and a fixed division of labor. The structure of the fundamental economic units of society remains untouched by the storms which blow up in the cloudy regions of politics. Because of its self-sufficiency. The state. since the individual member of the commune never enters into the relation of freedom towards it in which he could lose his (objective.

but only they had the right to appropriate surplus labor or goods resulting from plunder or tribute. because they could also intersect with groups that were defined either by kinship. Ste Croix 1981: 135–6. However. . The property in one’s own labour is mediated by property in the condition of labour—the hide of the land. and resistance by the autonomous communities that had become enmeshed in their webs of tributary relations. self-sufficient landowners who maintained their equality as citizens by participating in the activities of their city-states. . it occurred in those circumstances where the headmen of Asiatic societies were able to modify the communal property of the villages and appropriate it for their own. were compelled by extra-economic means to transfer goods. labor. Community was once again the precondition for their existence. Anthropologist despotic forms because of the relative instability of the state forms. Marx and Engels 1845–6/1976: 33. Hilton 1991. . the work of war etc. . however. while they had effective possession of the land. 210–11). such as the protection of its public (state) lands. such as slave or citizen. guaranteed in turn by the existence of the commune. .98 • Karl Marx. It is not cooperation in wealth-producing labour by means of which the commune member reproduces himself. Ste Croix 1981). waging war with neighboring groups. or historical circumstances (Marx 1857–8/1973: 478). 1991. The presupposition of the survival of the community is the preservation of equality among its free self-sustaining peasants. . or both to the lords (Marx 1857–8/1973: 472–4. and managing relations with the outside world. The survival of the commune is the reproduction of all its members as self-sustaining peasants whose surplus time belongs precisely to the commune. the relation of these free and equal private proprietors to one another. Social-class distinctions between direct producers and nonproducers in the ancient communities were defined in terms legal statuses. their bond against the outside. on one side. . Hindess and Hirst 1975: 80–108. the independent peasant-citizens cooperated not as direct producers but rather as citizens with particular obligations to the state and rights that derived from their citizenship. 497. Finley 1973. and that in turn by surplus labor in the form of military service etc by the commune members. place of residence within the city-state. Marx put it in the following way: The commune—the state—is. and their own labour as the condition for the survival of their property. citizens were obliged to protect state property or wage war. and is at the same time their safeguard. in these instances. it was a community composed of independent. potentially creating serfs who. (Marx 1857–8/1973: 475–6) In other words. on the other (Gailey 2003). The ancient mode of production A second form of property was that found in many of the diverse societies that constituted the social mosaic of the classical Greek and Roman worlds (Marx 1857–8/1973: 474–6. These statuses were often further complicated. he also portrayed the Slavonic mode of production as a transitional form resulting in serfdom. For example. but rather cooperation in labour for communal interests (imaginary and real) for the upholding of the association inwardly and outwardly. on the one hand.

Culture. long distances apart.History. emphasis in the original) The difficulties which the commune encounters can only arise from other communes. the commune exists. and even the appearance of wage-workers which created contradictions that resulted. and therefore possessing an origin. Marx conceptualized this mode production in the following way: Among the Germanic tribes. (Marx 1857–8/1973: 475. and Social Formation • 99 Marx was acutely aware of historical contingency and the specificity of the sociopolitical dynamics that shaped these ancient communities: The commune.e. plunder. The Germanic mode of production In an effort to understand the Germanic tribes on the periphery of the Roman State. the great communal labor which is require either to occupy the objective conditions of being there alive. possibilities for the concentration of property ownership by some citizens at the expense of other citizens. already from outward observation. where the individual family chiefs settled in the forests. the growth of foreign (overseas) trade. only in periodic gatherings-together (Vereinigung) of the commune members. (Marx 1857–8/1973: 474) The expanded reproduction of these communities involved wars of conquest. The individual was a private proprietor of the land and had access to the commons through participation in periodic gatherings of the community. the monetization of the economy. Hence the commune consisting of families initially organized in a warlike way—as a system of war and army. although their . is the presupposition of property in land and soil—i. although already a product of history here. or which disturb the commune in its own occupation.. in the restructuring of social relations even in circumstances where the forces of production were poorly developed (Banaji 2001). Germanic society manifested a communal form of production in which the social and political-economic relationships that joined its members together had to be continuously renewed (Bonte 1977: 174–6). In his view. War is therefore the great comprehensive task. the relations of production are based in the household. or to protect and perpetuate the occupation. of the relation of the working subject to the natural presuppositions of labour as belonging to him—but this belonging [is] mediated by his being a member of the state—hence by a presupposition regarded as divine etc. at times. Here. the fragmentation of estates. not only in fact but also known as such. which have either previously occupied the land and soil. increased reliance on slave production on state lands. and this is one of the conditions of its being there as a proprietor. The concentration of the residences in town [is the] basis of this bellicose organization. Social continuity as well as the use of common lands and other resources depended on the household’s participation in larger community structures and activities. Marx considered a third route away from primitive communism.

g. Among the Germanic tribes. see this mode of production as a developmental stage between primitive communism and feudalism. as a unification made up of independent subjects.g. It takes the form of hunting land. These notions have also been questioned by Carole Crumley (1987) and Christine Gailey (1987) who respectively emphasized the importance of heterarchy and ambiguity in kin-stratified. also occurs among the Germanic tribes. the communal or people’s land. This contrasted with the emphasis of ancient societies on the city. as with the Romans e. of Asiatic societies which exhibited a unity of town and countryside. emphasis in the original) Thus. Anthropologist unity-in-itself is posited in their ancestry. [and of] the modern [age which] is the urbanization of the countryside. as distinct from individual property. The commune thus appears as the coming-together (Vereinigung) not as a being-together (Verein). so that these latter are actually private proprietors as such. Marx (1881/1983: 108. of feudal societies which began with land as “seat of history [and] whose further development then moves forward in the contradiction between town and countryside. when they mention it at all. grazing land. language..” It is important to keep in mind. The feudal mode of production Marx’s discussion of feudalism was neither straightforward nor systematic. etc. that Marx’s comments on the historic specificity of Germanic societies have been placed in a different context by societal evolutionists who. whereas e. True the ager publicus. But this ager publicus does not appear. in Rome it exists even apart from these assemblies in the existence of the city itself and of the officials presiding over it. because it does not exist as a city. the diverse forms of Germanic society were focused on the land. (Marx 1857–8/1973: 483. landed proprietors. and figures as property only to the extent that it is defended militarily as the common property of one tribe against a hostile tribe. and not as a unit. The commune therefore does not in fact exist as a state or a political body. It may also be found in Asia—in the East Indies— always as the final term or last period of the archaic formation. as the particular economic presence of the state as against the private proprietors. emphasis in the original) would later add that “the agricultural rural commune therefore emerged in Germania from a more archaic type. For the commune to come into real existence. and history. communal societies. as Pierre Bonte (1977: 176) remarked. like the plebians. as Perry Anderson (1974a: 411–28). deprived. the part of the land which cannot be divided if it to serve as means of production in this specific form. etc.100 • Karl Marx. Eric Hobsbawm (1964: . timber land. from using the ager publicus. it was the product of spontaneous development rather than being imported ready-made from Asia. in so far as they are excluded. Antonio Gilman (1996) has also contrasted Marx’s view of Germanic societies with conceptualizations of hierarchically organized chiefdoms that have tended to dominate anthropological and archaeological discussions of social stratification from the 1960s onward. as in classical antiquity. the ager publicus appears rather merely as a complement to individual property. not the ruralization of the city as in classical antiquity” (Marx 1857–8/1973: 479). the free landed proprietors have to hold a meeting.

As soon as feudalism is developed. but the form of association and the relation to the direct producers were different because of the different conditions of production. and Social Formation • 101 41–9). there also arises antagonism to the towns. These conditions and the mode of organisation of the conquest determined by them. and the armed bodies of retainers associated with it. but the directly producing class standing over against it is not. 751–4. Feudalism. together with the influence of the Germanic military constitution. and other resources. (Marx and Engels 1845– 6/1976: 34. In their words. This feudal structure of landownership had its counterpart in the towns in the shape of corporative property. investments in agriculture rested on the shoulders of the peasant producers. The various layers of the village community were joined together by the shared possession of pastures. its genesis involved the transformation of structures that occurred with the barbarian conquest of the Roman Empire—the deterioration of agricultural production. 917–38. Marx (1868/1987a: 557) portrayed feudal society as a “struggle between the free peasantry and serfdom. and others have observed. thus. was a combination of smallscale individual production and “the seigneurial levy secured by a constraint of political (or extra-economic) origin.History. the feudal organisation of the trades. as in the case of the ancient community. The hierarchical structure of landownership. In addition. This feudal organisation was. both saw small-scale craft production and trade in the towns as developments that would eventually erode the feudal class structure and pave the way for capitalism (e. led to the development of feudal property. Here property consisted chiefly in the labour of each individual [organized into guilds]. the slaves.” Engels (1876–8/1987: 164–6. Marx and Engels 1848/1976: 484–9). the artisans and merchants in the towns were also organized into communities . for historian Guy Bois (1976/1984: 398). There was social stratification within the village community between those peasant production units that owned ploughs and those smallholders who eked out a livelihood with their inadequate landholdings and labor. woodlands. an association against a subjected producing class. Marx 1864–94/1981: 443–52.” Agricultural production was predominant in the total economy.g. but the enserfed small peasantry. 1884/1972: 213–5) stressed the importance of smallscale agriculture in feudal society as well as the internal stratification that existed in rural communities during the European Middle Ages with freeholders at one end and serfs at the other. just as just as much as the ancient communal property. gave the nobility power over the serfs. and the decrease of both urban and rural populations. 3 In The German Ideology. Like tribal and communal property. emphasis in the original) Marx and Engels often linked feudalism with serfdom. Culture. It was small-scale production because of the constraints imposed by the limited development of agricultural technology. it is also based on a community. Marx and Engels (1845–6/1976: 33–5) described feudalism as starting during the Middle Ages in the countryside. the collapse of industry and trade.

the growth of feudal society involved the addition of new production units in the countryside. His standpoint implies the coexistence or articulation of the feudal and other modes of production as it is manifested in historically specific societies. for example. when the possibilities for expansion were exhausted. the capitalist regime has either directly subordinated to itself the whole of the nation’s production. on the other. the decline of the feudal mode of production in Europe mirrored its crystallization in the tenth century. It involved a new dynamic. . the growth of trade. Marx had written that Since bourgeois society is itself only a contradictory form of development. which he called the “tribute-paying” mode of production. Amin then asked whether the feudal mode of production was merely a “borderline” case that was peripheral to a more “central” tributary mode of production. (Marx 1857–8/1973: 105–7) In Western Europe. . the existing forms of exploitation disintegrated. and the relations of production were reorganized (Bois 1976/1984: 393–408). In Bois’s view. economist Samir Amin (1973/1976: 13–16) drew a distinction between the primitive communal mode of production. In this regard. . In the mid 1970s. or. and the other pre-capitalist modes of production discussed above. its decline entailed a reduction in the number of production units. The levy imposed on the peasant producers by the lords provided the former with rent and had a constant but varied indirect impact on the activities of the latter. The manorial estates of the nobility were worked with the same agricultural implements and techniques as those of the peasant landholders and sat like an excrescence on the whole system of rural production. where economic relations are less developed. on the one hand. one that was based on interdependence and inequality with new forms of surplus extraction (Bois 1989/1992: 88–93). he was attempting to deal with the historic specificity of the European case. In this regard. still continue to exist side by side with it in a state of decay. whose relations thus assign rank and influence to the others. . In posing the question. He grouped the latter into a single category.102 • Karl Marx. Anthropologist (guilds) that strived to protect the interests and knowledge of their members from the exactions of the lords. . or even travestied. “The levy was the principal aspect of the lord’s economic role” (Bois 1976/1984: 396). and the appearance of a market for land. In all forms of society there is one specific kind of production which predominates over the rest. it has at least indirect control of those social layers which. although they belong to the antiquated mode of production. the contradictions that had accumulated during the process of growth were honed. Since the agricultural technology and techniques were relatively stable. (Marx 1863–7/1977: 931) . . relations derived from earlier forms will often be found within it only in an entirely stunted form. which involved not only the disintegration of an earlier mode of production still rooted to some extent in the productive activity of slaves but also the adoption of more productive agricultural techniques and technology.

societies are “concrete combinations of different modes of production organized under the dominance of one of them” (Anderson 1974b: 22n6. they are structured and historically determined complexes. Marx wrote about the “the economic structure of society. changing. of consciousness. as you will recall. This view also derives from The German Ideology. of each historically specific society as a combination of residual (antiquated). Societies and Cultures Modes of production have been described as the “bare bones of a Marxist analysis of historical process” (Hilton 1985: 6). A third interpretation is that the associated form of social consciousness—that is. where Marx and Engels wrote The production of ideas. and emergent cultures or modes of production.History. whose parts are not only continually changing but are also linked to one another by constantly shifting. as literary critic Raymond Williams (1977: 121–8) has done. They are the “bare bones” or the inner layers of historically specific societies that are covered by muscle. dominant. as well as of their historical dynamics” (Hobsbawm 1984: 46). and Social Formation • 103 This has two implications. the real foundation. on which arises a legal and political superstructure and to which corresponds definite forms of social consciousness” (1859/1970: 20). This passage has been interpreted in three ways. . flesh. Another way of saying this is that historically particular societies are totalities that exist at different levels. this perspective was subsequently adopted by anthropologist Eric Wolf (1982: 79–88) and historian John Haldon (1993: 63–9) among others. These are reductive arguments that make it difficult to consider art and philosophy. One is that the associated forms of social consciousness are mere reflections of the economic base. for example. Here. as anything but epiphenomena of the economy or the state. and even warts. conceptions. Marx and Engels (1845–6/1976: 36) developed the base–superstructure model of a mode of production in The German Ideology in the mid 1840s. They consist of the unobservable processes and relations that are simultaneously revealed in the everyday life of a given society and obscured or concealed by that phenomenal world of appearances. The second implication is that it is possible to speak. is at first directly interwoven with the material activity and the material intercourse of men—the language of real life. emphasis in the original). Culture. and dynamic sets of relationships and contradictions. and as “the base of our understanding of the variety of human societies and their interaction. skin. A second interpretation is that the forms of social consciousness constitute a superstructure parallel to the legal and political superstructure. a model that Marx made famous in the passage from the Preface to A Contribution to the Critique of Political Economy cited earlier in this chapter. culture—is intertwined with praxis and social relations as these are manifested in particular societies. First.

that is. . . The entire class [both the aristocratic and capitalist fractions] creates and forms them out of its material foundations and out of the corresponding social relations. also their thinking and the products of their thinking. thus no longer the retain semblance of independence. may imagine that they are the real motives and starting-point of his activity. emphasis added) This third interpretation allows us to make sense of passages that do not employ a reductive base–superstructure model: for example. ideas. big landed property and capital]. in creating something that has never yet existed. metaphysics. but under circumstances directly encountered. . Anthropologist Conceiving. Consider the following: Upon the different forms of property [i. the mental intercourse of men at this stage still appear as the direct efflux of their material behaviour.e. morality. alter. Morality. laws. real. . along with their actual world. thinking. The same applies to mental production as expressed in the language of politics. illusions. the skeletal structure. etc.104 • Karl Marx. as it were. or in the Grundrisse. hence also to the material foundation. But the difficulty lies not in understanding that the Greek arts and epic are bound up with certain forms of social development. of a people. as they are conditioned by a definite development of their productive forces and of the intercourse corresponding to these. The difficulty is that they still afford us artistic pleasure and that in a certain respect they count as a norm and as an unattainable model. (Marx 1857–8/1973: 110–11) . metaphysics. precisely in such periods of revolutionary crisis they anxiously conjure up the spirits of the past to their service and borrow from them names. (Marx and Engels 1845– 6/1976: 36–7. rises an entire superstructure of different and distinctly formed sentiments.. The tradition of all dead generations weighs like a nightmare on the brain of the living. which are concerned with Greek art and myth in classical antiquity and the fascination of the German bourgeoisie with those forms. they do not make it under circumstances chosen by themselves.. to whom they are transmitted through tradition and upbringing. . modes of thought and views of life. And just when they seem engaged in revolutionizing themselves and things. of its organization. battle-cries and costumes in order to present the new scene of world history in this time-honoured disguise and borrowed language. which refer to French social structure in the mid nineteenth century. given and transmitted from the past. and all the rest of ideology as well as the forms of consciousness corresponding to these. upon the social conditions of existence. but they do not make it just as they please. religion. The single individual. no development. active men [and women]. (Marx 1852/1979: 128) Men [and women] make their own history. (Marx 1852/1979: 103–4) In the case of the arts. up to its furthest forms. religion. but men [and women] developing their material production and their material intercourse. Men [and women] are the producers of their conceptions. it is well known that certain periods of their flowering are all out of proportion to the general development of the society. They have no history. those in The Eighteenth Brumaire. . etc.

and other types). the one superimposed on the other. societies manifesting one or another of the pre-capitalist modes of production were only “limited” and “local developments of humanity” (Marx 1857–8/ . underpinned this diversity. it is above all necessary to grasp the latter not as a general category but in definite historical form. there is a whole series of primary. secondary. and Social Formation • 105 In these passages there are not only correspondences between culture. is a condition which makes it possible to change that state of affairs” (Outhwaite 1991: 128). (Marx 1881/1983: 103) The history of the decline of the primitive communities has still to be written (it would be wrong to put them all on the same plane. Pre-Capitalist Societies: Limited. . culture is the arena in which the ambiguities. It is “bound up with an existing state of affairs and .. but also reciprocal interactions between them. . on the other. In order to examine the connection between spiritual [i.e. and Vital Marx was struck by the diversity of human societies. . Local. representing alternative pathways out of the archaic or primitive communal forms of society. Culture is the expression of life as it is shaped by historically specific forms of production and ensembles of social relations (Williams 1983/1989). and the economy or the state. Similarly. and contradictions of everyday life are expressed. is complex not simple and multi-directional rather than a one-way street. in historical as in geological formations. intellectual] production and material production. .History. Thus for example different kinds of spiritual production correspond to the capitalist mode of production and to the mode of production of the Middle Ages. and occasionally resolved. If material production itself is not conceived in its specific historical form. Culture. it is impossible to understand what is specific in the spiritual production corresponding to it and the reciprocal influence of one on the other. The archaic or primary formation of our globe itself contains a series of layers from various ages. In his words. the relation between culture. (Marx 1861–3/1963: 285) Here. . on the one hand. It involves both objectification (the process of rendering human needs into material objects that satisfy needs) and materialization (the embodiment within those objects of social relations) (Jones 2002: 12). As Marx put it. (Marx 1881/1983: 107) Moreover. the archaic formation of society exhibits a series of different types. antagonisms. on the other. tertiary. and the forms of production and social relations. In a phrase. reproduced. on the one hand. He suggested that a relatively small number of modes of production. These older types all rest upon natural kinship relations between members of the commune. past and present.

capital drives beyond national barriers and prejudices as much as beyond nature worship. (Marx 1857–8/1973: 409–10. Roman. tearing down all barriers which hem in the development of the forces of production. its production of a stage of society in comparison to which all earlier ones appear as mere local developments of humanity and as nature-idolatry. its continual destruction of local or national barriers and traditions. and. It is destructive toward all of this. at a certain stage of development. every such barrier contradicts its character. Hence the great civilizing influence of capital. whether as an object of consumption or as a means of production. emphasis in the original) Thus. But from the fact that capital posits every such limit as a barrier and hence gets ideally beyond it. the all-sided development of production. Furthermore. the diversity of these articulations provided alternative snapshots into what potentially could happen in the future. He also pointed to the contradictions reproduced in capitalist society and to the resistance they provoked. In accord with this tendency. Marx characterized the difference between capitalist and pre-capitalist societies in terms of the relentless drive of the former toward universality. and a fortiori the modern capitalist societies” (Marx 1881/1983: 107). and reproduction of old ways of life. and the Americas. the expansion of needs. First. its production moves in contradictions which are constantly overcome but just as constantly posited. which will. its exploitation of both workers and nature. and constantly revolutionizes it. and the universal appropriation of nature as well as of the social bond itself by the members of society. and hence will drive towards its own suspension. For the first time. the development of capitalist society was fraught with contradictions that were concrete and historically specific (context-dependent) to the capitalist mode of . complacent. as well as all traditional. Greek. nature becomes purely an object for humankind. Africa. but they possessed “an incomparably greater [natural] vitality than the Semitic. ceases to be recognized as a power for itself. it does not by any means follow that it has really overcome it. and the theoretical discovery of its autonomous laws appears merely as a ruse so as to subjugate it under human needs. He believed that “we should be thoroughly acquainted with all the historical twists and turns” of the archaic formations (Marx 1881/1983: 106–7). encrusted satisfactions of present needs. since. its constant development of the forces of production. and the exploitation and exchange of natural and mental forces. and its reworking of old ways of life. confined. Let us briefly consider two points that are relevant to this discussion of pre-capitalist societies and cultures. He wrote that capital creates the bourgeois society. Anthropologist 1973: 409–10). its continual creation of new needs. The universality towards which it irresistibly strives encounters barriers in its own nature. One reason for his interest was the spread of capitalism from the mid nineteenth century onward and its articulation with various kinds of pre-capitalist societies in Asia. purely a matter of utility. allow it to be recognized as being itself the greatest barrier to this tendency.106 • Karl Marx.

they do not always do so. they have contributed to the universal development of the forces of production and the productive power of labor. structural. and other societies around it. on the other.History. dialectical contradictions were the motors of historical movement. hinder. Whether or not change occurs depends on the balance of forces that exist at a particular moment in the production and reproduction of a given society. For Marx.g. especially those that ignored the ordinary peoples of society (Engels and Marx 1844–5/1975: 83–4). (Haldon 2006: 193. these internal antagonisms had the capacity to erode and dissolve old social forms and to underwrite the crystallization of new ones (Bhaskar 1991a.g. 1881/1983: 107) spoke not only about the vitality and resilience of primitive communal societies—their apparent unchangeability and tendency to reproduce existing social relations—but also about the relentless drive of capitalism to transform nature. or the clash between capitalist and small peasant property). their exchange value. subvert. he seems to have been using a telescope to capture the “big picture” in a sentence or two—e. Marx (1868/1987b: 552) saw the development of large-scale industry and all that it implies as “the mother of the antagonism. the use value of commodities vs. Godelier 1966/1972: 345–61). transform. They were historical. itself. Different modes of production place different constraints upon the possibilities for change. They appear under historically specific circumstances and obscure the conditions in which they were formed. on the one hand. which are particularly important for understanding the internal dynamic of a given historical social formation. on the other hand. his highly abstract claim that “changes in the economic foundation lead soon or later to the transformation of the whole immense superstructure” (Marx 1859/1970: 21). Culture. but also as the producer of the material and intellectual conditions for resolving these antagonisms. On the one hand. While the interactions of these countervailing structures and relations with one another and with other parts of the social whole in particular historical contexts can reinforce. or resolve the antagonisms over time. and upon the structures of political power. . Marx used abstractions that operated at different scales and levels of generality in his discussions of sociohistorical change. capitalist. (Haldon 1993: 57) A mode of production cannot of itself give rise to a different mode of production. and context specific. Third.” Second. emphasis in the original) This is why Marx (1863–7/1977: 479. but it can generate at times the conditions that may lead to its break up or transformation. wage-laborer vs. In some instances. and Social Formation • 107 production (e. they have done so at a tremendous cost to the members of the societies experiencing that development. As historian John Haldon notes. It also accounts for Marx’s comments about the “continual retrogressions and circular movements” of history and the low regard he had for ideas of progress.

(2) the origins of pastoral and agricultural economies. Once we move beyond the specificities of the kinds of evidence and methods they use. 1871/1986).4 At the most general level of abstraction. These areas of limited literacy were like small islands in a vast sea. Anthropologist In other instances. historians use written records and historical anthropologists use interviews of living peoples combined with traditions and documents to accomplish that goal. to compare their similarities and differences to examine the conditions in which they were produced and reproduced. Human History is Messy Archaeologists. processes. Each perspective allowed him to organize information and to grasp the particularities of society in a different manner. During the twentieth century. and that avoid altogether the issue of contingency. many archaeologists have focused their efforts on three questions: (1) the origins of early human societies. of the evidence for human history well into the twenty-first century.000 years. historians. when writing systems appeared in isolated parts of the world. which is typically viewed in relation to the development of tool-making. and to develop more general arguments about the significance of the insights he gained. archaeologists continue to provide much. The archaeological record provides virtually all of the evidence of human history until the last 5. Studying these dynamics at local or regional levels also yields a much more complicated picture of sociohistorical development than ones that project them either as a unilinear succession of stages leading from barbarism to civilization or as the unfolding of some natural potential for internal differentiation and the formation of structure. and that . which is often glossed as the rise of civilization or the appearance of cities. and traditions—recovered from the archaeological and historical records. texts. and historically minded anthropologists study past societies. Shifting from one level of abstraction to another allowed him to explore the sociohistorical dynamics of various societies. Each allowed him to open up a distinctive line of inquiry. It has only been in the last century or so that literacy spread to many other parts of the world. which involves both the transformation and the development of the productive forces and the appearance of sedentism. As a result. and (3) the origins of states. he seems to have employed binoculars or even a microscope to examine and depict almost day-to-day changes in the balance of force in France in 1848–51 and again in 1870–1. While archaeologists rely on material remains and spatial associations that have survived to the present to reconstruct the tempo and mode of everyday life in some past society. all of them are concerned with the kinds of society and the varieties of social relations. they have confirmed that kin-communal societies both preceded and were contemporary with pre-capitalist states.108 • Karl Marx. and contexts that produced those particular patterns of objects—including artifacts. both of which were particularly volatile moments in its history (Marx 1852/1979. but not all.

land in a general sense and its resources were held in common with complex rules of access and equally complex and strict obligations to share with others written into the ethical fabric of everyday life (Barnard and Woodburn 1988). These bands ranged from a couple of hundred individuals during those parts of the year when they concentrated in particular localities to a dozen or so individuals when they dispersed. there are published examples of modern chimpanzees making tools. each individual was dependent on the group as a whole. For most of history. the diversity of their relationships with the natural world they inhabited. Isaac 1979). cooperating during hunting. and presumably our common ancestors 3–5 million years ago also did not share food regularly with one another either. and there was no structural difference between producers and non-producers.History. conditions. however. For example. there was conceivably a period in human history when our ancestors made stone tools. or fished. and Social Formation • 109 industrial capitalism appeared rather late on the world stage. Let us highlight a few of the more salient ones. and have identified similar processes. human beings lived in small groups of individuals with whom they interacted on a regular basis for most of their lives. or spears—might have been individually owned. Such a distinction would exist for only a moment in time. and the diversity of the trajectories of sociohistorical development in different parts of the world. and only . everyday occurrences (Ichikawa 2005: 151–7). Because of the unity of the production process and the direct participation of all members in the band in the production. hunted. and even harvested or scavenged food side by side but did not share the products of their labor with one another. sharing seems to be a distinctly human feature. precisely when that occurred. which are neither integrated into a cultural system nor are they regular. Their mode of production was based on sharing the foods they foraged. While movable property—like carrying bags. At a more concrete level. Thus. they have examined the internal dynamics and external relationships of some of these developmental trajectories. Given the messiness of human history. perhaps talked with one another. They have demonstrated rather convincingly the diversity of societies across time and space. there were both ecological and social reasons for this pattern of aggregation and dispersion. For the most part. or historical moments in some but not all of them. distribution. and even sharing prey with other participants and bystanders. Culture. While there are some broad similarities between humans and modern chimpanzees. They have found evidence that suggests the existence of social inequality in some societies and not in others. is still hotly debated by archaeologists with estimates ranging from about 2 million to 50. and consumption of socially produced goods. clothing. trapped.000 years ago (Binford 1985. these are significant contributions to our understanding of what happened in the past. Food was consumed immediately. contemporary apes do not share with other members of their bands. either on the spot or shortly thereafter. circulation. The advent of sharing dissolved this proto-mode of production. only during the last 500 or so years. What distinguishes these behaviors from human sharing is that they are independent or separate events.

subsistence activities that were once important now became minor activities or were dropped altogether as steadily more time was devoted to the preparation of fields. new modes of subsistence—pastoralism and plant cultivation—were grafted onto existing economies in various parts of both the old and new worlds (Balter 2007). to tending the crops. planting the crop.g. other modes of subsistence must be productive enough to sustain the incipient herders and farmers. intraregional technical divisions of labor as a result of the new forms of cooperation which were emerging (e. Following herd animals and cultivating plants involve new relations between human communities and their natural environments. kin relations.” It is likely that there were probably also status distinctions in these communities reflecting age. females.g. In a phrase. these efforts were likely tolerated briefly in some instances and resisted in others. Leadership. or the particular work activity. or both moved into and away from the core group during the course of their lives for various reasons. gender. or not a participant in a particular labor process. or to moving herds from one seasonal pasture to another. During that period. preparing the land. the particular individual. it was inverted as a direct producer in one activity became a consumer in the next. . Patterson 1999). The capacity to . including interpersonal ones. One of the most important is the delay between labor investments—e.000 years ago. as they grew more productive. and cultivation were only a few of a number of subsistence strategies during their initial phases of development. membership in these mobile bands was likely to have been fairly flexible as males. and that. Anthropologist from the perspective of an individual who was too young for. their relative importance in terms of the amount of time and energy devoted to them increased relative to other subsistence practices in their communities (Flannery 1968).110 • Karl Marx. Thus. too old for. This important aspect of their way of life allowed for a degree of freedom unheard of in more hierarchically organized societies. in some instances. Between 20. . as Richard Lee (2005: 19) noted for a different context. the construction and repair of walls and canals. These communities elaborated delayed-return economies that relied increasingly on the further development of food preservation and storage techniques (Testart 1982).000 and 10. consumed. they may even have begun to specialize in certain activities at the expense of others creating new spatially organized. Moreover. It is also possible that the members of these ideologically egalitarian societies occasionally experienced individuals or groups among them who attempted to forge hierarchically ordered social relations. foods that were acquired at one time of the year were processed and stored in order to be shared. and life experience among other things. was likely “subject to the constraints of popular opinion. It is likely that agriculture. and tending it—and the time at which they are actually consumed. The leader of a band could persuade but not command. herding. In the process. their members reorganized and rescheduled the time they devoted to particular subsistence particular practices. or exchanged at a later time. The distinction disappeared when the focus extended beyond the particular moment. .

distribution. By 1000 BC. that exhibited little internal differentiation. where the real appropriation of raw materials continued to take place. circulation. The results of this were (1) that each member of the community was dependent on the group as a whole. and Social Formation • 111 store food and other resources for long periods underwrote formation of permanent settlements—that is. status differences. Culture. In the fishing-foraging and early farming communities on the central Peruvian coast of the fourth to the end of the first millennia BC. and the labor or reproductive capacities of particular categories of individuals (such as unmarried women). The emergent community-level relations linked a new. land and water sources. and irrigation systems—that were well beyond the capacities of a single or even a small number of cooperating households. villages that were occupied on a year-round basis. They also underwrote labor processes and activities—such as the construction of fish-drying terraces. Mesopotamia was an area where two forms of egalitarian. the relations of production that developed involved the elaboration of community-level relations and their articulation with the domestic level. (2) that all adults participated directly but differently in the production. foodstoring agricultural societies with different spatial distributions coexisted during the sixth and fifth millennia BC (Flannery 2002. The reproduction of these societies depended on the continued participation of households in community-level structures and activities. the appearance of sedentary villages was closely associated with the development of food production technologies such as plant cultivation in Mesopotamia or highland Mexico or net-fishing in coastal Peru (Moseley 1975). movable property. Frangipane 2007: 153).History. As Alan Barnard and James Woodburn (1988: 11) note. monumental platform mounds. Archaeologists have shown that societies with these concerns regarding property. and consumption of the social product. . spatially organized technical division of labor with traditional age. and some degree of centralized decision-making existed side by side with ones. like those described above. and (3) that it is difficult to discern status or wealth differences from the goods associated with human burials (Patterson 1991: 14–20). these communities seem to have elaborated practices that involved the actualization of extra-domestic forms of social groups. the societies on the central Peruvian coast were also linked with nearby communities that had similar but not necessarily identical forms of sociopolitical organization and with more distant societies in the Andes that potentially had quite different forms of surplus appropriation (Burger 1992). these social relations were “usually but not always linked with delayed yields on labour. and that constituted the conditions for the reproduction of the society. Their relations with each other and with contemporary pastoral peoples living around them were complex and shifting as social conditions changed. such as clans or lineages.” They point out that the kinds of property rights that might have been elaborated include those over certain bodies and practices of knowledge. More importantly. that were corporate landholding groups whose members placed new emphases on property rights and shared only with close kin or affines.and genderbased activities. In many but not all parts of the world.

that stationary or moving capitals are established. Anthropologist The formation of social-class structures and state-based institutions never appear in isolation from one another or from other changes in a society. repression. have undoubtedly appeared in a variety of ways. archaeologists have placed this original extortion of the community in the political realm of Early Dynastic society in Mesopotamia in the late third millennium BC. conquest. and even occasionally that new distinctions are created between town dwellers and their rural kinfolk. as a fund of goods for exchange with other communities. where the lands of the temples were sequestered from the community and became in effect the property of the temples. Drawing on different bodies of evidence. they were “able to exploit their position crystallizing differences in rank and privileges between themselves and the rest of the population and adding political elements to their ritual offices” (Southall 1988: 75. practices. In this view. both of which require records (the origins of writing systems). Diakonoff 1972). and retainers to extract tribute in the form of labor or goods from the direct producers in the society. outlined for a slightly earlier period in Mesopotamian history. All involved the ability of rulers. They are often linked with violence. A third trajectory has been discerned by Michael Blake and . and legal codes of the state. political authority that was granted for a limited period of time was usurped and transformed into power (Jacobsen 1943. They involve the simultaneous dissolution of old community-level relations of production and their reconstitution along lines that facilitate the extraction of the labor or goods of one group by the members of another group. which simultaneously represent the interests of the dominant class and afford an arena of struggle for fractions within the ruling class. one lane of a two-lane street—the other being the state/non-state transition or the disintegration of class structures as well as the institutions and practices of the states they support. and restrictions that distinguished them from the rest of the population. that internal dissent is suppressed or deflected outward toward other communities. States ensure that bodies are counted for taxation and conscription. close kin. is often transformed into the exploitative exercise of power. their families. Class and state formation are always contingent processes. that production is reorganized to satisfy new patterns of distribution and exchange. The appearance of social-class structures is always linked to the institutions. that facilitate the exploitation of one group by the members of another.112 • Karl Marx. The appearance of exploitative social relations is related to other changes in the society and to the creation of new sociohistorical circumstances and balances of force within the society. Hierarchical social relations. A second trajectory. exercised in the context of these processes. the original extortion resided in the custodians of the shrines who arrogated or were granted privileges. cf. Customary authority. which used surplus variously as a source of income. that bureaucracies are formed and overseers are selected. and cooption. and as insurance for the community in times of emergency. Gearing 1961). 1957. especially from the standpoint of peoples that become enmeshed in their relations. powers. argues that ad hoc and provisional.

As a result. In such a situation. This hierarchy of non-economic social categories disguises both the real economic class relations and the real contradictions that emerge from them. goods. the emergent class structure consists of a hierarchy of social categories that cannot be reduced directly to economic class relations. based on the economic order of the society—the unequal accumulation of surplus product by the various social categories that make up the hierarchy. while the hierarchical social categories of the class structure appear as “natural” relations. with other communities. the true nature of the economic is obscured. in the last analysis. they have little interest in changing property relations. The formation of the class structures is.History. the social categories that regulate the relations of production are cultural or superstructural rather than ones formed in the economic base. They suggest that the appearance of internal social differentiation toward the end of the third millennium BC was linked with the appearance of big men—individuals whose social position did not rest on traditional kinship and the customary rights and obligations that were moored in kin relations—during conditions that were shaped by the increased exchange of goods. rents. the economic aspect of the society is concealed or masked by these structures. archaeologists working on the Pacific coast of southern Mexico. provides the conditions for the further development of the contradictions based on the appearance of exploitation and extortion. In other words. especially exotic ones. the kin-organized communities of class-stratified. the social classes that emerge will be defined largely in ideological terms. Thus. The reorganization of the labor processes. and they supported part-time craft specialists in their households. or taxes that they are able to extract from the direct producers. to gain control over the production of others. The ruling classes of pre-capitalist states live on the tribute in the form of labor. state-based societies continue to be the dominant units of production even though their survival is continually threatened by the claims and exactions of states that are unwilling or unable to reorganize production on a non-kin basis (Patterson 2005). the economic class relations appear different from their real nature. and Social Formation • 113 John Clark (1999). which involves the progressive differentiation of the activities of these categories. its survival depends on their continued . Culture. They redistributed the exotic goods they obtained during village feasts. While the state can intervene in the production and reproduction of the local kin communities. From the perspective of Marx’s base–superstructure metaphor. The formation of the class structure is the condition for the formation of economic class relations to the extent that this process determines the place of the different social categories in the production process and the reorganization of the labor processes to incorporate exploitation and extortion by one or more of these categories. since these were the bases from which their incomes are derived. Since the cultural or superstructural moments are dominant during the process of class formation. These big men manipulated social relations to create personal followings. As a result. and to appropriate goods that enhanced their own position as well of those of their followers.

archaeologists have pointed to differences among tributary states. Anthropologist existence. In these societies. and farming communities retain a great deal of autonomy and are only weakly linked with the state. however. Their cities are inhabited by the ruling class. and mercantile states. One of the earliest was V. “monopolies over imported prestige goods can play an important role in the growth of social stratification and centralization of political-economic control” (Gledhill 1978: 241). most notably those based on extracting tribute from subject farming communities. the emerging interdependency of food-producers and artisans. local peasant. Mercantile states are often urban-based. they transfer to their own state and ruling class the surplus goods appropriated by the ruling classes of other societies or goods that they themselves extracted directly from the producers. and (3) since the initial costs were born by the lowland elites. Archaeologists have long been concerned with the interconnections of craft production and specialization. 2001.g. pastoral. trade does not cause state formation. merchants. The ruling classes of mercantile states exploited the direct producers of other societies rather than their own. By itself. Elizabeth Brumfiel and Tim Earle (1987) drew a distinction between independent artisans and those attached to patrons. and the processes of social differentiation associated with class and state formation. Since subsistence production is not a major source of state revenues. and the growth of market exchange. 1999). Thapar 1981). Craft production was linked with production for exchange and the activities of individuals who were removed at least spatially from their natal communities. Joan Gero and Cristina Scattolin (2002: 69) pointed out that the . Merchants are the intermediate agents in the process of surplus extraction. and the items and goods kept by the direct producers as well as those appropriated by the state and the dominant classes are also used or consumed although some portion of the tribute may enter into market exchange networks as it did in Aztec Mexico (Hicks 1987. Costin 1991. Patterson 2005). like the Inca Empire of Peru. the development of full-time craft specialization was linked with increasing social structural differentiation. that were organized to exert military control over trade routes and administrative control over those groups involved in the production and circulation of goods (Amin 1973/1976: 37–52. Building on Marx’s (1857–8/1973: 472–4) notion that exchange occurs on the borders between societies. development occurred on the margins of civilization with significant local investments. various state officials. on the other (e.114 • Karl Marx. on the one hand. production is organized for use rather than exchange. and artisans engaged in the production of goods for exchange. Childe argued that (1) agriculture facilitated surplus production and underwrote both technical and social divisions of labor. notably metalsmiths who relied on ores obtained from the periphery. In his view. Gordon Childe’s (1950/2004) historically contingent thesis of combined and uneven development. like the Aztecs. Different consumption patterns occur between the city and the villages and hamlets of the surrounding countryside (Brumfiel 1991). (2) the ruling classes of lowland Mesopotamia used part of this surplus to support full-time craft specialists.

They could find themselves pitted against the state or. other groups. which Stanley Diamond (1951/1996) has called kin/civil conflict. for their tendency to reproduce existing social relations. alternatively. progress and retrogression. and vital and the latter as universalizing and ridden with antagonisms.History. At the same time. As Marx put it. when 95 percent of the public buildings and its civic center were burned and the inhabitants of the palace were slaughtered by the residents of the city (Millon 1988). They could find themselves opposed by their kin. and the apparent resiliency of those societies under historically specific conditions. on the other (Zagarell 1986: 157–60). They could pit their kin against other the members of other communities. and for what is often seen as repeated cycles of growth and collapse. we saw that Marx drew a sharp distinction between pre-capitalist and capitalist societies. local. These local authorities were caught on the horns of a dilemma. different societies were organized on the basis of different modes of production and forms of property relations. on the one hand. the historical-dialectical dynamics of those structures. the processes that underwrote change in those societies. Other archaeologists—Edward Schortman and Patricia Urban (2004) among others—have examined how craft production was organized in particular socioeconomic settings in Central America on the southeastern periphery of the Maya states. he viewed the former as limited. We also saw that Marx had a more textured appreciation of culture than is commonly assumed. their own kin and neighbors. Marx was emphatic about the importance of understanding the structures underpinning the precapitalist forms. the history of pre-capitalist societies was marked by “continual retrogressions and circular movements” (Engels and Marx 1844–5/1975: 83–4). He also realized the importance of sociohistorical and cultural differences—that is. The contradictions and their resolutions were often violent as in the case of Teotihuacán in central Mexico during the seventh century AD. This resistance accounts for the apparent stability of pre-capitalist societies. These antagonisms and the alliances they could engender constitute the historical contingency of the formation and collapse of precapitalist states. and the rights and obligations that community leaders have to their kin and neighbors. and Social Formation • 115 distinction frequently drawn between domestic and specialized production makes the two incomparable and relegates household divisions of labor to “background work. The processes of class and state formation generate contradictions and conflicts between the demands of the ruling class and the state on the community. in ancient civilizations. and the state.” Edward Harris (2002: 86) raises the issue of whether specialized production was intended for local consumption or for export. in his view. Their positions were fraught with contradictions. Culture. culture—the associated forms of social consciousness—were . They had to be generous and concerned with the well-being of their communities at the same time that they appropriated goods and labor from its members as representatives of the state. These local leaders simultaneously had rights and obligations toward the members of the communities they represented and toward the state. In this chapter.

Anthropologist intimately intertwined with praxis and the social relations manifest in historically specific. we examine in more detail Marx’s views about capitalism and the historicity of the modern world. historically contingent societies. Finally. . we looked at the messiness of history—the fragmentary nature of the evidence as well as the complexity and the diversity of the sociohistorical record itself—to see what archaeologists and historians have discerned about human historical development. In the next chapter.116 • Karl Marx.

000 German workers in Paris (roughly an eighth of the city’s 650. by the 100 questions in his “Enquête Ouvrière. was not a clear-cut process. Marx (1880/1989) was not only concerned with collecting information about actual social conditions—as evidenced. which had a weekly circulation of about 200. Weiss 1936/1973). More than that. Over the years. neither strong enough to overcome the other. This was partly due to his own historical anthropological research and partly to his acquaintance with the work of others. though time was clearly on the side of innovation.000.1 The research for the Tribune articles provided him with 117 . They ranged from the collapse of rural cottage industry in Trier during his teenage years through the explosive growth of Berlin’s population and burgeoning construction industry in the early 1840s or the fragmentation of the French peasantry and the presence of 85. old and new methods of production often coexisted. making it the most widely read paper in the United States at the time (Husain 2006: xiii.000 residents) by the mid 1840s to the enormous pools of skilled and unskilled workers employed in the gradually changing industries of London after 1849. while others were experiencing a revolutionary transformation. . and more importantly. Patnaik 2006).000 workers in 1880—but also. including Engels’s (1845/1975) The Condition of the Working Class in England and the sources he used for a series of articles about British colonial rule in India and local reactions to it that appeared in the New York Daily Tribune between 1852 and 1862 (Habib 2006. these snapshots would inform his analyses of various moments or stages in the development of capitalism. . within the same field of enterprise.–5– Capitalism and the Anthropology of the Modern World Marx’s lifelong fascination with history and how it merges with the present has its roots in first-hand observations about and experiences of the places he lived. (Hamerow 1969: 16) Marx’s understanding of the subtleties of capitalist development in different areas would deepen in the years to come. with disseminating this knowledge both to the workers themselves and to the wider public through venues like the Tribune.” which was sent via labor unions and political groups to 25. The transition to the factory system . for example. For a long time there were branches of manufacture virtually untouched by mechanization. Husain 2006.

it is a definite social relation of production pertaining to a particular historical social formation. and associated forms of social consciousness. Industrial capital involves individuals (or firms) purchasing the raw materials and tools required to make a commodity. capitalist development. production for the market. and industrial (Marx 1863–7/1973: 914–26. In Marx’s view. Usurers’ capital involves individuals lending a sum of money to others with the expectation that the latter will return a greater sum at some predetermined point of time in the future. is a social relation that takes the form of a thing and ensures both “making a profit” as well as reproducing the property relations that underwrite the process. . Merchants’ capital involves the process in which individuals purchase a good for one sum of money and then sell it for a larger sum of money. cultural beliefs. they were not sufficient conditions by themselves. and practices that accompany or promote the activities carried out within this institutional framework. He wrote that Capital is not a thing. (Marx 1864–94/1981: 953–4) Marx distinguished three forms of capital—usurers’. the employment of wage labor. it refers to a set of economic institutions—such as private ownership of the means of production. 1864–94/1981: 442. free enterprise. which simply takes the form of a thing and gives this thing a specific social character.118 • Karl Marx. by extension. taken as a whole. In the second usage. the profit motive. . both usurers’ and merchants’ capital antedated the development of capitalist society and the capitalist mode of production. the products and conditions of activity of labour-power which are rendered autonomous vis-à-vis this living labour-power. 744–5). and are personified in capital through this antithesis. and then selling the items produced by the workers for a price that is greater than the total cost of the inputs. The term “capitalist” is typically used in two different ways. employing the labor-power of wage-workers (also a commodity) to manufacture the good. Anthropologist a window on colonial rule. It is the means of production monopolized by a particular section of society. Part of the money received by the employers after the sale is reinvested to purchase materials and labor-power for the next cycle of production and circuit of capital. In the first. The appearance of industrial capital provided these conditions. it describes “a society. and local resistance to those processes in South Asia and in other parts of the world. in which institutions or a mentality described as capitalist are predominant” (Rodinson 1966/1978: 4–5). While they may have been necessary conditions for the formation of capitalist society. . the other part is used by them to . Capital is not the sum of the material and produced means of production. merchants’. This is the capitalist mode of production with its economic base. but the social powers and interconnecting form of this labour also confront them as properties of their product. Capital. to those political institutions. in Marx’s view. the products as masters and buyers of their producers. It is not only the workers’ products which are transformed into independent powers. and competition between firms—and. superstructure.

The former were local and limited.2 One viewed it as the fruit of merchant capitalists who forged commercial networks. The Transition to Capitalism and Its Development Industrial capitalist societies and the capitalist mode of production developed out of earlier social formations and tributary modes of production of which the feudal mode of production is one variant. promoted commodity production. The question it raises is: What processes were involved in the transition? As we saw in the second chapter as well as the preceding one. The second is to explore in more detail the notions of articulation and combined and uneven development that are implicit in his later writings. for his anthropology. The goals of this chapter are threefold. what was potentially an opportunity for development in one society may well have been an impossibility given the constraints for another. it should not be surprising that Marx presented two different accounts of the origins of industrial capitalism and hence of capitalist societies. The third is to consider what he might have thought about the structures of contemporary capitalism and their relations to the modern nation-state. and historical contingency. Another way of saying this is that they were subject to different internal constraints. and dissolved the natural economy that dominated the countryside by restructuring labor processes and organizing rural putting-out . Marx recognized multiple pathways of historical development in both pre-capitalist and capitalist forms that involved internal developments. Marx was well aware of both broad similarities and differences within and between the tributary societies of Asia and the Americas as well as their resemblances to the feudal societies of Northwestern Europe and the Slavonic societies of Eastern Europe. and exploitation occurs at the point of production where the owners appropriate the surplus value created by the workers. theoretical and practical. In industrial capitalist societies. there is a social-class structure based on distinction between those who own the means of production and wage-workers who sell their labor-power. As you will recall from the last chapter.Capitalism and Anthropology of the Modern World • 119 satisfy their own personal needs or those of the firm. Therefore. while the latter continually transformed the forces of production. created new markets for the commodities they produced. and dissolved or reworked traditional ways of life as peoples on the margins were incorporated into capitalist relations of production. he argued that there were significant differences between pre-capitalist and capitalist societies. These have important implications. As a consequence. in addition. production is geared to exchange rather than immediate use by the producers. This truism is not a trivial statement. The first is to outline Marx’s views about the transition to capitalism and its subsequent development. Marx (1857–8/1973: 409–10) argued that there were differences among pre-capitalist societies and variations within the pre-capitalist modes of production. external linkages.

expanding its scope. In the second account. on the other hand. or. unlike the paths dominated by merchant capitalists. As noted earlier. what new mode of production arises in place of the old. While the two perspectives were not necessarily mutually exclusive. a solvent effect on the pre-existing relations of production. The other saw the rise of industrial capitalism in terms of the technical development of small owner-operated establishments that became merchants themselves and produced directly for the market. he wrote that The development of trade and commercial capital always gives production a growing orientation towards exchange value. its outcome is the capitalist mode of production. It follows that this result is itself conditioned by quite other circumstances than the development of commercial capital. i. 1848/1976: 485). And what comes out of this process of dissolution. Marx and Engels 1848/1976: 485). the second was concerned with the internal dynamics of change (Marx 1859/1970: 21. it also meant the transformation of a patriarchal slave system oriented towards the production of the direct means of subsistence into one oriented towards the production of surplusvalue. those in which the owners of small production units were able to create markets for the commodities they produced had the capacity to dissolve and transform the socialclass relations of the existing feudal or tributary social orders. given a different point of departure. to a greater or less degree.. expanding commerce. the shift of commodity production from the town to the countryside. 1864–94/1981: 449–55. In the modern world. Trade always has. since the merchants themselves were typically fractions allied with the ruling classes and the money they accumulated through trade or usury remained largely in the sphere of circulation.120 • Karl Marx. developing money into world money. this removed production from the control of the town-based guilds (Marx and Engels 1845–6/1976: 31–4. 66– 74. In Capital. The first focused on the role of external relationships. and the development of the division of labor in terms of both specialization and cooperation were the motors of change. but rather on the character of the old mode of production itself. tributary or feudal modes of production. in all of the pre-capitalist forms of society where production was geared toward use rather than exchange. which in all their various forms are principally oriented to use value.e. But how far it leads to the dissolution of the old mode of production depends first and foremost on the solidity and inner articulation of this mode of production itself. does not depend on trade. Anthropologist industries as well as altering the division of labor. (Marx 1864–94/1981: 449–50) Marx came to see that. Marx grew increasingly skeptical by the late 1850s about the capacity of the development of trade and merchant capital by themselves to effect the breakdown and reorganization of the old. communities of direct producers retained control of their means of . the engines were class struggle and technical changes in the productive forces. In the ancient world. the influence of trade and the development of commercial capital always produced the result of a slave economy. In the first account. diversifies it and renders it cosmopolitan.

its aim is sustenance of the individual proprietor and of his family.. as a result. Moreover. while the politically dominant classes whose members lived off the goods and services they appropriated from the direct producers pressed to reproduce those exploitative social relations. surplus products in exchange—rather. there was no particular incentive or compulsion for either the direct producers or their exploiters to increase productivity beyond subsistence levels. there were many who could satisfy their own needs and meet obligations but had little or no capacity to produce regular surpluses. it was “in the interest of the dominant section of society to sanctify the existing situation in law and to fix the limits given by custom and tradition as legal ones” (Marx 1864–94/1981: 929). emphasis in the original) The specific economic form in which unpaid surplus labour is pumped out of the direct producers determines the relationship of domination and servitude. There were a few wealthy rural producers who had the capacity to produce surplus goods beyond their own subsistence needs and the rents demanded by their communities or local lords. as this grows directly out of production itself and reacts back on it in turn as a determinant. Marx put it this way. (Marx 1864– 94/1981: 927) Under these conditions.e. i. while there may have been marked inequalities in the distribution of wealth among the rural producers of some tributary societies. whose very maintenance and reproduction depended on non-economic means of extracting goods and services from them. Nevertheless. the owners of small production units— remained marginal to the dominant fractions of the pre-capitalist. Although he cited no specific historical evidence.. the basic social cleavage in the societies was that between the direct producers and the classes that extracted surplus from them. Marx was well aware that tradition played an important role in setting the levels of surplus that were extracted by the ruling classes from the direct producers of the community. These caps effectively regularized demands from one year to the next at least in the short run even though the harvests undoubtedly varied considerably. The aim of this work is not the creation of [exchange] value—although they may do surplus labour in order to obtain alien. he wrote the following with particular reference to Europe: . Marx believed that. The demands could not be so high that they threatened the well-being and survival of the direct producers themselves. class-stratified societies. the direct producers—i. as well as of the total community.e. There were also sanctions in the rural communities of some but probably not all tributary societies that served as leveling devices which impeded or limited the accumulation of property and the process of rural social differentiation or at least channeled them in particular directions.Capitalism and Anthropology of the Modern World • 121 production and subsistence. there may have been relatively little internal social differentiation among the members of those ruling-producing classes. That is. (Marx 1857–8/1973: 471–2.

for example. they became increasingly dependent on the market for their own livelihoods as well as for the maintenance and reproduction of their production units. This has also been shown in the tributary Inca state of the central Andes. raw materials. or other corporate landholding groups in the region (Patterson 1984. and that. In this way it gradually becomes possible for them to build up a certain degree of wealth and transform themselves into future capitalists. Markets now exist for subsistence goods. the development of new forms of cooperation and production. Anthropologist It is still possible for this villein or serf to develop independent means of production of his own and even become quite wealthy. but probably not primary. for example. has confirmed that there was some degree of internal social differentiation among the rural producers. Hicks 1987. most importantly. the distinction is of considerable. differentiation of the labor process. That the distinction was not always immediately apparent is evident by the formation. Hence. These circumstances brought a new dynamic into play that was concerned. and (2) important shrines seemingly possessed property in both land and herds as well as service obligations that were distinct from those of the Inca state. Terence Byres (2006: 18–20) notes that market involvement means voluntary and perhaps irregular participation in the market to sell surpluses either for cash or other goods and to acquire goods that are not produced locally. its members were engaged in a long-term struggle with the local lords to reduce their annual exactions (e. labor. (Marx 1864–94/1981: 929) in the feudal period the wealthier peasant serfs already kept serfs of their own. By contrast. Market dependence is rooted in the profit motive and requires marketing on a regular basis. where (1) the wealthy were those individuals with many kin and the poor were orphans who lacked kin.g. the continual transformation of the instruments of production including the introduction of machines which both made workers appendages of those .122 • Karl Marx. and. wealthy peasants) were able to create and expand markets for their goods. 1999). importance in the transition from feudalism to capitalism. Hilton 1978/1990). especially England and France. and money. What processes are set in motion? In one of those instances where the direct producers (that is. with expanding production and increasing productivity. land. market dependence means that the direct producers must participate in the market since they no longer have non-market access to all of the subsistence goods they need. An important distinction that Robert Brenner (1997: 38–9) and Ellen Wood (2002) have made is the one between market involvement and market dependence. of the market economy of Mughal India or Aztec Mexico (Habib 1968/1995. the prolongation and intensification of the work day. as a class. for example. Bois 1976/1984. (Marx 1864–94/1981: 935–6) Subsequent historical research in the tributary societies of Europe. The logic of the former is pre-capitalist. local tribal entities. Spalding 1984). in the last analysis. 1989/1992. The elements of this dynamic included. whereas the latter is a capitalist logic.

Marx wrote: The number of men condemned to work in coal and metal mines has been enormously swollen by the progress of machine production in England. The transition from feudalism to capitalism took place on a world scale beginning in the fourteenth or fifteenth centuries. (Marx 1863–7/1977: 570–1) One way of conceptualizing the early stages of the appearance of industrial capitalism is to imagine it as the gradual eruption of a few volcanic islands from a vast sea of societies dominated by kin-communal. and South Asia—played important roles in that development. it is no less certain that the blossoming of English woolen factories. It was a highly uneven process that occurred on a world scale over a period of several centuries. 1962). Ireland. and with it the African slave trade. having during the last twenty years reduced its population by nearly one-half. there can be no doubt of the rapid advance of cotton spinning not only promoted as if in a hot house of the growing of cotton in the United States.Capitalism and Anthropology of the Modern World • 123 machines and eventually displaced human beings from the production process (Marx 1863–7/1977. Three intersecting conditions were necessary for the transition to occur: (1) the existence of a rural social structure in which the peasants no longer constituted one or another form of unfree labor. It is also necessary to explain why industrial capitalism emerged first in Northwestern Europe and not elsewhere. it was thwarted or distorted in others. is at the moment undergoing the process of further reducing the number of its inhabitants to a level corresponding exactly with the requirements of its landlords and the English woolen manufacturers. the Americas. . Along with the machine. . This historically contingent structure which steadily spread over the entire planet developed variably or differently from one part of the world to another. or tributary social relations. usury. As to raw materials. a new type of worker springs into life: the machine-maker. together with the progressive transformation of arable land into sheep pasture brought about the conversion of the agricultural labourers into “supernumeraries” and drove them in their masses from the land. Industrial capitalism thrived in some regions. . even though peoples in other parts of the world—notably Africa. On the other hand. . We have already learnt that machinery is seizing control even of this branch of production on an ever-increasing scale. Marx and Engels 1848/1976: 487). . and plunder (Hobsbawm 1964: 46–7. tribal. (2) the existence of independent artisans who produced nonagricultural commodities. . and (3) an accumulation of monetary wealth derived from commerce. but also made slave-breeding the chief business of the so-called border slave states. . This continual development of the productive forces and the concomitant reworking of the social relations both at home and abroad constituted the universalizing tendency that Marx (1857–8: 409–10) saw in the rise of industrial capitalism. It was firmly set in place by the rise of industrial capitalist in Northwestern Europe toward the end of the eighteenth century. In one of his descriptions of the process. and it never occurred in still others even though the social relations among peoples in those areas were inextricably altered as they simultaneously resisted and were enmeshed in emergent capitalist exchange relations.

and that it proceeded along developmental pathways that were different from the one that occurred in England. established for themselves the rights of modern private property to which they had only a feudal title. Such communal property was always distinct from both that of the state and the large estate holder (Marx 1863–7/1977: 877–95). Only in England. “indemnified” the state by imposing taxes on the peasantry and the rest of the people. Anthropologist Marx sketched the rise of industrial capitalism in the famous section in the first volume of Capital that dealt with “primitive accumulation. timber. . the feudal lords drove the free peasants from the lands and homes and seized the common lands. As Marx noted After the restoration of the Stuarts [1660–88]. from the soil is the basis of the whole process. the landed and capitalist profit-grubbers. finally. . along with William of Orange. The history of this expropriation assumes different aspects in different countries. of the peasant. They inaugurated a new era by practising on a colossal scale the theft of state lands which had hitherto been managed more modestly. the landed proprietors carried out. In the late fifteenth and early sixteenth centuries. . (Marx 1863–7/1977: 876) This process gave rise to both wage-workers and the capitalists who employed them. has it the classic form. He was aware that serfdom had all but disappeared in England by the end of the fourteenth century and that the majority of the population in the fifteenth century were free peasant proprietors. and runs through its various phases in different orders of succession. and at different historical epochs. transforming both into pastures for sheep which could be tended by a relatively small number of individuals and whose wool could be sold either to Flemish wool manufactures or to local merchants or firms that hoped to gain from the rise in prices..” He was clear that it involved the separation of rural producers from their means of production. which we therefore take as our example. At the time when the properties of the Catholic Church were seized. The “glorious Revolution” [1688] brought into power. He said that The expropriation of the agricultural producer. They abolished feudal tenure of land.e.124 • Karl Marx. passed those laws of settlement on the English agricultural labourer [which meant that they could be pursued for five years and forcibly returned when caught]. many of whom supplemented their needs by wagework on the large estates and by using the resources of the common lands that were held by the local community. The commons provided pasture. The Reformation provided an additional impetus for the expropriation of the agricultural population. which served as his example for analytical purposes. (Marx 1863–7/1977: 883–4) . an act of usurpation which was effected everywhere on the Continent without any legal formality. by legal means. manure. it held most of the land in England. i. and. they got rid of all its obligations to the state. and firewood to name only a few of its resources.

which was one of the world’s largest merchant houses at the time and had more than 12. This order of magnitude contrasts markedly with that of the investment of a group of Dutch merchants who put up 6. and other necessities of life that their parents and grandparents had produced for themselves only a few decades earlier. the beginnings of the conquest and plunder of India.5 tons of pure gold (estimated value US$83 million in 1990). They poured with almost equal rapidity out of the governmental coffers of Spain to pay for an army and colonial administration. Integral to Marx’s account of the transition during the sixteenth century is the progressive fall in the value of precious metals. new regimens of work. raised prices. in 1535.5 million guilders (the equivalent of about 4 tons of gold) in 1602 to form the United East India Company. are all things which characterize the dawn of the era of capitalist production. Marx (1863–7/1977: 909–13) pointed out that the events of the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries. which were already being set by law. The capitalist farmers who employed farm workers had incentives to improve the productivity of their lands by adopting new forms of labor organization. (Marx 1863–7/1977: 915) Enormous quantities of gold and silver poured into the coffers of merchant houses and the Spanish government. The rural proletarians now had to purchase the very food. and this was only an infinitesimally small fraction of 1 percent of the precious metals that reached Europe from Peru alone in the sixteenth century (Patterson 1991: 3.000 employees (De Vries 1976: 130–2). He wrote that The discovery of gold and silver in America. both with regard to the expropriation of peasants from their lands as well as the forcing down of wages and the criminalization of beggars and vagabonds throughout the sixteenth century—processes that Michel Foucault might have called disciplining and punishing the proletariat. to purchase weapons. 166–7). and other commodities in Northern Europe that were not produced in the new Iberian state. and swelled the profits of capitalist farmers (Marx 1863–7/1977: 903–13). the extirpation. and new methods of cultivation. also created a home market for both labor power and raw materials. cloth. The decline in the value of precious metals and money effectively lowered wages. the Spanish conquistadors of Peru ransomed a claimant to the Inca throne for 13 tons of silver and more than 6. and the conversion of Africa into a preserve for the commercial hunting of blackskins. These idyllic proceedings are the chief moments of primitive accumulation. enslavement and entombment in the mines of the indigenous population of that continent.Capitalism and Anthropology of the Modern World • 125 Marx was clear about the role played by the state as an agent of the new landed class. Rural . which turned peasants into wage-workers and their means of subsistence into commodities. or to purchase royal and noble titles in Central Europe—all ultimate acts of conspicuous consumption by the monarchy. clothing. Some idea of the amount of specie that flowed into Europe can be gleaned from the fact that.

its shipping and its manufactures surpassed those of any other country. poorer and more brutally oppressed than those of all the rest of Europe put together. those parts that were forced out of homes and off their lands became a large reserve army of labor that would be absorbed into the textile factories that were appearing on rivers in the vicinity of the new market places that were beyond the control of the old towns and their guilds. Today. rented or purchased the machines for spinning and weaving thread.126 • Karl Marx. . It proclaimed the making of profit as the ultimate and sole purpose of mankind. . enslavement and murder flow back to the mother-country and were turned into capital there. In the early stages of industrial capitalism. it is also clear that some individuals began to bring together or concentrate all of the materials and labor power that was needed to produce a commodity like linen.” . The treasures captured outside Europe by undisguised looting. By 1648 the people of Holland were more over-worked. The drive for profits. . industrial supremacy brings with it commercial supremacy. the woolen manufacturers of England not only competed with one another but also with Irish producers for a share of the market. In the period of manufacture it is the reverse: commercial supremacy produces industrial predominance. Those parts of the rural population that remained in the countryside were transformed into wage-workers on capitalist farms. brought them together in a crowded factory. to consume conspicuously. they hired the workers. It was “in almost exclusive possession of the East Indies trade and the commerce between the south-east and the north-west of Europe. The formation of overseas colonies facilitated the concentration of capital. Anthropologist industries—such as spinning and weaving—were also destroyed as the peasants were driven from their lands and homes. already stood at the zenith of its commercial greatness in 1648. The intermittent expulsion of rural producers from their lands created a home market for the subsistence and other goods that they could no longer produce for themselves. or to reinvest in the maintenance of their factory and to purchase new inputs of materials. Hence the preponderant role played by the colonial system at that time. which first brought the colonial system to its full development. . As Marx observed: The colonies provided a market for budding manufactures. and then sold the cloth they produced. and human resources. machinery. and a vast increase in accumulation which was guaranteed by the mother country’s monopoly of the market. an increasing share of the market. keeping the profits for themselves in order to meet their subsistence needs. and even expanding the market itself underwrote the continual transformation of the machinery and organization of the productive process toward greater productivity. Once the feudal constitution and guild organizations of the towns were dissolved. The total capacity of the Republic was probably greater than that of all the rest of Europe put together. They acquired the flax. (Marx 1863–7/1977: 918) . Holland. it is clear that some members of the old craft guilds became small capitalists who employed wage-workers to produce particular commodities as did some merchants and some cottage artisans. . Its fisheries. However.

and to speculation: in a word. in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. for whom a good part of every national loan performs the service of a capital fallen from heaven. But furthermore. and quite apart from the class of idle rentiers thus created. emphasis in the original) Marx’s discussion of the primitive accumulation of capital is an analysis of the transformation of one kind of tributary society into a capitalist society rooted in industrial capitalism. have long recognized: “civilization [capitalist in this case] originates with conquest abroad and repression at home. some of which. to dealings in negotiable effects of all kinds. and natural resources which fueled the growth of the manufacturing centers in northern Europe. As with the stroke of an enchanter’s wand. frequently. He acknowledges what anthropologists. This theory of history also embodies a notion of directionality. easily negotiable.” Marx further argues that the maritime trade and commercial wars which were integral parts of the colonial system promoted a system of national debt and public credit. they were composed of a number of relatively small firms. colonial production and even inter-colony trade were forbidden. Societies underpinned by the capitalist mode of production exhibit this directionality because of their continual efforts at expanding markets for the commodities they produce and their continual attempts to improve the productivity of the machines and labor processes they employ in the manufacture of those items. which meant that raw materials were shipped from the colonies to the home country and were processed into commodities that were then shipped back to the colony from which the raw materials originated or to nearby neighboring colonies. for the sum lent is transformed into public bonds. He remarks that The public debt becomes one of the most powerful levers of primitive accumulation.Capitalism and Anthropology of the Modern World • 127 Thus. it endows unproductive money with the power of creation and thus turns it into capital. the improvised wealth of the financiers who play the role of middlemen between the government and the nation. merchants and private manufacturers. and the tax-farmers. which is reflective of contradictions in the domain of production as they are manifest in the wider society. What were the manufacturing centers like? Marx’s short answer was that. human bodies. which go on functioning in their hands just as so much hard cash would. What his discussion also shows are the close relationships fueled by commerce and colonial settlement that existed between those parts of the world where industrial capitalism developed and those that provided loot. The state’s creditors actually give nothing away. the national debt has given rise to joint-stock companies. apart from all of these people. (Marx 1863–7/1977: 919. Marx points out that the colonies served not only as sources of raw materials that were exported to the mother countries but also as the ultimate destination of exports for goods that were produced or finished in the metropoles. like Stanley Diamond (1974: 1). produced cotton textiles . for example. without the risks inseparable from its employment in industry or even in usury. it has given rise to stock-exchange gambling and the modern bankocracy.

Two processes were involved in primitive accumulation. however. A second was the increased wealth available to firms like steel factories. The first process was proletarianization—that is. and they began to close their doors as their shares of the markets declined. to sell in order to provide for their subsistence and that of their families. Anthropologist while others engaged in more specialized processes or items. which they sold to one or more of the textile manufacturers in the region. dyeing. One was a shift in the relative importance of firms from those that produced goods. by lengthening the work day of their employees. which forced massive migration—from Ireland. also threatened the very existence of their competitors who continued to produce in more traditional or less efficient ways. The result of this was simultaneously a decline in the number of firms producing a particular good combined with a significant increase in the value of the firms that survived.128 • Karl Marx. the formation of a class of free wageworkers who were systematically denied access to land and who ultimately had only their labor-power. A third resulted from the combination of increasingly more sophisticated machinery that required fewer and perhaps even less-skilled workers to produce particular goods and the ongoing dispossession of people from their lands. together. we examined Marx’s concept of primitive accumulation and the role it played in the dissolution of feudal (tributary) society in England and in its transformation into a social formation based on the production relations of industrial capitalism. The Articulation of Modes of Production In the preceding section. . many of the smaller firms found the cost of continually upgrading the machines they used to be increasingly prohibitive. which was essential for the construction of railroad tracks. however. or the production of looms. to those that produced steel. they created a large. this forced many of them not only to adopt the new machines or practices but also to seek ones that were even more productive. for example. The second process involved the creation of a system of overseas colonies that yielded plunder. He also noted other changes in the mid nineteenth century. and other machines. unemployed or underemployed reserve army of labor. locomotives. like bleaching. Marx viewed this era as one of competitive capital. like cotton textiles. Those firms that were able to increase their productivity by adopting more efficient machines. for example. taxes. for example. and surplus goods that were often produced by various forms of unfree labor—such as indentured servants and slaves in the British colonies or individuals with labor-tax obligations in the Spanish colonies. which were incredibly expensive and were often the property of joint stock companies with large numbers of investors rather than single owners. Marx (1863–7/1977: 774–81) called these processes the concentration and centralization of capital. their capacity to work. By the 1850s. printing. or by paying them lower wages had the capacity to gain a greater share of the market for their goods and hence to increase their profits. This.

and sometimes force. criminals. Miles (1989: 40) and others observed that primitive accumulation is “a historically continuous process of transformation of relations of production and not a single. he was already well aware from his own observations and research that capitalism did not develop everywhere in the same manner that it had in England. For the wage-workers. In other words. as well as (2) a class of unfree workers composed of debtors. cotton. (Miles 1989: 39. exploitation involved extra-economic forms of compulsion and surplus extraction. non-capitalist modes of production as a result of the inherently expansionary nature of the accumulation process. side by side with proletarianization (the spread of wage labor relations). plunder. While Marx (1863–7/1977: 873–940) formulated his concept of primitive accumulation largely in relation to the transition to capitalism in England. emphasis in the original) Primitive accumulation was the connective tissue that linked the various trajectories with each other. Because the historical context has been transformed by the emergence of the capitalist mode of production. Many of the goods from the North American and Caribbean colonies that were prized by English merchants—tobacco. unique event in seventeenth-century England. the latter did not participate directly in either wage labor or the labor market. the latter must be expected to have had effects upon extant. other prized items—such as furs—were produced by indigenous and other peoples who lived on the margins of the colonies and were enmeshed in the colonial system by means of their exchange relations with merchants or their local representatives. For the unfree workers. and indentured servants who toiled for varying lengths of time to repay their obligations. sugar. While the former underwrote the steady expansion of production and hence provided the basis for the continual transformation of the productive forces. this dispossession simultaneously created the conditions for the formation of (1) a class of wage laborers and a labor market.” This process continues to the present day. exploitation occurred at the point of production and involved the appropriation of the surplus value they created by the capitalist. It used political and legal forms of compulsion. Robert Miles noted that The historic specificity of the transition to capitalism in England must be emphasized. and rum to name only a few—were produced by unfree labor—indentured servants and increasingly African slaves after the 1690s.Capitalism and Anthropology of the Modern World • 129 We also saw that the state underwrote both processes of primitive accumulation. to drive rural producers from their homes and lands and then to criminalize their poverty. albeit the earliest one. and other . The reason was that England was merely one historically specific instance of the transition. the privatization of community and state property. the forms of surplus extraction were different for the two classes. The subsequent expansion of the capitalist mode of production cannot be considered to have proceeded by a series of transitions in precisely the same way as in England because the particular combination of circumstances that led to this emergence were transcended by it. In England.

without cotton no modern industry. and world trade is the necessary condition of large-scale machine industry. 570–1. Slavery is therefore an economic category of paramount importance. the colonies sent very few products to the Old World. 915–17. new forms of unfree labor. he wrote Direct slavery is as much a pivot upon which our present-day industrialism turns as are machinery. slaves in the American South. during the last twenty years. slaves in the American South. the People’s Republic of China. Marx (e. 876n1. Marx described the dynamic forged by the articulation of capitalist country and non-capitalist colony in the following way: In Western Europe . the veiled slavery of the wage-labourers in Europe needed the unqualified slavery of the New World as its pedestal. it is the colonies which have created world trade. village communities in India. new relations between indigenous elites and the colonial administrators. (Marx 1846/1982: 101–2). primitive accumulation has been and continues to be a permanent feature of capitalist development. 1863–7/1977: 271–2n3. that were experiencing the growth of industrial capitalism. or Mexico. in the United States it gave impulse for the transformation of the earlier. Anthropologist forms of the appropriation of value from peoples living on the peripheries of the industrial capitalist world at the beginning of the twenty-first century. It is slavery which has given value to the colonies. and did not noticeably change the face of the world.g. In fact. As we saw earlier. In a phrase. 480. . new forms of taxation and other means of indirect exploitation by the colonial and metropolitan states as well as the separation of producers from their means of production and the appearance of new contradictions within the colony and between its residents and the metropolitan state. the process of primitive accumulation has more or less been accomplished. and immigrants to areas. 1076–80) already had a comparative perspective on the development of capitalism in different countries. (Marx 1863–7/1977: 925) While the transition to capitalism in England involved primitive accumulation through the dispossession of producers from their lands. . and the creation of home markets. 932–4. 1039–40. Russia. credit. Here the capitalist regime has either directly subordinated to itself the . For example. 446. Consequently. prior to the slave trade.130 • Karl Marx. of the factory workers in England. He had also commented on the interconnections between different parts of the world: for example. those that occurred elsewhere involved variously the intensification of pre-capitalist forms of surplus extraction. proletarianization. like the United States or Germany. etc. for example. Without slavery there would be no cotton. with regard to the interdependence of Manchester textile factories. While the cotton industry introduced child-slavery into England. slave-raiding. and commerce. one only need consider its predations in the United States. serfs in Eastern Europe. more or less patriarchal slavery into a system of commercial exploitation.

of Capital. The contradiction between these two diametrically opposed economic systems has its practical manifestation here in the struggle between them. they bring into awareness his view that capitalism and what lies beyond it were developing and will continue to develop along different historical trajectories. Rosa Luxemburg (1913/2003). which began in the late 1840s and early 1850s. Marx . who. 1933/1971). where economic relations are less developed. expanded reproduction. I.4 While Marx laid the foundations for a theory of articulation.g. What was conceivable and possible. given the balance of forces that existed in a particular society? This was clearly a question he was pondering as he wrote about the Paris Commune and his famous drafts of the letter to Vera Zasulich toward the end of his life (Marx 1871/1986. (Marx 1863–7/1977: 931–2) These comments focus attention on Marx’s belief that historically specific societies are totalities manifesting diverse articulated combinations of different modes of production. it has at least indirect control of those social layers which. . and Amilcar Cabral (1963) among others—were not only students of history but were also concerned with the lessons it taught. still continue to exist side by side with it in a state of decay. Where the capitalist has behind him the power of the mother country. Mao Zedong (1930/1990). . In other words. 1881/1983).Capitalism and Anthropology of the Modern World • 131 whole of the nation’s production. should be understood as an interconnected project or a “continuum” (e. nationalism. This task would fall to his successors in the twentieth century. Marx’s theory of articulation draws on his discussions of colonialism. His writings on colonialism and nationalism. Lenin (1899/1960). It is otherwise in the colonies. There the capitalist regime constantly comes up against the obstacle presented by the producer. . Many anthropologists have shared their concern with the issues of articulation and alternative pathways of sociohistorical development during the twentieth century.3 They also indicate that the structures of relations between the capitalist and pre-capitalist forms of surplus extraction as well as the contradictions they engender may vary and be reproduced and transformed differently in historically particular societies such as India. First. and transformation. although they belong to antiquated mode of production. employs that labour to enrich himself instead of the capitalist. respectively. José Mariátegui (1928/1971). as the owner of his own conditions of labour. Leon Trotsky (1930/1980: 3–15). the latter two being important concerns in the second and third volumes. the Tongan Islands. Let us look briefly at a few of those insights and their implications in order to see directions in which they were or might have been developed. The possibility of alternative trajectories of development in the future was one of the reasons why Marx devoted so much of his time and energy to historical anthropological studies in the 1870s. or the United States. Antonio Gramsci (1926/1967. and he did not elaborate many of his observations in any great detail. his formulation of it was inchoate. he tries to use force to clear out of the way the modes of production and appropriation which rest on the personal labour of the independent producer. or. It is also the reason why political activists he influenced—V.

cotton goods constituted more than 60 percent of the total value of English goods traded to India and accounted for one-fourth of all of its foreign trade. deteriorating diplomatic relations with the United States combined with a poor harvest in the American South in 1850 led English manufacturers to seek new sources of raw cotton. In 1850. 1853/1979d: 316–17). the development of capitalist.132 • Karl Marx. In 1813.5 These can be described briefly as the destruction of local industry. The importance of the English exports to India should not be underestimated. the dispossession of people from their lands. 10–11).” because of the similarities he saw in the implementation of English colonial policies in the two countries (Marx 1853/1979a: 125). He also pointed out that conflicts along national lines were relatively unimportant so long as the ruling classes in each . the political unification and independence of nations that were highly fragmented and often dominated by neighboring powers (Ahmad 2001: 4.000. and massive emigration within the country as well as to other parts of the world. Ireland and India. India. Engels (1849/1977a) distinguished “historic nations. like Dacca. Second.” like the southern Slavs. In addition. However. “peoples without history. 1853/1979b: 154. that were incorporated into larger political entities. During the same period.” like Poland. plummeted from 150. Anthropologist 1848/1976. the latter which he characterized once as the “Ireland of the East. most notably salt and opium which was sold to the Chinese (Marx 1853/1979a. and one-eighth of its total employment. The English merchants in India undersold the local producers. the population of traditional textile centers. 1853/1979c: 219–21. that were sizable and had already gained some degree of sovereignty and smaller nationalities. the Hapsburg Empire in this case (Rosdolsky 1980). he and Engels confronted the classic problems of national consolidation—namely. one-twelfth of its national revenue. the creation of local markets for goods manufactured in England. cotton-producing farms in these areas during the early 1850s spurred the construction of railroads linking them with coastal cities like Bombay.000 to 20.6 In sum. it was an exploitative relationship based partly on unequal exchange and partly on the ability of the Colonial Office to impose its will. most noticeably in the interior regions of India. was inundated with thread and cotton goods made from American cotton in English factories. Ahmad 2001: 9). Marx was impressed with the impact of political fragmentation initially through first-hand experience in Europe. during the late 1840s and a few years later in India as a result of his investigative journalism for the New York Herald Tribune. and the volume of imported English cloth grew from about 1 million yards in 1824 to 64 million yards in 1837. In Europe. which had exported fabrics manufactured in Dacca and other traditional handloom centers. Marx wrote extensively about two British colonies. the British government collected taxes from the colony and possessed monopolies over the manufacture or distribution of certain items. especially Germany and Austria. the development of capitalist agriculture (which in India at least was accompanied by the development of railroads in the early 1850s to move raw cotton to ports where it could be shipped to the home country).

his denunciations of the atrocities committed by British officers and troops. as Habib notes: Marx’s sympathy for the rebels shows itself in a number of ways: his scornful skepticism of the claims of an early British capture of Delhi from the mutineers. 1857/1986a. which he called a national revolt. Marx was with the 1857 rebels. Moreover. finally.Capitalism and Anthropology of the Modern World • 133 national group continued to share their common goal of “preserving the monarchy. in Engels (1857/1986: 392) view. as Ahmad (2001: 19) put it. 1881/1992a: 63–4) was aware of tendencies that might facilitate the development of centralized leadership in Indian society and the threat that this would potentially pose to British rule. and aristocratic landowners whose properties had been confiscated—reacted to the exactions of the British in the 1850s did not escape Marx’s attention (e. the colonial government. was “the scientific element”—that is. Marx was also aware of the consequences of political fragmentation of India.” in order to maintain their own positions against the emerging bourgeois classes (Engels 1849/1977b: 229). the basic features of twentieth-century national liberation movements. religious. and the nationalist movements that had swept across Europe a few years earlier. Not only was it geographically widespread. his detection of exaggeration in the horror stories of atrocities committed by the rebels and his justifications of these as events inescapable in such revolts anywhere. but it also cut across caste. and their local agents and representatives (Marx 1853/1979c: 218). Marx (e. He admitted in respect of the Mutiny that “It is a curious quid pro quo to expect an Indian revolt to assume the features of a European revolution. However. till in Great Britain itself the new ruling classes shall have been supplanted by the industrial proletariat. The groups challenged by the mutineers were the British financiers and mill owners.” but also that “the Indians will not reap the fruits of the new elements of society scattered among them by the British bourgeoisie.” (Habib 2006: xlix) Nonetheless. centralized political and military leadership or. when contemplated with regard to India. What the Indian rebels lacked. he was clear enough in his mind that the rebellion was a response of the old classes to the process of pauperization of a large mass of the Indian people and the dissolution of a whole old way of life. 1857/1986c). any thoughts he might have harbored in the early 1850s about the progressive character of colonialism in India were long dispelled by the time he wrote about the plunder of India and primitive accumulation in Capital. Marx (1853/1979c: 221–2) wrote not only about “the profound hypocrisy and inherent barbarism of bourgeois civilization” and “the devastating effects of English industry. 1857/1986b. As Ahmad (2001: 19) points out. and social-class divisions.g.g. ruined artisans. or till the Hindus themselves shall have grown strong enough to throw off the English yoke . and. that segments of the traditional classes in India— displaced peasants. However sympathetic by natural instinct. From the late 1850s onward. it was not the product of the Indian “regeneration” that he himself looked forward to. Marx saw the similarity between the Indian insurrection of 1857–8.

” which attributed the plight of dispossessed Irish workers to “aboriginal faults of the Celtic race” or to the “shortcomings of Irish nature” instead of to British misrule. cf. Marx frequently mocked the “public-opinion slang of England. In addition. Foner 1980: 150–200). In his view. Engels 1844/1975. Anthropologist altogether. Australia. Curtis 1997: 148–80). Curtis 1997. and the United States) in the five-year period between 1847 and 1852. Fourth. Instead.134 • Karl Marx. and daily confronted increasingly racialized discrimination and the possibility of violence because of their creative maintenance and ethnogenesis of a rural heritage and national identity in the new country and their adherence to Catholicism (e.” As Ahmad (2001: 20) has noted. Ashworth 1983: 181–2. 1853/1979f). of persons were displaced in India in the 1830s and 1840s. like the United States. Marx knew that the rise of industrial capitalism and the linkages spawned by it triggered massive emigration.5 million persons (Marx 1853/1979e: 528–32. the English landed aristocracy and the capitalist classes had a shared interest in . and that. In Ireland. 1859/1980: 489. and that English linen manufacturers were closing factories in the Midlands and relocating them to towns in Ireland where they could pay lower wages (Marx 1857/1986d: 257. its population had fallen by half to about 3. Marx explored the interconnection of nationalist politics and diasporic communities with an increasingly textured appreciation of their complexities from 1860 onward as a result of his investigations of Ireland and the Irish question and the United States and its civil war (Marx 1972. Robinson 1983: 38–59. 1863–7/1977: 866. and all twentieth-century Indian nationalists accepted Marx’s claim that “colonial capitalism did contribute ‘new elements of society’ in India” (emphasis in the original). 15–20 percent of its total population—emigrated elsewhere (to England. and partly by their own efforts to ameliorate those circumstances given the prevailing balance of force at the time (Marx 1853/1979e: 528. Thompson 1963: 429–43). 1853/1979f: 159. he saw their circumstances as historically conditioned. Marx and Engels 1972). no Indian reformer of the nineteenth century took such a clear position on the question of Indian independence. where large numbers had the most menial and undesirable of unskilled jobs. he noted that more than a million of the colony’s roughly 7 million inhabitants— that is. by the mid 1860s. where the vast majority of those who were employed worked as unskilled day-laborers in the towns or as day-laborers in the surrounding countryside. For example. he realized that hundreds of thousands. if not millions. He was well aware that Irish farmers driven from the land went to the cities—including London. Third.g. occupied the lowest rungs of the social-class structure. partly by the policies of capital and the state. mostly from the colonies and the peripheral regions of the home countries. He also knew that Irish workers were often paid lower wages than their English counterparts. he certainly did not see the Irish as the London Economist did: a “redundant population” whose departure was necessary before any improvement could occur. he was sympathetic to the plight of the Irish emigrants who were separated from their natal communities as they settled in distant and often hostile places.

this would entail breaking the grip of the landed aristocracy in Ireland. Irish farms seized earlier in the century by English landlords were turned into pastures that (1) provided English markets with cheap meat and wool. linking the struggle over land with social issues. and forming coalitions with working classes around the world and most especially with those in England. publicly at least. 1865–85/1981: 468–599) was aware that the extent of capitalist markets and the processes of capitalist production. Luxemburg argued that . neglected both land and social issues. he and Engels were critical of them and paid close attention to both the class position and ideologies of their members and to their actions. 1881/1992b) was sympathetic. They were particularly critical of the views and tactics of the Fenians. neither Marx nor Engels was especially sympathetic with cultural nationalism in the narrow sense of the term regardless of what either said publicly. in correspondence and confidential reports. His commentary about expanded reproduction provoked a number of subsequent writers to critique or work out its implications. Marx (e. to the various groups or individuals within the Irish national liberation movement. Fifth. The purpose of his analyses was not to idealize or romanticize the various Irish national movements but rather to assess as accurately as possible their strengths and weaknesses. but also failed to understand the importance of these contacts. 1870/1985: 118–21) thought. Nevertheless. including those associated with the production of the capitalists and workers themselves. especially England. were narrowly ethnocentric. Engels (1869/1988) described the tactics of the groups as ranging from spontaneous democratic and revolutionary actions of peasants forced from their lands to the liberal-national opposition of the Irish urban bourgeoisie. notably the Fenian (Irish Republican) Brotherhood and later Charles Steward Parnell (1846–91). Marx (e. Marx (1863–7/1977: 711–23. minimally. and not only failed to make alliances with democratic working-class groups in other countries. The resolution of the Irish question ultimately depended on the political independence of Ireland.Capitalism and Anthropology of the Modern World • 135 maintaining English domination over Ireland and in promoting emigration. and (4) guaranteed security to some extent by scattering some of the more disgruntled members of Irish society around the world and by insulating others from any radical or revolutionary ideas they might have held (Marx 1869/1988a: 398–9. (3) pitted English workers against the Irish immigrants. (2) ensured a reserve army of labor that drove down wages and the morale of the English working class.g. who focused almost exclusively on the issue of political independence. 1870/1988).7 As a result. 1867/1985. This was the question that underwrote his analyses of the goals and class interests expressed by various Irish nationalist groups and partly by the tactics that each advocated to accomplish its aims. For example. were not only in a constant state of flux but were also incessantly renewed on an ever-increasing scale. The issue was how to achieve it.g. He referred to this as accumulation and reproduction on an expanded scale. and condemned the sentences imposed by the English on Irish (Fenian) prisoners in 1867.

since it was consuming the very conditions that ensured its existence (Luxemburg 1913/2003: 350. for the family itself. or whose bodily development is incomplete. as a source of supply for its means of production. That mighty substitute for labour and for workers. . every member of the worker’s family. Marx saw that social-class structures were expressions of exploitative social relations. by throwing every member of the family onto the labour market. . but not every one of these forms will serve its ends. . . was immediately transformed into a means for increasing the number of wage-labourers by enrolling. Both Luxemburg and Hilferding realized that Marx’s views about expanded reproduction and economic crises were also parts of his theory of social-class relations. It thus depreciates it. not only of children’s play. and as a reservoir of labour power for its wage system. without distinction of age or sex. 365–6. 288–98). and the inter-capitalist competition in the market (the anarchy of the market)—all of which contributed to the periodic overproduction and underconsumption of both commodities and capital. To purchase the labour-power of a family of four workers may perhaps cost more than it .136 • Karl Marx. For example. in other words. Anthropologist The existence and development of capitalism requires an environment of non-capitalist forms of production. Machinery. 467). . Compulsory work for the capitalist usurped the place. . spreads the value of the man’s labour-power over his whole family. Another commentator. (Luxemburg 1913/2003: 368) Thus. Capitalism needs non-capitalist social strata as a market for its surplus value. Rudolf Hilferding (1910/1981: 228–35. capitalism could never become a universal form of society. the capitalist mode of production could not exist in isolation and had to coexist with non-capitalist modes in order for the accumulation and reproduction of the capitalist system to occur. While it repressed its own workers and engulfed non-capitalist societies it also sowed the seeds of economic crises and its own destruction. under the direct sway of capital. both in the capitalist countries and their colonies were continually reworked during the processes of expanded accumulation and reproduction. He was also aware that social-class structures. The labour of women and children was therefore the first result of the capitalist application of machinery. In so far as machinery dispenses with muscular power. had already argued that economic crises were always latent in capitalism because of the imbalances or disproportionalities that exist among the various sectors of the capitalist economy. with customary limits. but also the independent labour at home. the machine. This is perhaps most apparent in his discussions of how young women and children constituted an enormous reserve army of labor in England that was repeatedly moved into and out of the labor force in order to depress wages and to extend the length of the working day (Marx 1863–7/1977: 340–416). it becomes a means for employing workers of slight muscular strength. the declining rates of profit associated with the increased use of machines relative to human labor. in her view.

g. ethnicity. many of whom had begun working fifteen-hour days. Chakrabarti and Cullenberg 2003: 245–82). four people must now provide not only labour for the capitalist. for Africa. and women for men. had not yet been enmeshed in capitalist social relations. In order that the family may now live. and their low life expectancies. for Kentucky and Virginia.Capitalism and Anthropology of the Modern World • 137 formerly did to purchase the labour-power of the head of the family. Thus we see that machinery. but. More importantly. 364–5. For slave trade. They were continually being constituted and reworked—but not always in the same ways or at the same pace—in both the industrial capitalist societies of the West and non-capitalist societies on their peripheries (e. These included but were not limited to: (1) the high incidence in the 1840s of pulmonary diseases and lower than average life-expectancies of men employed in the potteries. at the same time raises the degree of that exploitation. He described in detail the effects that intensified production for the capitalist market had on human beings. Marx wrote the following: “Mutato nomine de te fibula narrator [this could be thy story under a different name]. and the price falls in proportion to the excess of the surplus labour of four over the surplus labour of one. he understood how workers were segmented and isolated from one another by servile status. at least partly. and nationalism. Marx (e. but also surplus labour. age. he knew. After relating an account of the slave trade. Germany. he perceived similarities in the exploitation of workers in different parts of the world. gender. (2) the story of a twenty-year-old woman employed as a dressmaker in one of London’s finest millinery shops who frequently worked twenty to thirty hours without a break with sixty other young women in an overcrowded room that lacked ventilation. or (4) slaves in the American South who were so overworked that their bodies were effectively used up in seven years.” (Marx 1863–7/1977: 377–8) Marx clearly understood the historicity of social-class structures under conditions of expanded accumulation and reproduction. 1863–7/1977: 345. four days’ labour takes the place of one day’s. the unremitting toil of slaves on plantations. (Marx 1863–7/1977: 517–18) In other words. six days a week when they were eight years old. read labor market. (3) the high infant mortality rates in factory and agricultural districts where mothers had to work away from their homes. 354–5. while they might have had contact with capitalist merchants (often on their own terms). Another way of saying this is that class structures were made historically by peoples who were striving exist under circumstances . to the opposition and resistance of peoples in the home countries and of those on the margins who. in return. race. and Wales. improvement in machinery allowed factory owners to substitute at lower wages less skilled workers for those with more skills. Ireland and agricultural districts of Scotland. while augmenting the human material that forms capital’s most characteristic field of exploitation. As a result.g. were due. 521) also knew that the increased rates of exploitation had deleterious effects on the health of workers both in the capitalist countries and the colonies. The differences. children for adults.

by no means arises from the political rule of the bourgeois class. and others drew between civil society and a political state that stood outside of society (Showstack Sassoon 1991). The “injustice of property relations” which is determined by the modern division of labour. the ability to realize objective interests. it is not creating it. as political relations between classes of persons that were mediated by things. (Marx 1847/1976a: 319. West Africa. or the cotton plantations of the American South—provided raw materials that could either be exported for direct sale or for processing in the home country. property was also a statement about power viewed variously as agency (the capacity of action). the border states in Antebellum America. or eastern Europe—were labor reserves whose primary export was human labor-power. but vice versa. In these regions. the modern form of exchange. which had long-term devastating effects on the local communities in spite of the fact that they often engaged merchant capital on terms shaped by their own social relations. and Capitalist States Marx began his examination of the interconnections of law. Hegel. Property. He also knew that the societies on the margins had their own internal dynamics that were shaped but not entirely formed by their relations with the capitalist countries. use. Macpherson 1971. Anthropologist passed down by earlier generations and who occasionally were able to change those conditions. that is. concentration. Property was a central concern in these arguments. Power. there were small commodity-producing economic sectors geared to export. Bourdieu 1980/1990). This informed his views about the importance of alliances between the industrial workers in capitalist states and progressive elements of the working masses in societies on the periphery of the capitalist world system (e. He also clearly understood that the inhabitants of some regions—like the poppy fields of Afghanistan.138 • Karl Marx. these have sometimes been called dual economies. and often wage-workers that often sought to exclude indigenous peoples or immigrants from entering the labor market. and polemics about the condition of the peasantry in Moselle as well as by the distinctions Ferguson. etc. or compulsion over the actions of others (e. and civil society in the 1840s.8 If the bourgeoisie is politically.g. large sectors of the local populations that reproduced workers outside the labor market. His investigations were provoked by ongoing discussions of land thefts. the political rule of the bourgeois class arises from these modern relations of production.” which is determined by the modern division of labour. emphasis in the original) .. SaintSimon. competition. and disposition—that is. Other regions—Ireland. consequently. economy.g. the gold mines of California. Marx saw property as rights of access. debates on free trade and protective tariffs. Marx and Engels 1882/1989). by its state of power “maintaining injustice in property relations.

determines the relationship of domination and servitude. and in which the whole civil society of an epoch is epitomised. done away with in more advanced countries. . . Since the state is the form in which the individuals of a ruling class assert their common interests. alongside and outside civil society. where consequently no section of the population can achieve dominance over the others. but it is nothing more than the form of organisation which the bourgeois are compelled to adopt. it follows that all common institutions are set up with the help of the state and are given a political form”. He increasingly saw the state as an excrescence of society rather than an expression of the common concerns of its members (Marx 1880–2/1974: 329). actually existing political entities that claimed to rise above the differences of particular socioeconomic interests by relativizing them and portraying them as equivalents. a category which stood above those of individuals and of which political organization was only one aspect (e. Through the emancipation of private property from the community. (Marx and Engels 1845–6/1976: 90) Later. . The specific economic form. Marx and Engels 1845–6/1976: 3. 89–91. for the state is only found nowadays in those countries where the estates have not yet completely developed into classes. For Marx (1843/1975a). has to be sought in political economy. on which arises a legal and political superstructure and to which correspond definite forms of social consciousness” (Marx 1859/1970: 20). Dissatisfied with the ambiguity of the terms and the distinction implied between natural man and abstract citizen. Marx (1843/1975c: 166–7) virtually stopped using the notion of civil society by the 1850s and narrowed the meaning of the concept of the state. still play a part and there exists a mixture. where the estates. he would write that the legal relations and the political forms of a society “originate in the material conditions of life. Or. in which unpaid surplus-labour is pumped out of the direct producers.g. self-supporting individual—is the root of property. . Draper 1977: 32–4). in the kinds of capitalist societies that were crystallizing at the time. the state was not an abstraction or an ideal. the state has become a separate entity. and hence also its specific political form. [is] the real foundation.” and that “the economic structure of society. both for internal and external purposes. On this is based the entire configuration of the economic community arising from the actual relations of production. (Marx 1861–3/1963: 346) Marx initially framed his discussions of property in terms of Hegel’s distinction between civil society and the state—the former as the sphere of individual (private) economic desires and the latter as public expressions of the common concerns of society as a whole. it referred instead to the historically specific.Capitalism and Anthropology of the Modern World • 139 Society itself—the fact that man lives in society and not as an independent. as this grows directly out of production itself and reacts back on in turn as a determinant. of the laws based on it and of the inevitable slavery. .” that “the anatomy of civil society . It is in each case .

” What modern civil society had accomplished was to simplify the expression of these struggles. the hidden basis of the entire social edifice. and the historically contingent processes of domination and subordination of groups inherent in class-stratified societies. In this perspective. As we saw earlier in this chapter. The institutions and practices of the state sought to contain conflict and to preserve the social-class structures and political relations that prevailed among their citizens and subjects. the formation of colonies. 1852/1979. states were also arenas of struggle within and between classes (Marx 1843/1975a.. also manifestations of property and power. they are not simply reducible to purely economic arrangements. They still are in some respects. and the state were already well developed by the mid 1840s (Marx 1843/1975a. politics and culture were important arenas of struggle. and . For Marx (1847/1976b: 212). and these can only be understood by analyzing given conditions. This does not prevent the same economic basis—the same in its major conditions—from displaying infinite variations and gradations in appearance. religious. and hence also the political form of the relationship of sovereignty and dependence. Colletti 1975. If modern civil society was the realm of competitive individualism mediated by the market. as a result of innumerable different empirical circumstances. for example—coincided in time and was inseparably linked with the development of industrial capitalism. even though their forms of expression and intensity were often diverse. and other kinds of rivalries and conflicts generated within and between modern societies have their roots in socialclass relations. Engels 1884/1990). (Marx 1864–94/1981: 927–8) Marx’s views about politics. political. Miliband 1977. and hence to its social productive power—in which we find the innermost secret. “political power was precisely the official expression of antagonism in civil society. 1882/1989) were acutely aware of the complex culture-historical. or the United States. class struggle.140 • Karl Marx. exploitation. historical influences acting from outside. Anthropologist the direct relationship of the owners of the conditions of production to the immediate producers—a relation whose particular form naturally corresponds always to a certain level of development of the type and manner of labour. the rise of national states—England. and the creation of both domestic and overseas markets (Marx 1863–7/1977: 914–40. power. or the reproduction of society through time.9 As a result. racial relations. natural conditions. in short. etc. of course. 1991). the class struggles that occurred in one national state were typically both spatially and organizationally distinct from those taking place in other countries. the corresponding specific form of the state in each case. Marx and Engels 1848/1976). These political relations were. In other words. Germany. They were typically elaborated in the context of writings whose central concerns were the state. then the modern (capitalist) state was an expression of the antagonisms and contradictions resulting from alienation. Marx and Engels (1848/1976: 517. national. while the ethnic. States and their agents were representatives of the dominant social classes whose members owned and controlled the means of production.

as Erica Benner (1995: 31) put it. national.” so that a particular class “proceeding from its particular situation. Aware of the common interests of workers. The conflict between the capitalist classes of different national states usually pitted one country against another—e. laws. the appearance of unity had nothing to do with the conscious commitment of a state’s members.Capitalism and Anthropology of the Modern World • 141 economic roots of the ethnic. “realized only in times of external crisis and war. Benner 1995: 32). democratic movements in one country needed to be aware of and to seek the support of similar groups in other states. in fact. In other words. Marx (1843/1975a: 22–3) knew that the political unity of a national state was. since they derived “from the fact that part of civil society emancipates itself and attains general domination. on. for example. the modern national states emerging in Europe and North America. the United States and England in the 1850s . and practices were shaped to varying degrees by the dominant classes. whose institutions. on denying them opportunities to express any political preferences of their own. Attempts to organize workers politically within national states as well as across their boundaries were often resisted by both the capitalist classes of those countries and the state apparatuses. Marx and Engels belonged to political groups that had representatives from a number of national states. undertakes the general emancipation of society [Marx 1843–4/1975: 184].” Moreover. egalitarian premises of democratic constitutions and the social inequalities they declined to address. It depended. he thought that one should evaluate the reasons why particular national identities were imposed on a people from above and that these should be distinguished from those that arose in the community and addressed real human needs as opposed to the abstract concerns of the state and of the monarchs. (Benner 1995: 34) Thus. [to] unite!”—a sentiment they repeated once again in 1882 when they pointed to possible linkages between Russian peasants and industrial proletarians in the capitalist countries of Western Europe and North America (Benner 1995). in times of peace. and civil servants who viewed the state as their own private property (Marx 1843/1975a: 38. for example—were simultaneously assertions of unity vis-à-vis other states and manifestations of the failure of a class-stratified society to achieve any real sense of community or internal unity by other means. strategically.g. representatives. They repeatedly insisted that. through political repression. 49–54. were fragile. expressions of national identity by national states—like the United States (America). because even the limited benefits of “political emancipation” were distributed unevenly in society. In either situation. and racial differences that fragmented the working classes of particular national states (like England or the United States) and of the chasms that separated the proletarians of one country from those of another when they wrote The Communist Manifesto in 1848 and called for the “working men of all countries. This “partial revolution” left a potentially explosive tension between the inclusive.

Anthropologist and 1860s or France and Germany during the Franco-Prussian War of 1870–1. as well as distinctions between developed and underdeveloped countries. the adoption of new information technologies. they exist alongside and articulate with a fundamental antagonism in capitalist societies—the one that pits capitalist against worker. for example. or the core and the periphery (e. Quebec. movement of vast numbers of people as migrants. At the same time that national states have hindered the formation of transnational unions and attempted with varying intensities to regulate the flow of workers across their borders.g. decolonization. The two forms of contradiction described above—those between capitalist states and those between capitalist states and non-capitalist societies—have persisted to the present day. anti-globalization movement is as often a protest against the institutions of global capitalism as it is opposition to the practices of particular national states. The focus of the highly diverse. Patriotism was often the glue that cemented these historically constituted blocs (e. These are aspects of what is now globalization—i. the rapid development of global financial markets. Brewer 1990). and the spread of capitalist culture through global media and telecommunications.000 or so labor disturbances that occur annually in China. which suggests that he would have been intrigued by their manifestations today. national liberation movements. These alliances set the working classes of one country against those of another. The conflicts between capitalist states also pitted them against non-capitalist societies—such as India or China. Marx wrote extensively about the contradictions of industrial capitalist societies from the 1840s onward. the adoption of flexible production strategies. the 220. broadly constituted movements have organized to protest and resist their efforts—the demonstrations against the World Trade Organization in Seattle.e. and Genoa since 1999. or the massive immigrant rights protests that took place across the United States in 2006 are only a few instances (Walker 2006: 26n18). refugees. about which Marx wrote extensively in the 1850s as we saw earlier in this chapter. the North and the South. the capitalist classes of different countries have also joined together to form regional or international institutions—such as the North American Free Trade Agreement or the World Trade Organization—designed to facilitate the flows of commodities and capital between different countries. In the wake of the Second World War. Gramsci 1926/1967. these conflicts were often referred to in terms of imperialism. More recent examples are the First and Second World Wars of the twentieth century. These conflicts typically involved the creation of cross-class alliances that yoked the interests of peasants and workers with those of the capitalist classes under the hegemony of the latter.g. cheap transportation. Marx wrote about these contradictions from the 1840s onward. argue that these attempts to regulate the global market signal an “epochal shift in contemporary .142 • Karl Marx. Michael Hardt and Antonio Negri (2000: 237). and tourists. 1933/1971). the capitalist countries of the First World and the newly independent but poor nations of the Third World. In the last forty years. Dower 1986..

the decentering of industrial production from the old industrial capitalist countries to former colonies. imperialism “also created and reinforced rigid boundaries among the various global spaces. . labor and goods—thus necessarily precluding the full realization of the world market” (Hardt and Negri 2000: 332). . the pre-eminence of the United States and its rivalry with the USSR. Controls are articulated through a series of international bodies and functions. However. . albeit in a new form: Although transnational corporations and global networks of production and circulation have undermined the powers of nation-states. which allowed the capitalist firms of Europe and North America to expand under the protection of the national state both at home and abroad. cf. and the emergence of new patterns of labour migration . (Hardt and Negri 2000: 307) Their claim is a provocative one that challenges state-centered approaches to understanding the world today. the weakening of the old imperialist powers in the wake of the Second World War. They see a fundamental contradiction “between the deterritorialising logic of capital and the territorialising nature of nation-states” (Green 2002: 40. there is a profound contradiction between the globalization of markets and states using different currencies. remain peripheralised in the traditional sense of relying on exports of one or two primary commodities and the import of manufactures. the world is not as seamless or smooth as they suggest. there are still ongoing and emergent rivalries between national states. the unification of the world market did not involve homogenization but rather the uneven development of capitalism. and the success of decolonization movements were conditions that promoted the re-creation of the world market and the formation of a new global division of labor in the 1970s. As Paul Green (2002: 43) has noted. however. strict notions of inside and outside that effectively blocked the free flow of capital. . 237).Capitalism and Anthropology of the Modern World • 143 history” and use the term “empire” to refer to the new form of sovereignty that they suggest has crystallized as a result of efforts to unify the world market. state functions and constitutional elements have effectively been displaced to other levels and domains.” For Hardt and Negri. not everyone agrees with it for any number of reasons. These include but are not limited to: there are alternative historical explanations of the developments Hardt and Negri describe. what persists in the global structure at the beginning of the twenty-first century is the conflict between transnational corporations and the power of the state. the crisis of the 1970s was not as different from those of 1873–96 and the 1930s as they imply. In their view. the . Government and politics come to be completely integrated into the system of transnational command. This contradiction was mediated through imperialism. . even as some parts of the globe. “the entry of great masses of workers into the disciplinary régime of modern capitalist production. since the income gap between the North and the South continues and may even be widening. especially Africa. Hardt and Negri 2000: 42–6.

Balakrishnan 2003. on the implications of his writings for understanding what is happening at the beginning of the twenty-first century. The second was concerned with the processes of combined and uneven development along different historical trajectories that resulted from the encapsulation and articulation of societies manifesting different modes of production that were differentially resistant to change. In this chapter.g. and national-chauvinist sentiments and dispositions (e. and the obstacles that it erects that hinder this process. and colonization. It is perhaps fitting to recall Marx’s (1857–8/1973: 409–10) comments in the Grundrisse about the universality towards which capital strives. Smith 2005: 51). The first was Marx’s views about the development of industrial capitalist social relations and its intersection with primitive accumulation. the intensification of competition in the market has seemingly strengthened patriarchal. on the other. on the other. . on the one hand. their approach to the issue of power in terms of binary oppositions is problematic. on his discussions of the interrelations of property and power. the border between the United States and Mexico.g. we have looked at three issues. far from opening up a political space for the voice of the multitudes as they suggest.144 • Karl Marx. Anthropologist deterritorialization they describe is accompanied by reterritorialization—e. and. or. on the one hand. racist. the formation of domestic and overseas markets. The third focused.

the particular form they assume at any given moment “is a historic product [that] belongs to a specific phase of their [sociohistorical] development” (Marx 1857–8/1973: 162). they are “dependent belonging to the greater whole” and “can individuate [themselves] only in the midst of society. and their sociality creates them as social individuals in a community. Marx argued (1) that individual human beings engaged in creative and self-creative activity and enmeshed in webs of social relations are the fundamental entities of society. Marx’s anthropology was therefore cautiously optimistic. He clearly realized that societies were different from one another. As we saw in earlier chapters.g.. Gould 1978: 6). that they change. Another way of saying this is that human beings create themselves through praxis. . .” Moreover. Marx honed his philosophical anthropology in the 1840s after completing his doctoral dissertation and continued to refine his views in subsequent writings like the Grundrisse. The rich detail of his empirical anthropology is perhaps most evident in his journalistic accounts and his analyses of capitalist society and the capitalist mode of production.e. In the same context. Nevertheless. 161–3) also argued logically that “relations of personal dependence (entirely spontaneous at the outset) are the first social forms. since their social relations are neither fixed nor immutable.” and that in pre-capitalist societies “individuals. His anthropology was also rooted in a life-long exploration and elaboration of the ontological categories—i. the essential or core features—that characterize and structure human existence. Brenkert 1983: 227. In Marx’s (1857–8/1973: 84) terms.–6– Anthropology for the Twenty-First Century Marx was indeed an anthropologist. they experience both their everyday life and history as individuals. Marx (1857–8/1973: 158. although their 145 . . His anthropology was empirically grounded in the changing realities of everyday life in his own society broadly conceived and in accounts of other societies—initially past societies in the West and increasingly contemporary societies in other parts of the world. and (2) that both the nature of the individuals and their social relations with each other change historically (e. and that they will keep on doing so. These inquiries buttressed his critical analyses of both the contradictions of modern society and the possibilities and contingencies of alternative pathways of social change in the immediate future. These social individuals are shaped by their history and plot the course of their actions within the constraints imposed by their bodies and their social relations with others. Archard 1987.

the rise of capitalism provided the stage for the self-realization of truly universal social individuals—that is. The second focuses briefly on selfrealization. emphasis in the original) In other words. fulfilled only the personal and social roles that existed in those groups. of free individuality.” He then proceeded to point out that the social relations associated with industrial capitalist society were different.. It is as ridiculous to yearn for a return to that original fullness as it is to believe that with this complete emptiness history has come to a standstill. and how they are relevant in today’s world. He described the “isolated individuality” and “reciprocal independence and indifference” of the social individuals in capitalist societies. as feudal lord and vassal. They were based on exchange and exchange value (commodities). imprisoned within a certain definition. which had appeared in historical-developmental terms at the interstices of communities rather than within them. Anthropologist relations appear to be more personal. capitalism has produced a truly peculiar kind of individual and set of social relations in the process. In earlier stages of development the single individual seems developed more fully. In this concluding chapter. The third deals with the issues that confront us at the beginning of the twenty-first century as anthropologists and. whose universality produces not only the alienation of the individual from himself and from others. because he has not yet worked out his relationships in their fullness. more importantly. I want to examine Marx’s relevance for framing and addressing today’s issues and to consider some of the range of problems he addressed more than a century ago that are pressing concerns now. or as members of a caste etc.1 While exchange value opened up possibilities for both creating and expanding individuality as it inserted itself between communities. These relations depersonalized connections between individuals and used things to express the linkages. The bourgeois viewpoint has never advanced beyond the antithesis of itself and this romantic viewpoint.146 • Karl Marx. or as members of an estate etc. etc. who either had personal (intimate but not necessarily harmonious) ties or stood in a distributive relation to one another. and therefore the latter will accompany it as legitimate antithesis up to its blessed end. . or erected them as independent social powers and relations opposite to himself. how it relates to Marx’s notion of freedom. and individuals. but also the universality and the comprehensiveness of his relations and capacities. landlord and serf. All preceding communities. as human beings. (Marx 1857– 8/1973: 162. More specifically. were limited developments of humanity. by contrast. enter into connection with one another only as individuals. The first is broadly concerned with the self-actualization of social individuals in the context of historically specific sets of social relations. He called them “universally developed individuals” and then suggested: The degree and universality of the development of wealth where this individuality becomes possible presupposes production on the basis of exchange values as a prior condition. I want to examine three interrelated themes.

1843/1975b. 1857–8/1973. most notably capitalist society. the capitalist mode of production—was more fully developed than it was on the Continent. On the other. after meeting Engels for the first time in 1844 and discussing conditions the latter had observed in England where industrial capitalism—i. Marx (1844/1975a) sharpened his analysis in The 1844 Manuscripts (Mészáros 2005: 66–76). Marx’s investigation is framed not only in terms of revealing the internal relations and contradictions but also with reference to transcending. which he presented in detail in The Economic and Philosophical Manuscripts of 1844. it explores the contradictions between culture. because these are mediated by the division of labor. it examines the contradictions that exist between human beings and their activity. however. and exchange. Let us briefly consider these in more detail. As István Mészáros (2005: 78–9) and Bertell Ollman (1976: 131–5) have pointed out. domination. exploitation. As you will recall from the discussion in Chapter 2. and as “the negation of productivity” (Fromm 1961/2004: 37.. They have physical needs and must engage in productive (creative) activity in order to satisfy them. 1843–4/1975) sketched his initial views about alienation in the early 1840s. Another way of saying this is that . emphasis in the original). and ethics. aesthetic. political economy. On the one hand. emphasis in the original). He was also aware of its connections with social stratification. He was well aware that alienation had economic.e. He now distinguished between those features of alienation that were an integral part of the human condition and those that were particular to specific sociohistorical formations. Marx (1843/1975a. 79–82). Alienation Alienation has been described as the “loss of control [of one’s humanity and] its embodiment in an alien force which confronts the individuals as a hostile and potentially destructive power” (Mészáros 2005: 8. or overcoming the self-alienation of human beings. In the process. political.Anthropology for the Twenty-First Century • 147 Social Relations and the Formation of Social Individuals The cornerstone of Marx’s (1844/1975a) views about the formation of social individuals is his theory of alienation in capitalist society. and resistance. they create additional non-physical needs whose gratification becomes a necessary condition for the satisfaction of the original needs (Mészáros 2005: 14–5. 1880–82/1974). moral. as the “splintering of human nature into a number of misbegotten parts” (Ollman 1976: 135). property. the natural sciences. and cultural dimensions. superseding. He was also clear that forms of alienation found in pre-capitalist societies were different from those characteristic of capitalist ones—a point he would elaborate in subsequent writings like the Grundrisse or The Ethnological Notebooks (Marx 1844/1975a: 266–7. his theory of alienation is most importantly a theory of internal relations. human beings are a part of nature.

(Mészáros 2005: 80–1. wants. the mediator in the “subject-object relationship” between a human mode of existence. First. usually but not always in the monetary form of capital. human beings were also alienated from the products of their activity. this capacity for productive activity is also a commodity. which entails the differentiation of subject from object and the estrangement from nature. while those of the producing class (proletariat) have property only in their labor-power or ability to produce. as Mészáros (2005: 78–9) points out. This form of self-alienation. and even from the very qualities that make them human (Ollman 1976: 136–56). and (3) that the illusion of equality which seemingly existed at the moment of exchange in the market vanishes in the production sphere when the capitalist appropriates the commodities created by the labor-power of the worker and then sells them for a profit to buyers who in turn use the goods and services to satisfy their needs. hence. ensuring that he does not fall back into nature. emphasis in the original) Thus. albeit a peculiar one. Productive activity is. and then the capitalist employs the labor-power of the direct producer in return for a wage. and wage labor. as we saw earlier. the division of labor. However. mediated in complex ways and forms. . from one another. . Three distinctive features of industrial capitalist society. independent individuals in the market where they treat each other as equals and assert that they have both legal title to the property they propose to exchange (sell). and use these exterior objects and beings as they act creatively to fulfill socially defined needs and desires. the labor-power of workers is purchased for a wage to produce a commodity. and from the ability to satisfy their creative potential—i. when human beings objectify nature. from the products of that activity. Here the workers are alienated from their productive activity. in capitalist societies.e. Marx proceeded to argue that. Anthropologist Human activities and needs of a “spiritual” kind thus have their ultimate ontological foundation in the sphere of material production as specific expressions of human interchange with nature. exchange. alienated forms of productive activity that involve—in this instance—private property. It is worth recalling that Marx viewed property as a relationship between individuals. they not only identify objects and others but also estrange or alienate themselves from them as they apprehend the natural and social worlds in which they live. Let us now look at the four aspects of alienation in capitalist society in more detail. and desires. is an essential feature of the human condition in all societies. . establish their own identity and individuality in the process. these are second-order mediations that arise as historically specific. from other human beings. does not dissolve himself into nature. are (1) that the members of the capitalist class own or control access to the conditions or means of production. therefore. Marx described productivity activity in capitalist society as “active alienation” and wrote: .148 • Karl Marx. (2) that the members of the two classes meet as isolated. because the labor-power of the workers is purchased in a buyer’s market by the capitalist who then also claims property rights to the products of that capacity.. their humanness or species-being.

. The alienation of the worker in his product means not only that his labour becomes an object. labour is shunned like the plague. in fact. . “the hostility of the worker’s product is due to the fact that it is owned by the capitalist. Whatever the product of his labour. it is merely a means to satisfy needs external to it. man (the worker) only feels himself freely active in his animal functions—eating. As a result. . . but that it exists outside him. that in his work. an external existence. the less he is himself. Second. the poorer he himself— his inner world—becomes. The external character of labour for the worker appears in the fact that it is not his own. does not feel content but unhappy.e.. does not develop freely his physical and mental energy but mortifies his body and ruins his mind. Therefore the greater this product.Anthropology for the Twenty-First Century • 149 the fact that labour is external to the worker. The worker puts his life into the object. It means that the life which he has conferred on the object confronts him as something hostile and alien. i. but to another. . it is forced labour. drinking. and in his human functions he no longer feels himself to be anything but an animal. etc. Hence. independently.. the more powerful becomes the alien world of objects which he creates over and against himself. . they have no control over the products of their labor or how or by whom they might be used (Ollman 1976: 143). What is animal becomes human and what is human becomes animal. that it does not belong to him. he does not affirm himself but denies himself. emphasis in the original) In a phrase. whose interests are directly opposed to those of the worker. but now his life no longer belongs to him but to the object. or at most in his dwelling and in dressing up. therefore. capitalist workers are also estranged from the commodity they produce in the context of alienated productive activity. emphasis in the original) As Ollman (1976: 147) notes. . therefore. (Marx 1844/1975a: 274–5. (Marx 1844/1975a: 272. the less belongs to him as his own. he is not. that in it he belongs to himself. it does not belong to his intrinsic nature. and that it becomes a power of its own confronting him. the creative capacities and productive activity of the capitalist worker are consumed like fuel. His labour is therefore not voluntary but coerced.” . The worker therefore only feels himself outside his work. . It is therefore not the satisfaction of a need. and “the qualities that mark him as a human being become progressively diminished” (Ollman 1976: 137). the greater this activity. Its alien character emerges clearly in the fact that as soon as no physical or other compulsion exists. . procreating. As Marx put it the worker is related to the product of his labour as to an alien object. For on this premise it is clear that the more the worker spends on himself. the more the worker lacks. and when he is working he does not feel at home. Their labor has become an object that exists outside of them in the sense that they cannot use the goods they produce either to keep alive or to engage in productive activity. but someone else’s. as something alien to him.

. neither the slaves (war captives) of classical antiquity nor the serfs of feudal society were separated . abstract essence but rather is a historically specific consequence of the capitalist constitution of labor” where abstract labor becomes the measure of value. Fracchia 1995: 360). which distorts other expressions of everyday life as well (Ollman 1976: 147–9. Because of their isolated individuality. or conceivably. As we indicated earlier in this section. These were distorted and deformed as social life turned into a means of individual life and spontaneous productive activity metamorphosed into a means of mere physical existence. [i. mediates social relations and creates a “‘a society’ that assumes the form of a quasi-independent. human beings are estranged from their “species character”—i. Thus. their faculty for self-contemplation. their capacity for creative productive activity. there is still more to estrangement of one human being from another in capitalist society. and that the capitalist owns—i. For example. Anthropologist Third. and mounting indifference to others. Marx (1844/1975a: 266–7) was well aware that different forms of alienation prevailed in pre-capitalist societies. their curiosity and imagination. 202–11. Marx (1844/1975a: 277) wrote that alienation “estranges man from his own body. where “the social distribution of labor and its products is effected by a wide variety of customs. conscious decisions . universal Other that stands opposed to the individuals and exerts an impersonal compulsion on them” (Fracchia 1995: 360. The capitalists compete with one another for shares of the market and hence profits. However. abstract. from the very qualities that make them human: their sociality. has private property in—the objects produced by someone else.150 • Karl Marx. the competitive nature of capitalism itself requires that they appropriate surplus value with ever-increasing efficiency. human beings in these conditions understand others as objects and begin to see themselves as increasingly or continually in competition with them. the workers are not only alienated from their creative activity and the objects they produced. While the capitalists who control the conditions of production remain indifferent to workers except as a commodity that produces surplus value. The workers compete with one another for employment and for better-paying jobs to purchase the commodities they need for survival.. traditional ties. members of capitalist society—workers and the capitalists alike—are alienated from one another. Postone 1993: 159). in capitalist society.e. However. Fourth. and their ability to put themselves imaginatively into the shoes of another and to recognize both the similarities to and differences from themselves. . The workers are estranged from the capitalists by virtue of the fact that the commodities produced are independent of the individuals who actually made them. 153–6. but also from the capitalists who appropriated them (Marx 1844/1975a: 279).e. These alienated relations between human beings refract the existence of private property in the means of production.] manifest social relations” (Postone 1993: 149–50). to name only a few. his human aspect” (emphasis in the original).. overt relations of power.e. growing self-interest. as well as external nature and his spiritual aspect. this species character is not some transhistorical.

Nonetheless. social domination is a relation that involves control over the actions of groups “by means . Slave and master. the medieval burgher though he could not amass wealth in the way open to the capitalist. and they were certainly estranged from the lords and rulers who not only objectified their social status but also depended on them for the goods and services they provided. for precapitalist societies in all their variety were characterized by “relations of dependence” (Marx 1857–8/1973: 158). power viewed as the capacity both to affect something and to actualize that ability. Inequalities of wealth were never greater or the poor more constrained to accept the terms offered to them by the rich in the [capitalist] society that proclaims the equality of men before the law and the rights of man. serf and lord constituted forms of state-based society that were not only vital but also local and limited. The medieval serf. maintains. Social domination is a relationship that refers to the ability of the members of one group to constrain the agency of another group and to secure the compliance of its members. Here. depends not on the capabilities of individual or collective agents but rather on the places they occupy relative to each other in a relational system that structures. they were also not inexorably driven toward their own suspension or toward the formation of some universal or free individuality as happens under capitalism. through various political and other extra-economic forms of surplus extraction. It has been called “the asymmetrical distribution of social power [where] relations of domination and subordination comprise a subset of power relations. Exploitation. Manual work was never as dull or precarious as it has come to be for most people in the economy in which labour is freely bought and sold. albeit legally and politically subordinated ones. was more secure than the wage-worker under capitalism. though he lived poorly. They were not isolated individuals but rather members of a community. nor men ever more the victims of circumstance. and transforms not only their interactions but also occasionally even the relational system itself. was less exposed to total ruin. they were alienated from a portion of the goods they produced. In a commentary on Marx’s view of state-based societies as alienated forms of social life. In a phrase. John Plamentz wrote perceptively that Alienation was never worse than in bourgeois society. (Plamentz 1975: 297) Domination.Anthropology for the Twenty-First Century • 151 from the means of production or the products of their creative activity. often a significant portion. who in spite of their status and position had rights of access to and use of communal resources as well as social and interpersonal relations with one another by virtue of their participation in the activities of the collectivity. and Forms of Social Hierarchy The close connection Marx saw between alienation and relations of social domination and exploitation were already evident when he wrote The 1844 Manuscripts. where the capacities to act are not distributed equally to all parties to the relationship” (Isaac 1987: 83–4).

As Moishe Postone (1993: 3–4) writes. belonging to a greater whole: in a still quite natural way in the family and in the family expanded into the clan [Stamm].152 • Karl Marx.” In order to earn wages with which they can purchase commodities. Only in the eighteenth century. as external necessity. that the different relational structures were historically constituted. Marx was also clear by the late 1850s if not earlier that the forms of social domination were diverse and varied from one kind of society to another. The capitalists appropriate the surplus value created by the workers in the process of production and realize that value as profit over and above the cost of production when the commodities are sold.” do the various forms of social connection confront the individual as a mere means toward his private necessity. and hence also the producing individual. Every time workers sell their labor power or capitalists purchase it.g. reset the amount of value produced in a fixed amount of time. appear[s] as dependent. that of the isolated individual. Anthropologist of control over the conditions of their activity” rather than a causal determination of social action itself (Gould 1978: 135–6). they underwrite the reproduction of capitalism with its hidden forms of social domination and exploitation. Social domination is not a factor in some kin . workers who do not control the conditions of production are continually compelled to sell their labor power to capitalists who control those conditions. it “subjects people to impersonal structural imperatives and constraints that cannot be adequately grasped in terms of concrete domination (e. then later in the various forms of communal society arising out of the antithesis and fusion of clans. it remains tied to the expenditure of human labor (Postone 1993: 342). The capitalists are continually compelled to invest in new technologies and forms of regulation (management) that simultaneously increase productivity. in this view. The form of social domination that prevails in capitalist societies is abstract and impersonal. redefine the amount of time workers are required to expend on reproduction. its proclamation of freedom and equality before the law. personal or group domination). and its more or less overt forms of social hierarchy based on historically constituted differences that refract the structure of its labor markets. A major difference that Marx discerned between capitalist and pre-capitalist societies is that in the case of the latter the individual. At the same time that capitalism creates wealth. in “civil society. is membership in a community. and that generates an ongoing historical dynamic. (Marx 1857–8/1973: 84) The key. general) relations. and worsen (immiserate) the circumstances of the workers regardless of the amount of their wage (Marx 1863–7/1977: 799). But the epoch which produces this standpoint. and the rights and expectations that prevail among those individuals who constitute the social relations of the group and participate in its activities. and importantly that not all societies manifested social structures that supported relations of domination and subordination. is also precisely that of the hitherto most developed social (from this standpoint.

noble and commoner alike were members of the same community. Marx was also aware that exploitation could be either direct or indirect. like those in Hawaii or on the Northwest Coast. Lewis Henry Morgan (1881/2003: 1–103) characterized these communities as “communism in living. albeit divided into distinct dominant and subordinate layers. in the capitalist system. (Dupré and Rey 1968/1980: 196) The most distinctive feature of any society. at any rate at the stage when he no longer receives a real equivalent exchange . slightly more elaborate account is that exploitation [occurs] when the use of the surplus by a group (or an aggregate) which has not provided the corresponding labour reproduces the conditions for a new extortion of surplus labour from the producers. nobles and commoners. Thus. Lee 1992: 77). and where political decisions are often reached by consensus after lengthy discussion. where power or ability of one individual or group to constrain the agency of another is non-existent. peasants. or life experience. This relationship underpinned not only the economic basis of the community but also the entire social structure. at the end of the labour process the proletarian finds himself obliged once again to sell his labour power which the capitalist will then exploit (more intensely) thanks to the surplus he has appropriated during the labour process. That is. rent. While the lords certainly had the capacity to constrain the agency of commoners who actually controlled the conditions of production. slaves. economic or social. however. where sharing and hospitality are expected. One especially clear definition is that it occurs “when the primary producer is obliged to yield up a surplus under the influence of compulsion (whether political. hierarchically ranked clans. and labor time that ultimately constituted much of the nobility’s livelihood and actually underwrote their continued existence as a social group. The commoners.g. landlords. according to Marx. they also depended on the latter for the surplus goods. or tenant farmers could be exploited directly by individual employers. individual wage-workers. in turn. Exploitation has been described variously by different authors.” (Ste Croix 1981: 37). . and whether perceived as compulsion or not). serfs. gender. A second. generosity. that have hereditary chiefs. and wealth differentials. and hospitality (e. these too are characterized by communal control and use of resources and by fiercely held expectations of sharing. . locality. where resources are held in common. and concrete rather than impersonal and structural. Even in the pre-capitalist tributary states described earlier. personal.Anthropology for the Twenty-First Century • 153 communities where status differences reflect age. or . where social domination was overt. continually pressed the lords to fulfill their obligations and to be generous especially in times of strife or famine. was the way in which the dominant class(es) whose members owned or controlled the conditions of production extracted surplus goods and labor from those classes that were directly engaged in production. for Marx (1864–94/1981: 929). including the particular political forms of sovereignty and dependence that shape the institutions and practices of the state.” There are also kin communities.

The individual capitalists exploit the individual peasants through mortgages and usury. A class (a particular class) is a group of persons in a community identified by their position in the whole system of social production. . the pretext under which it set him against the industrial proletariat. As a result. to appropriate a surplus at the expense of—the larger classes. . (Marx 1850/1978: 122. While the demands may be framed in terms of reciprocal exchange. and thus constitute an economically and socially (and therefore probably also political) superior class or classes. (Ste Croix 1981: 43–4) . The exploiter is the same: capital. The obvious difference between direct exploitation in capitalist and non-capitalist societies is the locus of exploitation. Geoffrey de Sainte Croix has written that Class (essentially a relationship) is the collective social expression of the fact of exploitation. impersonal. the means and labour of production) and to other classes.e. the way in which appropriation is embodied in a social structure. underwrites the formation and reproduction of social-class structures. defined above all according to their relationship (primarily in terms of the degree of ownership or control) to the conditions of production (that is to say. or could be exploited indirectly through taxes. the locus of exploitation in pre-capitalist societies resides not at the economic level but rather in their social or political moments. It is the essence of a class society that one or more of the smaller classes. and abstract manner at the economic level. it takes place in an indirect. . when the republic had added new burdens to their old ones. which occurs at the economic realm of society even when the overt means of enforcing it derive political acts or legal practices. By contrast. or forced labor levied disproportionately on them by the state. will be able to exploit—that is. . . in those pre-capitalist societies—such as tributary states like the Inca Empire—where direct exploitation occurs. emphasis in the original). Exploitation. which he viewed as both the collective agent of the ruling class and an arena for class struggle (Ste Croix 1981: 43–4). continuous. In capitalist societies. The peasant’s title to property is the talisman by which capital held him hitherto under its spell. military conscription. With particular reference to the exploitation of the French peasants from 1848 to 1850. the capitalist class exploits the peasant class through the state taxes. the appropriation of surplus goods and labor-time is typically overt and periodic. in virtue of their control over the conditions of production (most commonly exercised through ownership of the means of production). Anthropologist moneylenders. .154 • Karl Marx. Marx wrote The condition of the French peasants. is comprehensible. exploitation occurs in the production process as the employer appropriates surplus value from the wageworkers—i. It can be seen that there exploitation differs only in form from the exploitation of the industrial proletariat.. they are ultimately backed up with threats of force.

In such a situation. In Marx’s (1880–2/1974: 329) terms. The autonomy of politics and of the state was the product of modern times. which involves the progressive differentiation of the activities of these categories. which also place individuals and groups in social . They argued that the constitution of the state was connected with the conditions for the constitution of the class structure and with the conditions for the reproduction of the dominant class as real economic class relations appear. 1845–6/1976: 46–8. the economic class relations appear different from their real nature. The state stood above society only when the economic class relations of appropriation have become dominant. while the hierarchical social categories of the class structure appear as “natural” relations. and that it determines the reorganization of the labor processes to incorporate exploitation by one or more of these categories. The reorganization of the labor processes. This hierarchy of non-economic social categories disguises both the real economic class relations and the real contradictions that emerge from them. however. or race. This involves the objectification of individual human beings. is the basic contradiction of civil society.2 The agencies of the state subsume the administration of justice. and other activities that were previously carried out by the community. the social classes that emerge when individuals or groups of individuals begin to pursue their own interests in the context of the continuing public institutions and practices of the community are defined largely in cultural terms. Marx and Engels (e. It is the condition for the formation of economic class relations to the extent that this process determines the place of the different social categories in the production process. the true nature of the economic is obscured.g.Anthropology for the Twenty-First Century • 155 In the “classless” societies manifesting variants of the communal mode of production. since the emergent class structure consists of a hierarchy of social categories that cannot be reduced directly to economic class relations. and the economic aspects of the community are masked or concealed by them. Marx did not argue that other sociohistorically constituted categories—such as gender. the social categories that regulate the relations of production are not economic ones. They do this in the interest of the state and of the society as a whole. Since these relations are dominant during the processes of class formation. they cease to exist as real people and appear instead as formal entities—legal or civil personalities—in the eyes of the state. provides the conditions for the further development of the contradictions based on the appearance of extortion (Bonte 1981: 51–5). By the mid 1840s. 76–85) had already worked out the class theory of the state (Draper 1977). the state was an excrescence of society. The formation of the class structure is ultimately based on the economic order of the society—the unequal accumulation of surplus product by the various social categories that make up the hierarchy. Thus. ethnicity. the conduct of war and diplomacy. This. The state is simultaneously the representative of the class in whose interests it was organized and the mediator of the oppositions between individuals of that class and between the opposing classes of the society as a whole (Krader 1978: 94–6).

he quoted a public health report for 1863 and commented on its observations and remarked angrily on its justification for gendered inequities in food consumption: “the insufficiency of food on agricultural labourers fell as a rule chiefly on the women and children ‘for the man must eat to do his work’” (Marx 1863–7/1977: 809).156 • Karl Marx. often consider them in terms of how they intersected with social-class structures.g. Over the years. 335. however. Resistance and Protest It is worth noting that Marx thought that slaves. involving essentially exploitation. 595–9). In The Ethnological Notebooks.g. and that struggle is “the fundamental relationship between classes (and their respective individual members). raised in a predominantly Catholic region oppressed by a state whose official cult was evangelical Protestantism. he described vividly the effects on the 140. the heart of a heartless world. For Marx. he did. 349) ranted against the racial classifications and hierarchies that were being constructed by social scientists in the wake of massive immigration in the late nineteenth century and used to legitimize the construction of working classes that were being stratified in terms of racialized identities (Gailey 2006: Patterson and Spencer 1995). especially for the deprived and despised” (Raines 2002: 5). or resistance to it” (Ste Croix 1981: 44). It is the opium of the people. Scottish. and English identities to construct an ethnically stratified labor force in Manchester and the slums inhabited by the Irish workers whom he characterized as the poorest of the poor. 1869/1988b) would lament the chauvinism of the different national groups that made it difficult for them to see their common cause as workers. Postone 1993: 321). reducible to class position. both he and Marx (e. Engels (1845/1975: 389–92) had already described both the ways in which capitalist employers used Irish. reformist efforts. and workers were never completely powerless. or could only be understood in terms of class (Brodkin 2000. emphasis in the original) .3 While these forms of hierarchy were not well developed in his work. legitimating social hierarchy. he would comment on various forms of protest ranging from religion and the ongoing tensions between communities and the states in which they are enmeshed to various forms of resistance. “Religious distress is at the same time the expression of real distress and also the protest against real distress. 1880–2/1974: 324.” it was also ”an active moral agency.” (1843–4/1975: 175. Over the years. For example. religion was always more than “the ideological expression of the powerful [including the state]. Anthropologist hierarchies in capitalist societies—were unimportant. just as it is the spirit of spiritless conditions. and open rebellion. In Marx’s own words. In The Condition of the Working Class in England.000 or so women and children employed in the domestic production of lace (Marx 1863–7/1977: 590–1. in the same volume. Marx (e. Religion is the sigh of the oppressed creature. peasants. in Capital.

g. individuals whose prestige is rooted in kinship are threatened. turmoil. the crowd responded and drove off the military. Marx (e. and how the ongoing dynamics.g. Within hours. the failed revolutions of 1849. Kin/civil conflict often spills over into active revolt (e. His earliest effort was an analysis of the revolt of the Silesian weavers in June 1844 (Marx 1844/1975c: 202–6). From the mid 1840s onward. religion provides a sense of community and meaning to existence in times of increasingly atomization as human beings feel steadily more isolated from one another. 261. Let us briefly return to the issue posed at the beginning of this section: the selfactualization of human potential—the self-determination or self-realization of the social individual. Marx recognized the relative weakness of the working class at the time and raised two important questions: (1) what was the balance of force among the workers. the Indian Mutiny in late 1850s. Patterson 1991: 98–128). and ethnographic accounts of protest and resistance. The following day. such as local chief or tax collector. killing or wounding a number of weavers.000 marched on a neighboring village (Langebielau). especially in capitalist society (Marx 1844/1975a: 377). a crowd of 5. As Gailey (1987: 16–7. “a crowd of 3. Thirty-eight were arrested and given long prison sentences. the contradictions arising from exploitation that exist between the priorities of the dominant class. Marx. believed that history began with . where similar scenes occurred” (Löwy 2003/2005: 83). 1880–2/1974: 204. like Hegel before him. theft. 1857/1986b. As Michael Löwy (2003/2005: 85) pointed out. the dominant class. The protest was launched when a weaver employed as a domestic worker was arrested for singing a song lamenting the starvation wages paid by the factory owner. or evasion to name only a few (Bodley 1982. Scott 1985). 1871/1986). and the Paris Commune in 1870 (Marx 1850/1978. and (2) what were the possibilities for alliances between the workers and other groups both within and beyond the national state? These would guide his analyses of subsequent protests and revolts—for example. 42–4) notes. the conflict continues as subject communities engage in various forms of passive resistance—lying. other industrial workers in the region reported that their problems were the same as those of the weavers. The army intervened. Hobsbawm 1959. 328) also paid particular attention in The Ethnological Notebooks to what anthropologist Stanley Diamond (1951/1996) later called “kin/civil conflict”—that is. 1857/1986e. 300–3. 1857/1986c. and the state.Anthropology for the Twenty-First Century • 157 In this view. when kinship relations are distorted and become attached to non-kin-based state institutions. foot-dragging. Reinforcements arrived on the following day and dispersed the crowd into countryside where they were pursued by the soldiers. the state.000 weavers ransacked his house and destroyed the account books. and resistance they engender are played out in everyday life. and the subject communities. and the new local representatives of the state and its dominant class find themselves in the position of having to negotiate whole new sets of relations with their kin and neighbors at the same time they are dealing with the demands of the state. historical. Toward the end of the year. Marx sought out contemporary. 1852/1979. Even when conditions are quiescent.

equal liability for work. and creating conditions of material abundance and freedom that allow all human beings to actualize themselves as social individuals (Marx and Engels 1848/1976: 505). sometimes it was much slower. it is important to keep in mind that he was a political activist whose aim . As a result. human beings continually struggle to overcome the internal and external contradictions in their daily lives (Plamentz 1975: 322–56).158 • Karl Marx. recognized that capitalism created a variety of occupations that had not existed earlier. In a sense. He did not specify in any great detail what the structures of those communities would be like—even though. In other words. for connection with reality. They had an existential need for a sense of community. because it is historicized. and few opportunities for creative activity beyond the satisfaction of immediate physical needs. At the same time. for creative expression. Another way of phrasing this is that the structure of capitalist society made it increasingly unlikely that human beings living under the conditions it creates would have the freedom from alienation.4 Anthropology: “The Study of People in Crisis by People in Crisis” Let us now turn to the second goal outlined in the introduction to the book: namely. for a meaningful understanding of the worlds they inhabited. new power relations. to issues of importance in anthropology today? Here. Sometimes the pace of change was relatively rapid. domination. At the same time. hope and accomplishment. forging a social safety net. as he and Engels had advocated in the Communist Manifesto. both actual and potential. and exploitation to actualize their potential. long working hours. it might involve among other things several forms of income redistribution. state ownership of public utilities and banking. and for a feeling of wholeness (Brian 2006: 233–5). the particular kinds of human existence that prevailed in different moments in the past were different from those of today. We live in crisis as well. ideal and fact. and that. the resolution of those contradictions involved putting into practice those capabilities that could be realized given the opportunities and constraints that prevail in historically given circumstances. they lived in crisis. he also recognized capitalism condemned large numbers of peoples to lives of drudgery. Marx. Individual human beings struggled both with the world in which they lived and with their inner selves. Marx. given the topics Marx addressed at length or in passing in his writings. what is his legacy. believed in a notion of progress— that is. more like Hegel than Adam Smith. Marx saw the project of self-actualization as a revolutionary goal to be achieved in the future on the basis of conditions that were created and contested in the present. and that this diversity was a manifestation of circumstances that did in fact offer new opportunities. a more equitable distribution of justice. and their crises had both external and internal dimensions and dialectics. they recognized “the disparity between thought and being. Anthropologist human existence. ‘ought’ and ‘is’” (Rader 1979: 205). like a number of his predecessors.

Anthropology for the Twenty-First Century • 159 was not merely to describe and interpret the world but rather to change it (Marx 1845/1976: 5). Like any political activist worth his salt, Marx was acutely aware of the importance of accurate assessments of the social groups involved and their capabilities under historically specific conditions, their relations, the balance of force among them, and the possibilities for building alliances to change that balance, as well as opportunities for maneuverability in those circumstances. Needless to say in these appraisals, he was far more interested in the real than in self-representations that put the best possible “spin” on things and always have the capacity to distort actually existing relations and conditions. As a result, Marx’s anthropology was an engaged anthropology. If he were alive today, he would probably agree with Stanley Diamond’s observation that
Anthropology, reified as the study of man, is the study of men in crisis by men in crisis. Anthropologists and their objects, the studied, despite opposing positions in the “scientific” equation, have this much in common: they are both, if not equally, objects of contemporary, imperial civilization. . . . Unless the anthropologist confronts his own alienation which is only a special instance of a general condition, and seeks to understand its roots, and subsequently matures as a relentless critic of his own civilization, the very civilization which objectifies man, he cannot understand or even recognize himself in the other or the other in himself. (Diamond 1969/1999: 401–2)

Marx’s anthropology of engagement would broadly include ongoing critical considerations of at least the following issues: (1) the relations, presuppositions, and practices of one’s own society; how they came to be; and how they impinge on and interact with those of other communities; (2) the sociohistorical developmental trajectories of other societies as well as of their complex, shifting articulations with one another and with our own society; (3) the conditions of constitution and historicity of analytical categories that are presumed to be ontological, and that distinguish phenomenal (superficial) forms from the essential relations that underlie them; and (4) the dialectical interplay of theoretically informed questions, which shape empirical observation, and the empirical evidence itself, which necessarily forces the refinement, modification, or rejection of theoretical understanding. As you will recall, Marx (1837/1975) lamented in a letter to his father the fragmentation of knowledge that was taking place in the university when he was a student. Hence, there is good reason to believe that his anthropology today would be integrating and integrative rather than one that balkanizes appreciation of the human condition and, in the process, actively promotes indifference, intolerance, or even contempt for the work of others among the diverse practitioners attempting to understand it. There are a number of perspectives or themes that Marx examined which retain their relevance today. Plausibly these include: the historicity of human beings both as natural and social beings and their changing relations; capitalism and its transformations on an increasingly global scale; social-class relations and their

160 • Karl Marx, Anthropologist intersection with racism, nationalism, and sexism; the health and well-being of human individuals; culture as an arena of social reproduction, creativity, and resistance; language, communication, and social relations; and the transition to more just forms of society. Let us briefly consider each of them in the pages that follow. First, Marx’s anthropology would be a theoretically informed, historical anthropology whose objects of inquiry were concerned with ensembles of social relations and culture per se rather than with the particular methodologies that archaeologists, historians, or ethnographers use to recuperate information about societies and the individuals who compose them that either existed in the past or live in contemporary communities whose day-to-day realities may be located in one part of the world while their centers of gravity and reference may be situated elsewhere. His anthropology was also sensitive to the diversity of those societies in time and space. It would pay attention to the historical development of human beings as both biological and social beings. Marx (e.g. 1863–7/1977: 340–416) knew that the human body simultaneously afforded certain opportunities and imposed certain limitations on what individuals could accomplish given the circumstances in which they lived and the arrays of cultural knowledge, practices, and things that were available to them at those particular times and places. He also knew that existent social relations, cultural knowledge, dispositions, and practices as well as their materialized manifestations not only shaped how the members of particular communities understood the worlds in which they live but also influenced the significance and meaning their members attached to its constituent elements. Both the social and biological dimensions of human beings are implicated in the metabolism that exists between their communities and the natural worlds they inhabit; both are involved in the changes to those metabolisms as is the natural world—changes that have the capacity at least to transform not only how human beings themselves live in their worlds but also to modify the human body itself. His anthropology would be concerned with the everyday lives of individuals, their social relations with one another, and the cultural beliefs and dispositions they share or contest as these are both replicated and transformed in the course of their day-to-day actions. Society and culture are processes that reflect and interact not only with the particular combinations of modes of production that underlie them at a different level of reality but also with contingent events and the tide of history. While many events, like brushing one’s teeth in the morning, may be fairly inconsequential, others, like the Russian Revolution of 1917, have had profound effects and were, in fact, chains of events set in motion months or even years earlier. They reflect decisions made as well as the intended and the unintended consequences of those choices that promote particular historical trajectories selected out of wider arrays of initial possibilities. This is what is sometimes meant by phrases like “tide of history,” whose course and outcome are often frighteningly foreseeable quite early in the process as events begin to unfold with almost law-like predictability and regularity, like those in the wake of the USA’s invasion of Iraq.

Anthropology for the Twenty-First Century • 161 His anthropology would deal with the issues of change understood both as transformation within particular combinations of modes of production and as transition from one mode of production to another. For example, the former might include developments internal to tributary or capitalist societies, while the latter might focus on the transition from feudalism to capitalism or the dual processes involved in the simultaneous dissolution of kin-based relations and the formation of social-class relations during the transition from primitive communism to some form of tributary society (e.g. Gailey 1987; Lee 2003; Leone and Potter 1999; Orser 1999). This anthropology would continue to appreciate his concern with the balance of force or power that exists among the disparate groups of a society as well as the changing circumstances that variously underwrite, reproduce, erode, alter, and even occasionally erase that balance. It would stress the historically contingency of change and underscore the fact, contrary to the beliefs of the evolutionists, that particular outcomes are never guaranteed even as groups struggle to secure them. This anthropology would also recognize, as Marx did in The Eighteenth Brumaire, the existence of dominant, residual, and emergent modes of production and cultures in particular societies—sometimes perceptively and presciently, sometimes by “studying history backward” to borrow a phrase from Bertell Ollman (1993: 133). Marx’s anthropology would also engage what Eric Wolf (1972) called “political ecology.” He realized that “the earth . . . [together with human beings] is active as an agent in the production of use-values, a material product” (Marx 1864– 94/1981: 955) and that “labour-power itself is, above all else, the material of nature transformed into a human organism” (Marx 1863–7/1977: 323). Elsewhere, Marx (1863–7/1977: 134) described the metabolism of human beings and nature in the following way: “Labour is not the only source of material wealth, i.e. of the usevalues it produces. As William Petty says labour is the father of material wealth, the earth is its mother.” He recognized that the relationship between people and their environment, as well as the production of use values, always occurred under specific sets of social relations, and that the latter had a shaping effect on how people humanized nature and how they were, in turn, naturalized by their worlds (Soper 1996: 87). That is, the conditions and relations of capitalist production had different consequences on the natural world than those that prevailed during earlier phases of sociohistorical development or in societies manifesting other modes of production (e.g. Marx 1857–8/1973: 604–5; 1861–3/1971: 301; 1865–85/1981: 321–3; 1864–94/1981: 195). In other words, while Marx was acutely aware of environmental degradation and sustainability under historically specific conditions, he also recognized the dependence of society on natural conditions and relativized both the notions of ecological limitations and overpopulation. As a consequence, he would undoubtedly be fascinated with current discussions such as those touching on the anthropology of built landscapes, overpopulation, global climate change, the property relations and governmental policies that sustain man-made natural disasters and famines, environmental degradation, and pollution to name only a few

162 • Karl Marx, Anthropologist (cf. Burkett 1999; Davis 1999, 2001; Franke and Chasin 1980; Grundmann 1991; Hughes 2000; Panitch and Leys 2006; Steinberg 2000). Second, Marx’s anthropology would retain a focus on the ongoing historical development of capitalism and the periodic crises, like the Great Depression of the 1930s, that are integral, necessary features of its growth. This focus would necessarily have several dimensions. Marx was impressed by the ability of the capitalist mode of production to produce wealth; in this regard, it was unlike any of its predecessors. By the 1860s, he had discerned that capitalism was developing along different trajectories, for example, in England, the United States, and Germany. He had written that there were alternative possibilities or options for the kinds of capitalist development that might occur in the immediate future in those national states. He was aware that there had already been several phases of industrial capitalist development broadly reflecting shifts from production of the means of consumption (the competitive capitalism of textile production, for instance, in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries) to the production of the means of production (the manufacture in the mid nineteenth century that yielded a commodity—steel for instance which could be used to make other commodities like railroad tracks or steam engines; this shift also involved the concentration and centralization of capital, the formation of joint stock companies, and the emerging distinction in the workplace between managers, engineers, and administrators, on the one hand, and skilled and less-skilled workers, on the other). He was aware of imperialist development, which involved the acquisition of raw materials from colonies or former colonies, the production of commodities in the factories of the capitalist state, and the sale of those goods in overseas markets created in the colonies; moreover, he would consider those commodities and their impact (e.g. Mauer 2006; Mintz 1985). Marx would undoubtedly have been fascinated by the development of industrial capitalism and its peripherals in the twentieth-century—such as the rise of finance capital and increasing interdependence of firms and industries in the early years; the Fordist compromises and guarantees between capital and labor after the Second World War underwritten by Keynesian state welfare policies and mass consumerism; the breakdown of those agreements with the advent of flexible accumulation in the 1970s; the dependent industrialization in parts of Latin America and East Asia; further fragmentation of the working class, the emergence of permanently unemployable peoples, the increased importance of financial markets following the partial abrogation of the Bretton Woods agreements; innovations in transportation and communication; or the impact of computer, information, and robotics technologies on the management, surveillance, and structure of production in the last thirty years to name only a few. Marx devoted considerable attention to the structural features, the conflicting tendencies, underlying the periodic crises and business cycles of the capitalist mode of production. His analyses began with the unequal exchanges that occur between those firms engaged in the manufacture of steel and other means of production

Anthropologists. rapidly rising prices. He took notice of episodes of the over-accumulation of capital—that is. fiscal shortfalls for multiple levels of government. with varying degrees of consciousness of the fact. It is clear that both individuals and communities on the peripheries of capitalism frequently entered into these relations on their own terms—terms that made sense to them (e. of periods when it was not being invested because the rates of return on investments were deemed too low. and even the destruction of local communities as well as their articulation into the regional division of labor and entry into and participation in market exchange relations (cf. often at the same time. have long been aware that there is a significant spatial element in capitalist development that simultaneously involves both the uneven development of space and the incorporation or encapsulation in different ways of societies or peoples residing in those spaces or regions into the processes of capitalist production. Ireland. bank closures.Anthropology for the Twenty-First Century • 163 and those that are involved in the manufacture of consumer goods. these crises have also underwritten emigration and yielded shortages. as well as the implementation by national states of various Keynesian and neoliberal policies. It was also apparent to Marx that the reproduction of capitalist accumulation on an expanded scale necessarily involved the continual absorption of peoples living in non-capitalist . He also noted that the anarchic relations prevailing between firms producing means of production and those producing consumer goods result not only in the periodic overproduction and under-consumption of those goods but also in episodes of underemployment. the emergence of social movements. When the human sciences were professionalized in the late nineteenth century. Harvey 2006: 69–116). They involved the tendencies of the rate of profit to fall in industrial sectors and of investment to move from less to more profitable sectors of the economy with one consequence that the weaker firms in any given sector were destroyed through the concentration and centralization of capital. savings and loan scandals. the collapse of sub-prime mortgage markets. in an effort either to resolve the crises of capitalism or to shift responsibility and the burden to the more affected and less powerful. Besides unemployment. Sahlins 1993/2000). efforts to embed the process of accumulation and create the physical and administrative infrastructures (the built environment) required for its success frequently involved tensions. the Low Country of Georgia and South Carolina. or the Pueblos of the American Southwest. conflicts.g.g. Marx noted that the process of capitalist accumulation was always embedded in particular combinations of social relations and ecological circumstances. which adversely affect both workers and the profitability of firms that sell commodities targeted for the working classes. it often involved the dispossession of local inhabitants or the devaluation or destruction of their assets (like the textile industry of India in the late eighteenth century or the buffalo herds of the Great Plains after the American Civil War). anthropology’s object of inquiry in that emergent technical division of labor consisted of peoples living on the margins of the capitalist world or in one of its diasporic communities or internal colonies—e.

Orser 2001.g. Marx (1863–7/1977: 594. and beggars who lived on the margins of capitalist society and whose activities were often of questionable legality (Marx 1853/1979g: 492–4). on the one hand. What these identities or categories share is that they always relate to some essence or element of a collectivity of individuals that is viewed both as natural and as unchanging (e. on the other.g. like Afghanistan. national states have historically protected capitalist enterprises located in their territories and suppressed resistance to the actions of those firms and to those of the state itself (e. and the criminalization of vagabondage as well as its foot-dragging and active opposition both to legislation and to the enforcement of laws that would have been beneficial to the health and well-being of workers. 877–907) discussed the state’s role in the dispossession of small holders from their lands. We also know that the ones that prevail today developed historically under circumstances shaped. thieves. What we know about these analytical categories is that they vary significantly in time and space and even from one neighborhood to the next in a city like Detroit. Kapferer1988. There has been an intimate and complex relationship between the crystallization of the capitalist mode of production. and the subsequent conversion of the displaced persons into seasonal subsistence fishermen. for example. where the legitimacy of the colonial regime was routinely challenged and its authority was weak under the best of circumstances. ethnic. by the mapping of elements which were understood by their cartographers to reflect “essential” differences in collectivities of human bodies (e. 2004). The relationship of capitalism to the national state is indeed a complicated one especially in the former colonies of capitalist states and in areas. Marx’s anthropology would want to examine social-class structures viewed in terms of the relations of production and their intersection with hierarchies socially and culturally constructed in terms of race. the expropriation and redistribution of property. Elsewhere. the rise of capitalist societies. Third. Marx would probably not be surprised by the resilience of capitalist enterprises and the capitalist mode of production in the years since his death. while these essences may be portrayed as either biological . and gendered identities.164 • Karl Marx. by the formation of colonies. As Peter Wade (2002: 20. rustlers. national states. and the formation of national states from the mid seventeenth century onward. these categories create identities that are both oppositional and relational and that serve to include some individuals and exclude others. Mullings 2005. In Capital. Anthropologist regions into capitalist social relations—a process that began more than two centuries ago and has continued virtually unabated to the present as evidenced by the vast numbers of young men and women emigrating today from the rural regions of western China to find wage-labor in the factories of the new industrial cities of Guangdong Province. and capitalism and. national. he commented on the role played by the state in the transformation of agrarian landscapes in nineteenth-century Scotland into pasturage. Weis 1998). poachers. We have seen that. 25) indicates.g. foragers. littoral harvesters. after all. the expulsion of their inhabitants. Reyna and Downs 1999. Winant 2004).

Fourth. and how these experiences are inscribed in their bodies through repetitive performance. Marx’s view of human nature was that it was mutable. Glick Schiller. persistent organic compounds. 610–42) discussed the impact of work and pollution from lead. Etienne Balibar (1988/1991. and global scales continue to be problems that Marx recognized and addressed often in inchoate form. and that immigrants identified as one of the marked categories. were paid less than nativeborn workers. 2002b. linemen on professional football teams whose life expectancies are significantly shortened by long-term acute obesity and traumas. and sexism and their articulation with class structures on local. they would undoubtedly be a feature of his anthropology in the twenty-first century. They were important dimensions of social organization and cultural meaning that not only labeled individuals and collectivities but also had the potential to underwrite discrimination. In a phrase. like the Irish. noise. toxic air. and others on the health and well-being of communities (Schell and Denham 2003). and Blanc-Szanton 1992. the issues of racism. miners who inhale coal dust during their work shifts. the characteristic they share is that they are immutable or fixed.g. The one explanation is as good as the other. and reflected the particular ensembles of social relations that prevailed during different historical epochs. national. emphasis in the original) While Marx was both disbelieving and contemptuous of claims made about innate differences between races and nationalities. As you will recall. and sexism were real. there are lengthy sections in Capital where Marx (e. and gender structure capitalist labor markets. A Negro is a Negro. 1989/1994) has further shown that racism and sexism are frequently intertwined with nationalist projects that attempt to control not only the movement of people within a national state but also their ability to work or even to exist within their borders (e. he also realized that racism. Contemporary scholars have elaborated this understanding. especially in relation to the conditions in which individuals work and live their everyday lives. his anthropology would certainly consider the health and well-being of communities. Basch. (Marx 1849/1977: 211. He was certainly aware that slaves lacked the rights of free men and women. ethnicity. nationalism. .g. Warren 1998). had changed. Hinton 2002a. he once wrote What is a Negro slave? A man of the black race. Karen Brodkin (2000) has perceptively shown that categories constructed in terms of race. 517–43. As you recall. nationalism. Silverstein 2005. or people who reside in neighborhoods poisoned by toxic wastes can certainly attest to the ways in which such habitual activities affect their bodies and impair their daily lives (e. that women and children typically received lower wages than men in factories. nationality.Anthropology for the Twenty-First Century • 165 or cultural. He becomes a slave only in certain relations. domination. petroleum. Data processors who toil over computers. 1863–7/1977: 320–411. and exploitation.g. for example.

Baer. Anthropologist Bourdieu 1972/1977: 72–95. eat. Marx recognized that they also engaged in an array of activities and behaviors and did things with and to their bodies that capitalism did not control. cf. the availability of treatment. or trepanations for instance). Marx would have agreed with the observation that social-class position was an important factor in determining morbidity and mortality. Personal ornaments passed from one generation to the next embody the identities and experiences of deceased or older individuals and have the ability to make these sentiments. the political-economic contexts of health. and even understanding are unequally distributed in societies stratified by class and other socially constructed categories. in ways that conveyed not only their lived experiences but also symbolic information about who they were. the interrelations among the insurance and pharmaceutical companies. Hence. and reproduce the next generation of the labor force. it is reasonable to assume that he would concur with the interests of critical medical anthropologists who are concerned with the social origins of disease and poor health. Health and life insurance companies are even more acutely aware of the effects. he knew that people often treated themselves using folk remedies derived from a variety of medical traditions and saw physicians and other medical practitioners. and the social relations between different layers of the medical hierarchy (Singer and Baer 1995: 61. work. illness. he also knew that medical practitioners were not only members of particular social strata but also that they were “a primary interface between the ruling and subordinate classes” (Waitzkin 1979: 603). and Susser 1997). Joyce 2005). culture is interwoven with material activity. While capitalism has continually striven to reduce human beings to creatures whose species essence is to work. culture is neither a one-way reflection of the views of the . It seems reasonable to assume that these would be integral to his empirical and philosophical anthropology if he were alive today. They know that risk. their intentions and identities as well as their place in society (e. sometimes permanently (tattoos. dental implants.. the interactions of different medical traditions in national and transnational contexts. Marx was already working by the late 1850s with a sophisticated notion of culture as the forms of social consciousness that are intertwined with praxis and social relations as these were manifested in particular societies. the state. Singer. Consequently.g. the health policies and role of the state in providing health care.e. as you will recall from earlier in the book. Schulz and Mullings 2006. Williams 2001). and even desires available intergenerationally—something Marx noted in his comments on the role of tradition in the preface to The Eighteenth Brumaire.166 • Karl Marx. and the inscription of those needs and forms on and within the bodies of human beings enmeshed in particular ensembles of social relations. and health care providers—i. and everyday life. dispositions. materialization (the embodiment within those objects of social relations). Fifth. Buikstra and Beck 2006. objectification (the rendering of human needs into material objects that satisfy those needs). In his view. From his own life experience. They ornamented or modified the surfaces of their bodies.

they also help establish and maintain social hierarchies. Whether in the form of dispositions. science. but rather is the product of ongoing. culture consists of the historically constituted and learned habits of the mind and their materializations that derive from the habitual practices and ways of doing things in everyday lived experience. it also mediates practices by connecting individuals and groups to institutionalized hierarchies. it changes. habits. thus. status. Culture is learned within the domestic unit and outside of it. Pierre Bourdieu (1930–2002) has developed a number of themes about culture that are inchoate in Marx’s writings. It is interconnected with but not directly reducible to economic or social spheres of activity. other parts—both expressions and practices—are laden with diverse meanings. complex. Max Weber. Hanks 2005. Intellectuals—the specialized producers and transmitters of culture—play key roles in shaping those arenas and their institutionalized hierarchies. It is also the theater where social relations are worked out as well as the arena where contradictions manifest themselves. and innovation. (Schwartz 1995: 1) In other words. It is the locus of practical activity. many culture practices in advanced societies constitute relatively autonomous arenas of struggle for distinction. it is also a source of domination. Bourdieu . Marx would undoubtedly be intrigued with Bourdieu’s standpoint. improvisation. He has done so by interrogating them in light of subsequent works by Émile Durkheim. It reflects the underlying unity of everyday life. traditions. sentiments. And. values and language. religion. or institutions.Anthropology for the Twenty-First Century • 167 dominant classes or those of the state nor reducible to them. It is simultaneously mechanical and critical. strategy. which has been described in the following way: Culture provides the very grounds for human communication and interaction. Culture reflects the inequalities reproduced by these class structures. Further. property. It is ambiguous and contested. where antagonisms are displaced to other times or places. Claude Lévi-Strauss. Schwartz 1995: 15–51). involves not merely the relations of production but also considerations of age. indeed all symbolic systems—including language itself—not only shape our understanding of reality and form the basis for human communication. and even the dialects they speak. Erving Goffman. as antagonisms are reproduced or changed (e. education. gender.g. Culture includes beliefs. reciprocal interactions. Fowler 1997. creativity.g. and where they are occasionally even resolved. most importantly. culture embodies power relations. objects. values. and aspirations of individual agents to the wider social institutions and hierarchies they create and reproduce through their everyday activities. It relates the dispositions. systems. The arts. and Erwin Panofsky among others (e. In recent years. While parts of culture are widely shared in any given society. Struggles over the meaning of culture are waged in the context of these structures or fields. It is a response to the experiences and relations of individuals in social-class structures and hence is reflective of their class position and.

Vygotsky (1934/1962) focused instead on Marx’s notion of language as practical consciousness—i. too” (Vološinov 1927/1976: 10). Sixth. For Marx. Consciousness is. and both have their bases in the relations of human beings to one another and to the worlds they inhabited. and for that reason alone it really exists for me personally as well. and dynamic. the other for developing higher mental processes and internalized abstract thought. therefore. of intercourse with other men.168 • Karl Marx. (Marx and Engels 1845–6/1976: 44. and how the other participants in the interaction understood what was said as well as the milieu in which it was made. on the one hand. Holborow proceeded to argue that Valentin Vološinov (1895–1936) and Lev Vygotsky (1896–1934) developed Marx’s notion that language was part of human consciousness in different ways. . it is also contested. 1980/1990. The former mediated human activity oriented toward managing nature. Crehan 2002). It recognizes that. 1993. . how he or she said it. Where there exists a relationship. This has come to be called “the ethnography of communication” by linguistic anthropologists (Hymes 1967/1986). there is a dialectical relationship between language and human beings in society. Language is historical. Language is as old as consciousness. as Marnie Holborow (2006: 4–7) has pointed out. reflection. language and consciousness are dialectically intertwined. Bourdieu and Passeron 1977/1990. while the latter were geared toward mastering one’s own behavior. ideology is present. The first provided the means for satisfying human needs. As you will recall from Chapter 3. and that “wherever a sign is present. so do language and consciousness. it is a means for conveying information and emotions. and remains so as long as men exist at all. 1989/1996. communication. and language and ideology. 1979/1984. Marx’s anthropology would certainly examine the interconnections of language. language is practical consciousness that exists also for other men. in his perspective. while language is shared. how the processes of problem-solving. and perhaps even changing one’s relations with others and the world they inhabit. consciousness.. it is important to understand who said what. generalization. Since words are social signs that have a number of potentially different meanings for different social classes or in different social contexts. it exists for me. Anthropologist 1964/1979. 1984/1988. as those relations change. 1991. from the very beginning a social product. and that the meaning of these utterances could only be understood in terms of the contexts in which verbal interactions occurred. . planning. emphasis in the original) Thus. and social relations. the necessity. that words are signs. Vološinov (1927/1976: 15. and thought are socially formed. only arises from the need. creative. he saw parallels between the use of tools and signs. on the other.e. . language. 1929/1986) argued that consciousness (inner speech and a social event as he described it) was “bathed by and suspended in” spoken utterances. like consciousness.

signs (inner speech) had a different function from oral utterances. he was typically critical of discussions of morality. he also publicly opposed the torture and mistreatment of slaves in America and British war crimes in India. 2005. and disconnected. Marx (e. and exploitation of workers in capitalist societies (Thompson 1978: 363–4). or virtues that govern behavior that affects others. Seventh. domination.” “theft. yet he has been described as a “moralist” when writing about the alienation. as Ziyad Husami (1978/1980) points out. rights. 1857–8/1973: 705) was clear that the wage-relation between capitalist and worker in capitalist societies was not just and used terms like “exploitation. The capitalist. González 2007. dependent not only on material circumstances but also reflects the prejudices and ideology of the dominant classes. as Marx (e. Morality is a public system of rules. even though there was a back and forth relationship between word and sign. Inner (egocentric) speech was a critical step in the processes of concept-formation and decision-making and whose structure was “highly context-dependent” (Holborow 2006: 23). Wilson 1997). and freedom (emancipation). it is. incomplete. As Gary Young (1981) further notes. fairness. Kapferer 2004. He proceeds to argue that Marx applied a different ethical standpoint.g. 1843c/1975c: 162–4. verbalization is often reduced. freeing political prisoners. These and other themes in his writings and public statements are either identical or similar to ones that have been addressed by anthropologists for at least the last forty years (e. Price 2007. the implementation and enforcement of child labor and occupational health and safety regulations. which claims that the labor contributions of the workers are not adequately rewarded. He also noted that when the thoughts and experiences of speakers and listeners coincide.” or “plunder. Importantly. Diamond 1970. It is worth noting in this context that Marx was a strong advocate for the abolition of slavery. Vygotsky was concerned not only with the development of inner speech itself but also with how the intellectual (thought) and communicative (speech) functions were combined and elaborated during the sociohistorical development of human beings as a species and of their relations to one another and to the worlds they inhabited. Consequently. 1880–2/1974: 329) noted from the 1840s onward.g. ideals. Paley 2002. Marx distinguished between the spheres of exchange .” to describe it. does not believe that he steals from his workers. Marx’s anthropology of today would also include considerations of morality and of such central moral issues as justice.Anthropology for the Twenty-First Century • 169 For Vygotsky. because after all they have entered into a contract which applies the standards of justice underpinning capitalist society and assumes that the capitalist owns the means of production. Wakin 1992. This perspective led Marx to focus on issues such as freedom and justice. Steven Lukes (1987: 26–7) provides a resolution to this seeming paradox: Marx did not think of morality as a system of individual rights deriving from membership in civil society or a political community but rather as emancipation from rights that had been honed and imposed by the members of politically and economically dominant classes. and democracy among others.g.

Bohannon 1957. For Marx.g. poverty.g. Malinowski 1926. Marx was also concerned with the issue of freedom or emancipation. the civil rights struggles. . By freedom. Marable 1995. Anthropologist and production. they become “a living component of capital” owned by the capitalist in the production sphere. Marx’s anthropology is concerned with Kant’s question: “What are human beings?” It recognizes the importance of totality—the sometimes contradictory unity—of various approaches to understanding the human condition. veiling and mystifying the [extraction and] transfer of surplus value. cf. “an ideological appearance . Warren 1998. Once again. he viewed freedom in terms of self-determination: Human beings are free only when they determine their own deeds. The issues of justice. the cargo cults that appeared in Melanesia from the 1880s onward. the women’s movement. the struggle for a free. conditions. when their creativity and actions reflect an integral.170 • Karl Marx. Hann 1998. which is the essence of capitalist production” (Lukes 1987: 53–4). Mullings 1997. Marx saw the relation between worker and capitalist as neither just nor equitable. and contradictions as they already exist. Marx was concerned throughout his life with the questions: How do we actualize a more democratic society? And. This was the appeal of socialism and communism—first as theorized and then described in detail by Morgan (1881/2003).” Rather. intolerance of difference. many-sided personality that is not tied to special thoughts or emotions. 1995. the freedom of the workers is illusory. Cohen 1988: 286–304. Morgan 1881/2003. 2000). anthropologists have contributed to our understanding of emerging tendencies in societies throughout the twentieth century—for example. and when what is creative in them determines not only their deeds but also contributes to the extension of the humanity itself (Petrović 1965/1967: 126–7). From the mid 1840s onward. In sum. . but rather with relations. Nagengast 1994. This. in his view. domination. While workers as the owners and sellers of their labor power may “freely” enter into contracts with the capitalist in the labor market. Hence. Mooney 1896. Marx did not mean either the “absence of external impediments to movement or activity” or power over nature and self resulting from “knowledge of internal and external necessity. Verdery and Humphrey 2004. Stephen 1997. equality. or the Zapatista movement that formed in southern Mexico in the wake of the NAFTA accords in the early 1990s (e. It has a finely . and property and their presuppositions have also been examined by anthropologists since the late nineteenth century (e. indigenous activism. how do we transcend the limitations of our own society. and intense nationalist or fundamentalist sentiments? Marx was shrewd enough to realize that one does not start by creating something de novo. In a phrase. and exploitation. the Ghost Dance. which proclaims inalienable rights and equality at the same time that it is riven by structural inequities. Mauss 1925/1990. more democratic society was also part of the struggle for emancipating the individual from the constraints imposed by alienation. was the importance of emergent tendencies in societies in the context of dominant structures. Worsley 1968/1970). as Gajo Petrović (1965/1967: 119–27) has argued. Collier 1994.

It knows that people occasionally do make their own history. It provides culture. . ensembles of social relations. and even the human body itself with sociohistorical contingency. communication. moral.Anthropology for the Twenty-First Century • 171 tuned sense of historical temporality that makes change as normal as reproduction. It takes account of the existence and potential significance of the variability and diversity of human beings as both social and natural beings in space. and that some trajectories of change potentially have better outcomes than others. place. It acknowledges the complex interrelations of consciousness. contradictions. and forces that shaped their development in time and space. and time. and the subjectivity of individuals in particular sets of social relations. It engages rather than shies away from the critical social. and political issues of the day. It does not separate the historical development of human societies or the human species from the events. It knows that human activity can effect significant change as witnessed by the diverse array of societies that existed in the past and continue to form in the present.

This page intentionally left blank .

which was a continual threat faced by his contemporaries. Diderot. This seed contained an entirely formed or preformed individual. It made the volumes official publications of the Crown. the shift in conception was complex. Chapter 1 The Enlightenment and Anthropology 1. Anthropology was clearly taught in different university faculties—e. law. It also allowed Buffon to avoid censorship. 2. 3. theology. judging by the content of Kant’s lectures (Kant 1798/1978. misses the nuances and subtleties at other levels (Bowler 1974: 161).” while accurate at one level. 1965). Advocates of the pre-existence of germs argued that the germ contained in the seed was not produced by the male genitor but rather by God at the beginning of the world and had merely been preserved in the adult male until the moment of development. For example.Notes Introduction 1. 173 . Preformationists argued that the actual generation of a living being occurred in the body because of its ensoulment by the seed of the male parent.g. describing it as solely in terms of “a growing hostility to Christianity which drove many into deism and some into outright materialism and atheism. Voltaire. Vermeulen 1995). Rowe 1964. and embryonic development consisted merely of the enlargement of the already existing parts. Stark 2003). and Rousseau (Fellows 1963a: 608–9). The imprimatur of the Royal Press was important for two reasons. As he points out. 2. notably Montesquieu. It also is doubtful that the empirical and philosophical strands were ever entirely separated in anthropology courses taught in the German states during the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. Rogers (1963/1997: 259–60) describes the doctrines of preformationism and preexistence of germs in the following way. Jacques Roger (1963/1997: 181–204) discusses “the God of philosophers and scientists” in the late seventeenth and early eighteenth centuries. and medicine—by individuals with diverse backgrounds and philosophical presuppositions (Kelley 1984: 247. the contrast between Renaissance and sixteenth-century anthropology can be drawn by the emphasis on language and then archaeology in the former and the concern with comparative ethnology in the latter (Pagden 1982.

(2) it has evolved over a long period of time. 8. and that apes. While Rousseau was not the first to argue that apes occupied an intermediate position between human beings and animals. but maintain a relation to each other” (Crocker 1959: 131. 1980.” Wokler (1978. Lord Kames (1696–1782). then the process was a gradual one (Mayr 1982: 330–6). William Robertson (1721–93).. Peter H. one species developing into another. and Mason and Wokler (1992). and Étienne Bonnet de Condillac (1714–80) claimed that the cries of animals were evidence of thought. Buffon’s friend. In the late 1740s. if one species did evolve from another. which occurred in the context of contingent social relations. Adam Ferguson (1723–1815). even . the Origins of Inequality sparked an interesting debate that linked the origins of language with what Robert Wokler (1978) called “perfectible apes. and Ferguson by name in his own writings and cited works that mentioned Millar. 6. 48) characterized the Scottish historical school as Smith (1723–90). In contrast. they were nonetheless not human beings because they lacked the mental powers of humans—i. My understanding and appreciation of Enlightenment social thought have benefited generally from the writings of Isaiah Berlin. Macpherson. crystallized the idea of transformism in 1753. Crawford B. Hume. Julien Offray de La Mettrie (1709–1751) argued that souls were fictitious. and that. and especially from Asher Horowitz’s pathbreaking analysis of Rousseau’s anthropology. who was a close associate of Smith. notably PierreLouis de Maupertuis (1698–1759) and Diderot. and Robert Wokler. while apes were intermediate because of physical characteristics they shared with human beings. 7. Marx mentioned Smith. is discussed by Bowler (1974). Lord Monboddo (1714–99). Robert Louden’s discussion of Immanuel Kant’s “impure ethics. whose views were outside the mainstream of the Scottish Enlightenment.. and James Burnett. that the infertility of hybrids constituted a barrier. Buffon agreed and further suggested that only men had souls. (3) new species appear through a process of variation. might also be included as well. David Hume (1711–76)). he did not accept the idea of transformism—i. 5. Fellows (1960). Comparative anatomist Edward Tyson (1650–1708) argued in the 1690s that. Reill’s studies of historicism and the importance of history in the formation of the social sciences in the late eighteenth century. Henry Home. Roy Pascal. Denis Diderot (1713–84). Ronald Meek (1967: 35–7. they did not possess language which. and James Millar (1740–1805). 1988) describes the debate in the following way.174 • Notes 4. He reasoned that no new species were known to have appeared. While Buffon conceptualized descent with modification. the gap between man and animal closed briefly.e. when he argued that: “(1) each species has had a history. Lovejoy 1959a). Rousseau argued that the development of language was part of the perfectibility of human beings. Fellows 1963b. Rousseau’s relationship with Buffon and their contemporaries. Ronald Meek. was taken to be the true mark of rationality.” and Frederick Barnard’s explorations of Herder’s ideas about culture and history.e. at the time.

were still a variety of human being. 11. 3. especially during the past thirty years (e. . While Kant was skeptical about the possibility of physiognomy (i. 10. Geras 1983. Louden 2000: 84–5). Venable 1945/1966). 12. Both Werner and Lyell were concerned with empirical evidence for geological change and with the mechanisms that underpinned those changes. he stressed the importance of the capacity for language rather than its attainment. McMurtry 1978.. Lichtman 1990. a totality . judging the dispositions or thoughts of individuals from their visible or exterior forms). 2005) and David McNally (2001). They argued instead that the anatomical differences between apes and humans were too great to permit considering the former as part of the human species. which asserts that “reality [is] . Chapter 2 Marx’s Anthropology 1. Kosík (1963/1976: 24) observed that Marx’s notion of totality differed from both the atomist-rationalist conception.e. Lord Monboddo developed Rousseau’s ideas concerning the humanity of apes and historically contingent nature of language. and Blumenbach has been portrayed for more than a century as the first. disagreed with Rousseau and Monboddo. By 1795. Soper 1981. The geologists Marx had in mind were Abraham Gottlob Werner (1749–1817) and Charles Lyell (1797–1875) (Foster 2000: 116–20. He argued that women did not think independently and thus should work behind the scenes in the private sphere (e. They do not always agree with one another. truly modern physical anthropologist.g.Notes • 175 though they did not speak. developed from 1775 onward. social critic Johann Gottfried von Herder (1744–1803) and physiologist. Greene 1982: 19–68). the whole question had once again become dehistoricized (Stam 1976: 182–9). comparative anatomist Friedrich Blumenbach (1752–1840). In the 1770s. by contrast. Marx’s views about human nature have been discussed by a number of authors. because of their behavior. Lewis 1974. Sayers 1998. In this section. He had studied with Henrik Steffens. played an important role in distinguishing species and races and in developing a historical interpretation of species (Lenoir 1980. one of Werner’s students. Kant did not champion the rights of women in the public sphere. Thomas Hobbes (1588–1679) and John Locke (1632–1704). Márkus 1978. Heyer 1982. when Johann Gottlieb Fichte (1762–1814) wrote his essay on the origins of language. he practiced it with some regularity (Bernasconi 2001).g. Kant’s (e. I generally follow the persuasive arguments set forth by Joseph Fracchia (1991. Sloan 1979). 1788/2001) views on race.g. 1775/2000. Winckelmann is arguably one of the founders of both art history and classical archaeology as we know them today. . argued that self-interest alone was the sufficient basis of society. Archibald 1989. like Rousseau. often claimed as a founder of physical anthropology. 9. 2.

Lewis H. social-class structures. evolving and self-forming whole. Culture. or Eric Wolf (1982: 88–100) to name only three—refer to Marx’s original communal (tribal) form as primitive communism or the kinordered mode of production. Hobsbawm also remarked that Engels (1850/1978. 1882/1990. 1884/1972) wrote more systematically about feudalism than Marx. arguably the most influential archaeologist of the twentieth century and a political activist of the Left for his entire life. monumental architecture.g. and that there is no indication that the latter disagreed with what Engels wrote. and they concentrated their attention on education and popularizing rather than political action (Gregory 1977a. 4. Later anthropologists inspired by Marx and Engels—e. . described the origins of agriculture and the rise of states in terms of the “Neolithic Revolution” and the “Urban Revolution. and China but also on those of Peru and Mexico (Bailey and Llobera 1981. Persia.176 • Notes of simplest elements and facts. The first was a physician and the latter were physiologists. 1882/1989. 1954).) coined the phrase “communism in living” in his Houses and House-Life of the American Aborigines. Krader 1975). repression.” 4. The “bourgeois Darwinians” specifically mentioned by Engels were Ludwig Büchner (1824–99). Morgan (1881/2003: 63ff. their politics were reformist. 1950/2004. Chapter 4 History. 1876–8/1987.” and the organicist view. The concept of Oriental or Asiatic society had a substantial history before Marx wrote. Richard Lee (1988).” He was aware that the former involved a changing metabolism between people and the natural worlds they inhabited.” Marx’s view. and new forms of settlement (Childe 1936/1983. I am indebted in this section to the insights of Karl Kosík’s (1963/1976) Dialectics of the Concrete and Richard Bernstein’s (1971) Praxis and Action. and that the latter involved new forms of surplus extraction. 3. Social Formation 1. In the political sphere. All were scientific materialists and reductionists who believed the properties or forms of behavior exhibited by human beings should be sought in the laws of physics. V. and craft specialization as well as literacy. 1977b). instead. Gordon Childe (1892–1957). Chapter 3 Human Natural Beings 1. Eleanor Leacock (1972). conquest. Marx’s conceptualization of the Asiatic mode of production relied not only on analyses of societies in India. is a dialectical conception “which grasps reality as a structured. Karl Vogt (1817–95) and Jakob Moleschott (1822–93). 2. “which formalizes the whole and emphasizes the predominance and priority of the whole over the parts.

1863–7/1977: 477–9) elaborated his views on the communal ownership of land and the village community in the Grundrisse and Capital (Habib 2006. Patnaik 2006). Hilton 1953/1976. Joel Kahn (1980. matches. 1993). and denouncing the caste system (e. 1978/1990. Peter Worsley (1961. the independence question in Ireland.g. Engels 1851–3/1979: Benner 1995). 4. 1987). India. As Aijaz Ahmad (2001) notes. 1992). was soon joined by Harold Wolpe (1980. 1975/1981). Godfrey and Monica Wilson (1945/1954). Dobb 1947. Michael Taussig (1980. 1968/1970). 1853/1983b: 347–8. In 1884. Joel Kahn and Josep Llobera (1981). including Hegel.Notes • 177 Chapter 5 Capitalism and the Anthropology of the Modern World 1. Engels 1853/1983: 339–41). English bondholders gained control over a railroad built in southern Peru in the 1870s to facilitate the transport of wool from the southern highlands to the port city of Mollendo. 1853/1979a. which was launched by Pierre-Philippe Rey (1971. 1853/1983c: 339–42. 1969. and playing cards (Spalding 1975). The two accounts were polarized to some extent by informed commentators on Marx during the debates on the “transition question” after the Second World War (e. and John Gledhill (1991. In exchange for the cancellation of the debt. June Nash (1979). Engels’s (1845/1975) study of the conditions of the workers in Manchester was arguably the first urban ethnography. Marx 1846/1982: 101–2. Christine Gailey (1987). wrote about the issues of nation and nationality in the eastern and southeastern parts of the Hapsburg Empire and the Crimean War. 6. Long-term monopolies over the sale of particular items seem to have been a common practice for the English. Wallerstein 1974). Byres 2006. 5. Marx. Marshall Sahlins (1988/2000). and Wim van Binsbergen and Peter Geschiere (1985) among others. 1973/1982. Marx (1857–8/1973: 473. he was already impressed by 1853 with the shaping effects of common property in the village community rather than religion in the organization of Indian society. and Engels to a greater extent. and the former mentioned it in one of the early Tribune articles (Marx 1853/1983a: 332–4. 1975. 1995) are only a few of those who come immediately to mind. 2. They did so at the same time that the Marx was also writing about China.1982). Marx and Engels discussed the bases of this view and its implication in letters. condemning slavery in the United States. This discussion. 1989. the bondholders received a 66-year monopoly on the railroad as well as monopolies on the sale of coca. Eric Wolf (1959. Peter Rigby (1985. 3. 1979) and Claude Meillassoux (1971/1980. While Marx began with the available sources on India. Brenner 1977.g. Sweezy 1950/1976. Marx’s views about articulation generated a significant debate in the 1970s and 1980s among anthropologists who were coming to grips with the linkages between capitalist and non-capitalist relations of production and reproduction in former colonies. . 1985).

What worried them. some of its leaders. and what they wanted most urgently to discredit. Today. Their supporters attempted to blow up a prison in London but succeeded only in destroying nearby houses. and the latter with command over the actions and activities of persons. were the “political claims” of such states to represent what Hegel had called the “genuine nationality” or patriotism of “the people.178 • Notes 7. much like the prisoners held unconstitutionally by the government of the United States at Guantanamo today. This form of nation or nationality had pejorative connotations for them and was not a substitute for the formation of communities from the bottom up that genuinely dealt with the needs of their members. and deprived of habeas corpus. Dick Pels (1998: 18–73) has argued that the concepts of property and power are enmeshed in disciplinary and intellectual politics.” . and (4) the prominence of one category relative to the other not only depends on national traditions (Scottish and French vs. their possession. imprisoned. In The German Ideology. As Erica Benner 1995: 45) put it: They saw pre-political forms of ethnicity. Ireland in 1867 where they planned to organize and lead an army that would overthrow the British. like the Irish or the Russians. German and Italian) but also has shifted over time (power being the more prominent of the two in late twentieth-century intellectual discourse). others served their sentences in Australia. The Fenian Brotherhood was formed in 1858 by members of the Irish-American petit bourgeoisie who desired political independence for Ireland and whose goal was fueled by hatred of the English landlords which appealed to many of the Irish immigrants. and territorial attachments as unthreatening to their revolutionary project so long as these were not pressed into the service of aggrandizing authoritarian states. 9. (3) one concept has frequently served as the limiting case of the other. Some of the prisoners were eventually executed. 89) saw nationality as an attribute of existing states rather than ethnic communities defined exclusively in terms of language and culture or language and blood or as peoples aspiring to self-determination. it is commonplace to treat property and power as distinct—the former concerned with socially acquired things. Marx and Engels (1845–6/1976: 73. and disposition. Many were quickly arrested. The British press used this to whip up anti-Irish sentiment. In the wake of the American Civil War. former officers in the Union army. use. In their later writings. Others sailed for Cork. 8. language community. (2) the boundary between the two concepts has often been blurred. organized raids into Canada in 1866 and 1870. He also pointed out: (1) the bases for this dichotomy were already present in the writings of seventeenth-century theorists. they sometimes also used the term “nation” to refer to peoples.

which of course are not necessarily the same thing. the contexts in which they were activated and realized. how these were manifest in interactions with others. While sharing is certainly not a predominant form of economic behavior in capitalist societies. moreover. Gailey 1987). and how the relationships operated in and organized those settings. the sense of community embodied in the practice clearly exists. and changing the identity of the persons would change their relationships. John Price (1975: 4) notes that sharing is the glue that holds together the members of intimate societies are which are typically “small in scale and personally in quality. . In 1971. 2003) provides textured discussions of Marx’s views about slavery. racism. August Nimtz (2000. where there is some expectation of return. as Eric Wolf (1999: 5) noted. sharing is distinct from reciprocity. In this sense. and race in the North America from the early 1850s onward as well as his active participation in abolitionist and democratic political movements in the United States. Noam Chomsky (1928–) and Michel Foucault (1926–84) engaged in a debate with one another about human nature and with the proposals made by Marx and Engels in The Communist Manifesto (Chomsky and Foucault 1971/2006: 37–66). While 3.g. were kinds of relational structures that resulted from the capacities to control that inhered in groups. In an intimate economy the particular patterns of personal interdependency significantly influence the patterns of economic production and distribution. people continually struggle to maintain and re-create it in these and other contexts (e. interpersonal sentiments have developed. I use the term “intimate” as a synonym for “sharing” in order to indicate the relationships among those with whom one shares with no particular expectation of immediate or future return.Notes • 179 6 Anthropology for the Twenty-First Century 1.” Anthropologists—Eleanor Leacock (1982) among several others—have pointed out that the social units forged by sharing are often larger than households or families. 2. There is usually face-to-face interaction of the same people over an extended period of time. What distinguished one kind of pre-capitalist state from another. such that the members have extensive knowledge of each other. 4.

This page intentionally left blank .

” The German Quarterly 64(2): 260–1. Perry (1974a). Unequal Development: An Essay on the Social Formations of Peripheral Capitalism. Ahmad. 19–34. David (1987).” in Edward Craig (ed. “Montesquieu: Politics and History. 985–1000. pp. Karl Marx. (2005). pp. New York: Vintage Books. New Delhi: LeftWord Books.). Frederick Engels: On the National and Colonial Questions: Selected Writings. Aron. Marc (1976). Sociologists and the Revolution of 1848. Beate (1991). Comte. W. Anderson. pp.” in Louis Althusser. “On the Materialist Dialectic on the Unevenness of Origins. 1.” in Aijaz Ahmad (ed. Rousseau. Life Science in the Twentieth Century. Henry E. (2000). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. London: Verso. 17–109. Allert. (2002). Archibald. Anthropologie et marxisme. Benedict de (1632–77). Perry (1974b). Passages from Antiquity to Feudalism. Peter (1989).). pp. Marx. Kevin B. Allison. Moral Philosophy and Contemporary Problems. NJ: Transaction Publishers. 1–20. New York: Monthly Review Press. 161–218. The Shorter Routledge Encyclopedia of Philosophy. NJ: Humanities Press.” Atlantic Highlands. “The Marxist Ethic of Self-Realization: Individuality and Community.” Rethinking Marxism 14(4): 84–96. Bruxelles: Editions Complexe. Baltimore. 181 . 1945–1975. deTocqueville. Garland E. (1978). Louis (1963/1970). Allen. Main Current in Sociological Thought. Der philosophische Arzt und seine Wirkung auf Karl Wezel und Jean Paul by Alexander Košenina. vol. Anderson. Shaping Biology: The National Science Foundation and American Biological Research. Althusser. G. pp. Archard. Marx. Althusser. Samir (1973/1976). 13–72. Amin. MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press. Aijaz (2001). Louis (1959/1982). For Marx. D. “Introduction. pp. Lineages of the Absolutist State. Montesquieu. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.” in J. New Brunswick. “Marx’s Late Writings on Non-Western and Precapitalist Societies and Gender. Appel. Marx and the Missing Link: “Human Nature.). Toby A. Abingdon. “Montesquieu. London: New Left Books.” in Louis Althusser. UK: Routledge. Anderson. Evans (ed.” in Raymond Aron. “Spinoza.Bibliography Abélès. Raymond (1965/1998). London: New Left Books. “Review of Ernst Platners Anthropologie und Philosophie. Montesquieu.

Oxford: Clarendon Press. Karl Marx on Colonialism and Modernization. (1992a). and Aristocratic Dominance. “Culture and Political Development: Herder’s Suggestive Insights. Against the Current: Essays in the History of Ideas.” in Paul Guyer (ed. London: Verso. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Avineri. Etienne (1988/1991). Montesquieu and Social Theory.” in Tim Ingold. Frederick C. (1965). Barnard. John A. “Agrarians” and “Aristocrats”: Party Political Ideology in the United States. pp.). Nation. Singer. “Montesquieu. Barnard. Ida (1997). Humanity. Frederick M. David Riches. pp. pp. Revolution. Gopal (ed. and Romanticism: The Genesis of German Political Thought. pp.182 • Bibliography Ashworth. Herder’s Social and Political Thought: From Enlightenment to Nationalism. . Really Existing Nationalisms: A Post-Communist View of Marx and Engels. MA: Harvard University Press. Westport. 191–204. Bailey. pp. 2. (1979). Herder on Nationality. CT: Bergin and Garvey. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Oxford: Pergamon Press. Frederick M.” Science 316(5833): 1830–5. vol. (1969). Baer. Josep R.) (2003). “Seeking Agriculture’s Ancient Roots. 1790–1800. Debating Empire. Anne M. Balter. “Property.” in Etienne Balibar and Immanuel Wallerstein. Cambridge. Benner. Princeton. Isaiah (1955/2001). New York: Doubleday and Company. Balibar. Ideas: Studies on Politics and Philosophy before and after Marx. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. “Racism as Universalism. Masses. Baum. The Cambridge Companion to Kant. 26–61. Montreal: McGill-Queen’s University Press. Balibar. Balakrishnan. Schlomo (1968). Berlin. London: Routledge.” The American Political Science Review 63(2): 379–97. Jairus (2001). 130–61. and History. Frederick C. and Llobera. (eds) (1981). 1837–1846. Medical Anthropology and the World System: A Critical Perspective. NJ: Princeton University Press. The Asiatic Mode of Production: Science and Politics. Banaji. Power and Ideology in Hunter-Gathering Societies: An Introduction. Barnard.” in Isaiah Berlin. Agrarian Change in Late Antiquity: Gold. Classes. Frederick M. Barnard. “Kant’s Intellectual Development: 1746–1781. Alan and James Woodburn (1988). and Susser. Race. London: Verso. Merrill. Erica (1995). John (1983). Labour. Etienne (1989/1994). (2003). Oxford: Oxford University Press. Oxford: Berg Publishers. Beiser. Enlightenment. (1992b). Property. Beiser. 37–67. “Racism and Nationalism. 4–31. Michael (2007). Hans A. Class: Ambiguous Identities.. and James Woodburn (eds) Hunters and Gatherers.” in Etienne Balibar. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Power and Ideology.

London: Oxford University Press. Hegel and Human Nature.” in Robert Bernasconi (ed. Pacific Latin America in Prehistory: The Evolution of Archaic and Formative Cultures. The Inheritors: French Students and Their Relation to Culture. Peter (1985). London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. Bonte. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff Publishers. 109–10. 2nd edition. Justice and Judgement among the Tiv. John H. Bourdieu. 1–38. “Contradiction. Bonte.” in Wim van Binsbergen and Peter Geschiere (eds). pp. Christopher J. (1971). Praxis and Action. The Formation of the State among the Pastoralists of the Sahara and the Sahel. Richard J. pp. (1982). Bois. Pierre (1964/1979). Philadelphia. pp. Michael and Clark. Bhaskar. PA: University of Pennsylvania Press. A Dictionary of Marxist Thought. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. John (1999). Oxford: Blackwell Publishers. Orlando. WA: Washington State University Press. Race. Claessen and Peter Skalník (eds). “The Emergence of Hereditary Inequality: The Case of Pacific Coastal Chiapas. International Archives of the History of Ideas 103. Bhaskar. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. Victims of Progress. 1300–1550. M.” History of the Human Sciences 6(1): 13–50. “Human Ancestors: Changing Views of Their Behavior. Robert (2001). pp. CA: Mayfield Publishing Company. Roy (1991a). The Crisis of Feudalism: Economy and Society in Eastern Normandy c. pp. pp.Bibliography • 183 Bernasconi. “Buffon and the Natural History of Man: Writing History and the ‘Foundational Myth’ of Anthropology. “Truth. “Non-Stratified Social Formations among Pastoral Nomads. “Emerging Insights and Issues in French Marxist Anthropology. Wim van and Geschiere. 172–200. (1982).). “Who Invented the Concept of Race? Kant’s Role in the Enlightenment Construction of Race.” in Michael Blake (ed. Binford.” in Jonathan Friedman and Michael Rowlands (eds). Bohannon. (1985). Blake. Bois. Guy (1989/1992). pp. Blanckaert. Pierre (1977). 2nd edition.” in Henri J. Pierre (1981). .). Lewis R. Claude (1993). Bernstein. 11–36. Bodley. The Evolution of Social Systems.” in Tom Bottomore (ed. Mexico. Guy (1976/1984).). 35–58. Pullman. Binsbergen. The Hague: Mouton Publishers. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers. Paul (1957).” Journal of Anthropological Archaeology 4(4): 292–327.). Oxford: Blackwell Publishers. The Study of the State. Berry. 55–74. Mountain View. A Dictionary of Marxist Thought.” in Tom Bottomore (ed. The Transformation of the Year One Thousand: The Village of Lournand from Antiquity to Feudalism. “Kinship and Politics. Old Modes of Production and Capitalist Encroachment: Anthropological Explorations in Africa. Manchester: Manchester University Press. Hume. Roy (1991b). 500–1. London: Gerald Duckworth.

pp. Bourdieu. (1991). Bourdieu. Society. Marxist Theories of Imperialism: A Critical Survey. 271–304. (1976). and James M. Brenner.” in A. Engendering Archaeology: Women and Prehistory. London: Sage Publications. Bourdieu. “Hume. Conkey (eds). no. Oxford: Oxford University Press. CA: Stanford University Press. Robert (1977).184 • Bibliography Bourdieu. Rosenheim (eds). 377–81. Pierre (1989/1996). Stanford. “Weaving and Cooking: Women’s Production in Aztec Mexico. Bowler. The Logic of Practice. Brumfiel. Pierre (1984/1988).” in Joan M. Justin (1995). London: Routledge. Bourdieu. “Property Relations and the Growth of Agricultural Productivity in Late Medieval and Early Modern Europe. Distinction: A Social Critique of the Judgement of Taste. Stanford. CA: Stanford University Press. Peter J. The Field of Cultural Production. Oxford: Basil Blackwell. and Culture. Marx. Homo Academicus. Elizabeth M. The Oxford Companion to Philosophy. Bourdieu. “The Origins of Capitalism: A Critique of Neo-Smithian Marxism. Language and Symbolic Power. 2nd edition. Reproduction in Education. MA: Harvard University Press. pp. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. Bourdieu. (2006). Amherst. Broackes. “Evolutionism in the Enlightenment. Kevin M. 104: 25–92. Brewer. Brenkert. Stanford. Darwin. NY: Humanity Books. “Bourgeois Revolution and Transition to Capitalism. Bowler. Robert (1997). MA: Harvard University Press. The First Modern Society: Essays in English History in Honour of Lawrence Stone. pp. Karen (2000). Economic Development and Agricultural Productivity. Robert (1989). David. Brenner.” in Amit Bhaduri and Run Skarstein (eds). and the Art of Freedom. Bourdieu. “Global Capitalism: What’s Race Got To Do With It?” American Ethnologist 27(2): 237–56. Cambridge.” Journal of the History of Ideas 37(4): 631–50.). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Reason. L.” New Left Review. Cheltenham. Pierre and Jean-Claude Passeron (1977/1990). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Gero and Margaret W. CA: Stanford University Press. Pierre (1979/1984). and the Concept of Struggle. Beier. 2nd edition. Pierre (1991). The State Nobility: Elite Schools in the Field of Power. (1974). UK: Edward Elgar. 9–44. Cambridge. New York: Columbia University Press. 224–51. George G. Brenner. Anthony (1990).” in Ted Honderich (ed. “Malthus.” History of Science 12: 159–83. Marx’s Ethics of Freedom. Brian. Brodkin. Outline of a Theory of Practice. Pierre (1980/1990). Peter J. 2nd edition. pp. Pierre (1993). (1983). . Pierre (1972/1977). David Cannadine.

“Human Nature: Justice vs. Anjan and Stephen Cullenberg (2003). Chomsky. Patterson and Charles E.Bibliography • 185 Brumfiel. Marx and Nature: A Red and Green Perspective.895–90. 79–154. Foundations of Social Archaeology: Selected Writings of V. V. Man Makes Himself. Callinicos. Rachel and Sang-Hee Lee (2004). Beck (eds) (2006). Childe. “Franz Boas and Humboldtian Tradition: From Volkgeist and Nationalcharakter to an Anthropological Concept of Culture. Chavin and the Origins of Andean Civilizations. History of Anthropology. Exchange.). (eds). pp. 8. New York: The New American Library.” in Charles Singer. Volkgeist as Method and Ethic: Essays on Boasian Anthropology and the German Anthropological Tradition. Chatterjee. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.” in Elizabeth M. Gordon Childe. with a foreword by John Rajchman. Bunzl.” in Thomas C. New York: St. and Complex Societies. I. “Differentiation of the Peasantry under Feudalism and the Transition to Capitalism: In Defence of Rodney Hilton. Cabral. Gordon (1954). From Earliest Times to the Fall of Ancient Empires. and Earle. Byres. Chakrabarti. Partha (1986). vol. Noam and Michel Foucault (1971/2006). CA: AltaMira Press. 107–16. Elizabeth M. Amilcar (1963). Transition and Development in India. . J. Earle (eds). “Specialization. London: Thames and Hudson. Caspari. Richard L. R. Jr. Stocking. Buikstra. Power: A Debate Between Noam Chomsky and Michel Foucault. Alex (1995). London: Zed Press. V. pp. Burlington. NC: Duke University Press. Paul (1999). “Early Forms of Society. Exchange. Revolution in Guinea: Selected Texts. New York: Oxford University Press. Madison. Childe. pp. Orser.” in George W. Gordon (1950/2004). Durham. Matti (1996). Bioarchaeology: The Contextual Analysis of Human Remains. (1987). MA: Academic Press. Walnut Creek. Nationalist Thought and the Colonial World: A Derivative Discourse. London: Routledge. Burger. E. Specialization. and Lane A. Terence J. (1992). pp. and A. “The Urban Revolution. Holmyard. Timothy K. Jane E. (ed. pp. New York: The New Press.” in The Chomsky-Foucault Debate on Human Nature. Hall (eds).” Journal of Agrarian Change 6(1): 17–68. Brumfiel and Timothy K. Childe. and Complex Societies: An Introduction. vol. WI: The University of Wisconsin Press. Burkett. 38–57. V. Theories and Narratives: Reflections on the Philosophy of History. Martin’s Press. New York: Monthly Review Press. A History of Technology. 1–67. Gordon (1936/1983).” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 101(30): 10. (2006). 1–9. “Older Age Becomes Common Late in Human Evolution. Jr.

Baltimore. Feinman and T. Kate (2002). Corbey. Cathy L. 120–47. Gerald A. or the Preservation of Favoured Races in the Struggle for Life. If You’re an Egalitarian. John E. D’Amico. Apes and Angels: The Irishman in Victorian Caricature. Costin. How Come You’re So Rich? Cambridge. 7–56. Freedom. Lucio (1975).” in Bentley Glass. George A. Cohen. Culture and Anthropology. Patterson and Christine W. (1995). 273–327. Hanover. Basta!: Land and the Zapatista Rebellion in Chiapas. pp. (2001). and William L. pp. Collier. Archaeology at the Millennium: A Sourcebook. Crocker. DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. “Craft Specialization: Issues in Defining. Schiffer (ed. “Diderot and Eighteenth Century French Transformism. and Freedom: Themes from Marx. Gerald A. AZ: The University of Arizona Press. Gerald A. L. History. Craft Production Systems. Charles R. “Craft Specialization as an Archaeological Category. University of Florida Humanities Monograph No. Berkeley. Carole (1987). (1859/1964). Washington. Perry. UK: Penguin Books. (1988).186 • Bibliography Clark. revised edition. CA: University of California Press. Darwin.” in Thomas C. 1st . New York: Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers. Karl Marx’s Theory of History: A Defence. The Forerunners of Darwin: 1745–1859. Archaeological Method and Theory.” in Gary M. 144–72. On the Origin of Species by Means of Natural Selection. and Equality.” in Antonio Callari and David F. Crumley. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Power Relations and State Formation. Stephen (1996). Curtis. Jr. Ruccio (eds). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 50. (1991). “Introduction.” in Michael B. Cullenberg. Princeton. (1978). Crehan. Harmondsworth. Owsei Temkin.” Research in Economic Anthropology 16: 267–94. NH: Wesleyan University Press. (1959). (1995). “Althusser and the Decentering of the Marxist Totality. Cohen.). Strauss. Gainesville. Labour. The Metaphysics of Apes: Negotiating the Animal-Human Boundary. 1–56. Cohen. American Anthropological Association. Robert (1981). and Explaining the Organization of Production. 155–69. MD: The Johns Hopkins Press. CA: Food First Book. (2000). Tucson. MA: Harvard University Press. Raymond (2005). Gailey (eds). NJ: Princeton University Press. (1994). pp. vol. “A Dialectical Critique of Hierarchy. Marx and the Philosophy of Culture. Gerald A. Documenting. Cohen. Oakland. DC: Archeology Division. (eds). Self-Ownership. Jr. Cathy L. Lester G. Douglas Price (eds). (1997).” in Karl Marx Early Writings. The Institute for Food and Development Policy. Gramsci. pp. 3. Costin. pp. Postmodern Materialism and the Future of Marxist Theory. Washington. Colletti. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp.

Gesellschaftsklassen im Alten Zweistromland und in den angrenzenden Gebieten—XVIII. 1600–1750. MD: Rowman and Littlefield Publishers. 128–34. Cambridge. “Dahomey: The Development of a Proto-State. no. Jan (1976). Igor (1972). O. NJ: Pearson Prentice Hall. pp. The Economy in Europe in an Age of Crisis. Edzard (ed. Mike (1999). pp. 401–29. “Socio-Economic Classes in Babylonia and the Babylonian Conception of Social Stratification. (2007). pp. Stanley (1970). The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Human Evolution. Deacon. (1874/1998). 115–23. Diamond. Davis. Recontre Assyriologique Internationale. MA: Harvard University Press. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. Desmond. Terrence W. Darwin. “The Human Brain. Philosophisch-Historische Klass.” Dialectical Anthropology 21(2): 121–216. 107–54. Debating Humankind’s Place in Nature.” in D. and David Pilbeam (eds). Ann Arbor. 238: 1194– 206. MI: University of Michigan Press. (1992a). Bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften. Charles R. “Biological Aspects of Language. Davidson. De Vries. Stanley (1969/1999). pp.). Reinventing Anthropology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Michael (1992). Upper Saddle River.” in Stephen Jones. The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Human Evolution. David (2005). Marx and Aristotle: Nineteenth-Century German Social Theory and Classical Antiquity. Abhandlungen. Richard G.Bibliography • 187 edition. New Brunswick NJ: Transaction Books. Munich. Deacon. 1860–2000: The Nature of Paleoanthropology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. and David Pilbeam (eds). “Un ethnocide. Nigel (2005). The Politics of Evolution: Morphology. The Descent of Man. Diamond. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 41–9. Late Victorian Holocausts: El Niño Famines and the Making of the Third World. Delisle. “Anthropology in Question. Ecology of Fear: Los Angeles and the Imagination of Disaster.” in Stephen Jones. In Search of the Primitive: A Critique of Civilization. Robert Martin. (1992b). Mike (2001). Medicine. with an introduction by Ernst Mayr.” in George E. DeGolyer. NY: Prometheus Books. pp. McCarthy (ed. Diamond. Stanley (1951/1996).” Les Temps Modernes. Robert Martin.). Diamond. Adrian (1989). Savage. London: Verso.). New York: Metropolitan Books. Davis. “The Greek Accent of the Marxian Matrix. “Herder: Cultural Anthropology and the Enlightenment. and Reform in Radical London. Denby. “How Revolutionary Were the Bourgeois Revolutions? (contd.” Historical Materialism 13(4): 3–54. Heft 75. Amherst. Terrence W. .” History of the Human Sciences 18(1): 55–76. Diakonoff.” in Dell Hymes (ed. Stanley (1974).).

” in Karl Marx. vol.” in Karl Marx. pp. I. Relations of Production: Marxist Approaches to Economic Anthropology. 8. Dower. From Personal Observation and Authentic Sources. 227–38. Writings of the Young Marx on Philosophy and Society. Frederick (1845/1975). 9 December 1869. Frederick (1853/1983). pp. “The Condition of the Working-Class in England. Karl Marx’s Theory of Revolution. Laurence and Nisbet. 10. John W. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Easton. New York: International Publishers. 11. . 15. (eds) (1967). Engels. pp. Draper. “Anthropological Traditions: The Participants Observed. Frederick (1869/1988). pp. Dickey.” in Karl Marx. vol. 1–16. Dupré. 39. Garden City. Engels. Loyd D. State and Bureaucracy. Hal (1977). and Guddat. Karl Marx’s Theory of Revolution. Frederick (1851–3/1979). Engels. 235–42. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Pierre Philippe (1968/1980). Stanley (1980). Anthropology: Heirs and Ancestors. Engels. vol. “Reflections on the Relevance of a Theory of the History of Exchange. Frederick Engels: Collected Works.). Frederick Engels: Collected Works. vol. Draper. 4. 392–9. “Democratic Pan-Slavism. NY: Anchor Books. War without Mercy: Race and Power in the Pacific War. 8. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Hal (1978).” in Karl Marx. New York: International Publishers. Maurice (1947). 8–102. “The Capture of Delhi. vol. Engels. Frederick (1857/1986). 397–482. “Revolution and Counter-Revolution in Germany. “Letter from Engels to Karl Marx.” in Karl Marx. Frederick (1849/1977b). Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Georges and Rey. pp. pp.” in Karl Marx. 362–78.188 • Bibliography Diamond. New York: International Publishers. vol. pp. The Hague: Mouton Publishers. vol. Kurt H. (1986). The Politics of Social Classes.” in David Seddon (ed. 394–6. Frederick (1850/1978).” in Karl Marx.). 171–208. pp. Doubleday and Company. New York: Monthly Review Press. Frederick (1849/1977a). Studies in the Development of Capitalism. New York: Pantheon Books. Engels. II. 43. New York: International Publishers. New York: International Publishers. “The Peasant War in Germany. pp. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. New York: International Publishers. pp. 6 June 1853.” in Stanley Diamond (ed.” in Karl Marx. (eds) (1999). New York: Monthly Review Press. Hegel: Political Writings. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Dobb. Engels. Hugh B. London: Frank Cass and Company. vol. New York: International Publishers. 295– 586. vol. “Letter from Engels to Karl Marx. “The Magyar Struggle. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. New York: International Publishers. vol. New York: International Publishers. Engels.

Otis (1963b). 5–211.). Against Bruno Bauer and Company. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. pp. 45. (1993). Morgan. New York: International Publishers.” in Karl Marx. Iring (1991). “Hegel and Marx. 5–309.” in Karl Marx. New York: International Publishers. Frederick (1882/1989). pp. Dean (2004). 6–107. 25. Or Critique of Critical Criticism. Frederick (1875/1991). Fellows. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. vol. Engels. Engels. Engels. 12[–17] November 1875. . Fellows.” in Karl Marx. 106–9. Frederick (1884/1972). Otis (1963a). Fellows. pp. New York: International Publishers. vol. The Journey from Eden: The Peopling of Our World.” Publications of the Modern Language Association 75(1): 184–96. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. New York: International Publishers. “Buffon’s Place in the Enlightenment. Anti-Dühring.” in Frederick Engels. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Karl J. The Origin of the Family. with an introduction by Eleanor B. “The Part Played by Labor in the Transition from Ape to Man. Private Property and the State: In Light of the Investigations of Lewis H. London: Thames and Hudson. vol. Frederick and Karl Marx (1844–5/1975). Engels. New York: International Publishers. New York: International Publishers. 1987. 228–9. The Origin of the Family. “The Holy Family. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Engels. pp.Bibliography • 189 Engels. A Dictionary of Marxist Thought. 556–65. 26. “Letter from Engels to Pyotr Labvrov. pp. Fetscher. 25. vol. vol. 2nd edition.” Diderot Studies 4: 221–36. pp.” Studies on Voltaire and the Eighteenth Century 25: 603–29. pp. Gainesville. Frederick (1876/1972). Frederick (1873–82/1987). pp. 5–309. Brian M. 313– 590. New York: International Publishers. “Anti-Dühring: Herr Eugen Dühring’s Revolution in Science. Leacock. “The Mark. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Engels. Frederick (1884/1990). New York: International Publishers. Engels. pp. “Storm and Stress Anthropology. Engels. 25. 452–64]. 249–64 [= Karl Marx. vol. Otis (1960). FL: University Press of Florida.” in Karl Marx. “Buffon and Rousseau: Aspects of a Relationship. 439–56. Private Property and the State: In Light of the Investigations of Lewis H. pp. Frederick (1876–8/1987). Morgan.” in Karl Marx. Frederick Engels: Collected Works.” in Tom Bottomore (ed.” in Karl Marx. Braindance: New Discoveries about Human Origins and Brain Evolution. Engels. “Diderot et Buffon en 1749. pp. 24. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. 4. Frederick (1882/1990). Fagan. New York: International Publishers. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers. vol. “On the Decline of Feudalism and the Rise of National States. (1990). in Karl Marx. New York: International Publishers.” in Karl Marx. 25. 26.” History of the Human Sciences 6(1): 51–71. vol. Falk. New York: International Publishers. vol. “Manuscripts on Early German History. Fink. “Dialectics of Nature. Frederick (1878/1987).

Franke. Robert (1982). and Chasin. Sather Lectures in Classics.” History and Theory 34(4): 355–71. Finley. “Archeological Systems Theory and Early Mesoamerica. Fowler. (1968). Rousseau after 200 Years: Proceedings of the Cambridge Bicentennial Colloquium. “Ancient Society. Christopher and Wokler. Flannery. Archeology in the Americas.190 • Bibliography Finkelstein. Seeds of Famine: Ecological Destruction and the Development Dilemma in the West African Sahel.). pp. 2nd edition. Barbara (1980). Pierre Bourdieu and Cultural Theory: Critical Investigations. Kay (1979).” Science 294(5549): 2101–2. Berkeley. Marx’s Ecology: Materialism and Nature. “Marx’s Aufhebung of Philosophy and the Foundations of a Materialist Science of History. (1973). Foster. Montclair. Campbell and Andrew S. Joseph (1995).” World Archaeology 39(2): 151–76. Osmun. 43.” History and Theory 30(2): 153–79. Frayling. “Review: Time. (1991). (1968). Race. The Origins and Nature of the Scottish Enlightenment.” in Roy H. (2000). Kent V.” in Betty J. 186–203. 109–29. “Winckelmann and the German Enlightenment: On the Recovery and Uses of the Past. Oxford: Oxford University Press.). Meggers (ed. Fracchia. “Beyond the Human-Nature Debate: Human Corporeal Organisation as the ‘First Fact’ of Historical Materialism. Fracchia. Joseph (2005). pp. A. Edinburgh: John Donald Publishers. Labor and Social Domination: A Reinterpretation of Marx’s Critical Theory. pp. “The Origins of the Village Revisited: From Nuclear to Extended Households. A Dictionary of Marxist Thought. pp. “Different Types of Egalitarian Societies and the Development of Inequality in Early Mesopotamia. Fracchia.” in R. New York: The New American Library. Flavell. Bridget (1997). Forbes.” in Tom Bottomore. “Romanticism. Richard W. NJ: Allanheld. Eric (1980). Robert J. DC: The Anthropological Society of Washington. Flannery. Forbes. Washington. Foner. Finley. Oxford: Basil Blackwell Publishers. The Conquest of Nature. “Natural Law and the Scottish Enlightenment. Politics and Ideology in the Age of the Civil War. Joseph (1991). . M. Duncan (1982). London: Sage Publications. Skinner (eds). Marcella (2007). Leigh (ed. 23–6. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. CA: University of California Press.” The Modern Language Review 74(1): 79–96. “From the Orang-utan to the Vampire: Towards an Anthropology of Rousseau. Kent V. Gabriel (2001). Frangipane. John B. and Recapitulation. Moses I.” American Antiquity 67(3): 417–34.” Historical Materialism 13(1): 33–62. (2002). vol. New York: Monthly Review Press. Moses I. By Moishe Postone. 67–87. The Ancient Economy.

pp. State.” New Left Review. “Marx’s Concept of Man. Erich (1961/2004). CA: University of California Press. The First Human: The Race to Discover our Earliest Ancestor. Antonio (1996). . William A.).” in Barbara J. pp. 1–70.). 31–52.). London: Continuum. State and Questions of Social Evolution in Marx’s Ethnological Notebooks. Gailey. 189–228. Gulick (eds).” in Jaqueline Solway (ed. Christine W. Gibson. Gibbons.” in Sarah M. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Daniel (2005).” in Edward Craig (ed. The Politics of Egalitarianism: Theory and Practice. “The Rise of the Cherokee State as an Instance in a Class: The ‘Mesopotamian’ Career to Statehood. The Senses Considered as Perceptual Systems. Gibson. Gailey. Symposium on Cherokee and Iroquois Culture. New York: Plenum Press. “Community. Gerratana. Geras.” in Robert Audi (ed. Valentino (1973).” Anthropologica 45(1): 43–55. NM: School of American Research Press. Washington. Kathleen R. A Contemporary Critique of Historical Materialism. Baruch. and Questions of Social Evolution in Karl Marx’s Ethnological Notebooks. Walnut Creek. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. TX: University of Texas Press. pp. Garber. and Scattolin. New York: Berghahn Books. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 180. Don (1995). Gero. Methodology and History in Anthropology.Bibliography • 191 Fromm. (2006). Ann (2006). Gilman.” in Erich Fromm. Nelson and Myriam Rosen-Ayalon (eds). 12. M. pp. no. Marx’s Concept of Man. Marx and Human Nature: Refutation of a Legend. 2nd edition. “Beyond Complementarity and Hierarchy: New Definitions for Archaeological Gender Relations.” in T. Abingdon. pp. The Cambridge Dictionary of Philosophy. “Leibniz. pp. Kant and the Problem of History. pp. King (ed. 82: 60–82. and the State. Cristina (2002). Douglas Price and Gary M. 552–69. Kinship to Kingship: Gender Hierarchy and State Formation in the Tongan Islands. James J. Gailey. and Jessee. “Language Evolution and Expansions of Multiple Neurological Processing Areas. The Shorter Routledge Encyclopedia of Philosophy. 155–72. pp. Santa Fe. London: Verso. (1987). Norman (1983). 870–4. CA: Altamira Press. (1966/1983). 1. Christine W. 125–34. Garrett. (1975). Foundations of Social Inequality. Galston. UK: Routledge.). Christine W. (2003). Gottfried Wilhelm (1646–1716).” in William N. Anthony (1981). vol. Giddens. “Community. Property. Fenton and John L. Berkeley. 235–51. New York: Doubleday. vol. Westport. Fred (1961). In Pursuit of Gender: Worldwide Archaeological Approaches. Joan M. Feinman (eds). Austin. “Prehistoric European Chiefdoms: Rethinking ‘Germanic’ Societies. CT: Greenwood Press. The Origins of Language: What Nonhuman Primates Can Tell Us. Gearing. “Marx and Darwin. Power. “Spinoza. Stephen (1999).

pp. Casi Nada: A Study of Agrarian Reform in the Homeland of Cárdenismo. “Phoenix Reborn? The Rise of the ‘Human Terrain System’. Jr. Glick. (2002). (1978). John (1978). Gran.) (1988). Glasgow: Fontana/Collins. Gledhill. pp. Perspectives in Marxist Anthropology. Selections from the Prison Notebooks. Bentley (1959). . Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences. The Comparative Reception of Darwin. Scientific Materialism in Nineteenth Century Germany. Dordrecht: D. Gould. “Structure and Contradiction in Capital. Cambridge Studies in Social Anthropology 18. Peter (1979). pp. 334–68. and Nationalism Reconsidered. Strauss. Colin Haselgrove. Roberto J. Antonio (1933/1971). Class. New York. Islamic Roots of Capitalism: Egypt. Boulder. 1760–1840. Gregory. Marx’s Social Ontology: Individuality and Community in Marx’s Theory of Social Reality. Frederick (1977a). Transnationalization and Rural Poverty: A Case Study of Michoacán. Neoliberalism.” in Bentley Glass. Ideology in Social Science: Readings in Critical Social Theory. Cristina (eds) (1992). 645. International Series (Supplementary) 47. Gregory. Maurice (1973/1977). State University of New York. “Scientific versus Dialectical Materialism: A Clash of Ideologies in Nineteenth-Century German Radicalism. (eds). Gramsci. pp. Godelier.” Anthropology Today 23(6): 21–2. NY: Institute of Mesoamerican Studies. Albany.” in Robin Blackburn (ed. Cambridge. Stephen J. MA: The MIT Press.R.). Owsei Temkin. The Modern Prince and Other Writings. Cambridge. Linda and Blanc-Szanton. “Formative Development in the North American Southwest. pt. 44–120. 24–65. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. Social Organization and Settlement. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. MD: The Johns Hopkins Press. B. Thomas E. Oxford. Baltimore. pp. CO: Westview Press. Ethnicity. (ed. Gramsci. Smith (eds). vol. “The Southern Question.192 • Bibliography Glass. Mexico.A. MA: Harvard University Press. Basch. (2007). Toward a Transnational Perspective on Migration: Race. González. “The Germination of the Idea of Biological Species. Gledhill. 241–90. Gledhill. Reidel Publishing Company.” in Antonio Gramsci. ii. Austin. “Notes on Italian History. Godelier. The Structure of Evolutionary Theory. New York: International Publishers. Nina. Maurice (1966/1972).” in David Green. and William L. Antonio (1926/1967). TX: University of Texas Press. University at Albany. The Forerunners of Darwin: 1745–1859. Gould.” Isis 68(242): 206–23. and Matthew Spriggs (eds).” in Quintin Hoare and Geoffrey N. Frederick (1977b). 30–48. Glick Schiller. John (1995). New York: International Publishers. Carol C. John (1991).

Essays in Indian History: Towards a Marxist Perception. Irfan (1968/1995). Baltimore. Reiner (1991). Haldon. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Theodore S. 371– 99. Habib. Francis (1959). 180–222. “Introduction: Marx’s Perception of India. The Social Foundations of German Unification. NY: Cornell University Press.” Historical Materialism 10(1): 29–78.” in James D. Habib. 1858–1871: Ideas and Institutions.).” Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences 16(2): 118–32. (1969). MA: Harvard University Press. (1982). William F. (1994). The Age of the World: Moses to Darwin. Antonio (2000). 67–99. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Edward E. New Delhi: Tulika Books. MD: The Johns Hopkins Press. John (2006). Geology in the Nineteenth Century: Changing Views of a Changing World. Hardt.” Annual Review of Anthropology 34: 67–83. pp. Ithaca. (ed. and Lin Foxhall (eds). Princeton. Hammond. “Pierre Bourdieu and the Practices of Language. Hann. Harris. Edward M.). The Rise of Merchant Empires: Long-Distance Trade in the Early Modern World. NJ: Princeton University Press. 1350–1750. Tracy (ed. Marxism and Ecology. London: Routledge.” in Irfan Habib. Chris M. Grundmann. . and Land: Approaches to the Economies of Ancient Greece. John (1993). Marketplace. and Household: The Nature of Technical Specialization in Classical Athens and its Influence on Economy and Society. New Delhi: Tulika Books. Haldon.” in Paul Cartledge. Labour. Money. Hegel’s Social Philosophy: The Project of Reconciliation.Bibliography • 193 Green. pp. Property Relations: Renewing the Anthropological Tradition. Empire. “‘The Passage from Imperialism to Empire’: A Commentary on Empire by Michael Hardt and Antonio Negri. pp. London: Verso. “On Igor Diakonoff’s The Paths of History. xix–liv. Michael (1980).) (1998). Haber. Cambridge.” Historical Materialism 14(2): 169–201. “Potentialities of Capitalistic Development in the Economy of Mughal India. Mott T. “Workshop. Irfan (1990). Habib. “Merchant Communities in Precolonial India. pp. Irfan (2006). Hamerow. The State and the Tributary Mode of Production.” in Iqbal Husain (ed. “Anthropology as a Weapon in Social Combat in LateNineteenth-Century France. Cohen. Michael O. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Karl Marx on India: From the New York Daily Tribune (Including Articles by Frederick Engels) and Extracts from Marx-Engels Correspondence 1853– 1862. Greene. Hanks. (2002). Oxford: Oxford University Press. Paul (2002). (2005). Michael and Negri. Hardimon.

pp. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press Herder. pp. 3–29. vol. Spaces of Global Capitalism: Towards a Theory of Uneven Geographical Development. Justus (1992).). Georg W. translated by Hugh B. “Evolutionism Transformed: Positivists and Materialists in the Société d’Anthropologie de Paris from Second Empire to Third Republic. Reflections on the Philosophy of the History of Mankind [=Ideen zur Philosophie des Geschichte der Menscheit].” in Michael N. Dordrecht: Kluwer. Lectures on the Philosophy of World History.” in Michael N.” in Michael N.). Hegel. Heller. Georg W.” in Stephen Priest (ed. 272–358. Forster (ed. Forster (ed. 247–56. Assen: Van Gorcum. The Philosophy of History. Hegel.” in David Oldroyd and Ian Langham (eds). Oxford: Oxford University Press. 77–86. Johann Gottlieb von (1774/2002). Georg W. Johann Gottlieb von (1784/1968). F. Henry. “Ideas for a Philosophy of the History of Mankind [=Ideen zur Philosophie des Geschichte der Menscheit]. Petry. translated by Thomas M. Knox. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press [= Introduction. Forster (ed. Johann Gottlieb von (1765/2002). “How Philosophy Can Become More Universal and Useful for the Benefit of People.194 • Bibliography Hartnack. IN: Indiana University Press. Johann Gottlieb von (1784–91/1969). pp. Hegel’s Critique of Kant. edited by Frank E. Georg W. Hegel. Marx: A Philosophy of Human Reality. Georg W. Hegel. A Theory of Feeling. New York: Dover Publications. Michel (1976/1983). pp.” in Michael N. Hegel’s Phenomenology of Spirit. David (2006). Johann Gottlieb von (1772/2002). Herder: Philosophical Writings. Anthropology. Herder. Herder.). Findley. Herder. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. edited by Michael J. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. F. Dordrecht: D. “On the Change of Taste. Herder. Reidel Publishing Company.). F. Herder: Philosophical Writings. New York: Dover Publications. with analysis and foreword by John N. Bloomington. Oxford: Oxford University Press. edited by Eduard Gans. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Herder: Philosophical Writings. Johann Gottlieb von (1766/2002). pp. London: Verso. 65–164. 289–310. “Categories and Things-in-Themselves. 2. The Wider Domain of Evolutionary Thought. Joy (1983). F. Forster (ed. (1807/1977). 1956]. Manuel.). Hegel’s Philosophy of Right. The Philosophy of History. F. Herder. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. “This Too a Philosophy of History for the Formation of Humanity [=Auch eine Philosophie zur Geschichte der Menscheit]. Agnes (1979). pp. (1822–30/1975). Hegel. “Treatise on the Origin of Language.” in Frederick . Harvey. Nisbet. (1821/1967). (1817–30/1978) Hegel’s Philosophy of Subjective Spirit. Harvey. Herder: Philosophical Writings. Oxford: Oxford University Press. (1837/1956).

“Reasons for Inequality among Medieval Peasants. Industry and Empire. London: Lawrence and Wishart. 109–17. Barnard (ed. (ed. with an introduction by Eric Hobsbawm. Contributions to Philosophy. “First Steps toward a Market-Integrated Economy in Aztec Mexico. . Leiden: E. “Introduction. Westport. Berkeley. (1968). pp. 2nd edition. E. Hilton. Alexander L.” in Henri J. UK: Penguin Books. Hicks. The Age of Revolution 1789–1848. pp. Cambridge: At the University Press. pp. Hicks. “Introduction. Class Conflict and the Crisis of Feudalism: Essays in Medieval Social History. Darwin. 494–6. Eric J.” in T. Nature. J. Paul (1982). The Transition from Feudalism to Capitalism. Human Nature. Biology. CLaessen and Pieter van de Velde (eds).Bibliography • 195 M. pp. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers. Frederic (1987). H.). CT: Greenwood Press. London: The Hambledon Press. Oxford: Basil Blackwell Publishers. Alexander L. “Serfdom. G. pp. Frederic (1999). Hilton. Hilton. 9–65.).) (2002b). Hobsbawm. Heyer. Rodney (1978/1990). pp. London: Routledge and Kegan-Paul. 2. (1962). Frankfurt-am-Main: Europäische Verlagsanstalt. Barry and Hirst. Hilferding. Hilton. Eric J. Studies in Human Society. Primitive Rebels: Studies in Archaic Forms of Social Movement in the 19th and 20th Centuries. pp. H. Eric J. Finance Capital: A Study of the Latest Phase of Capitalist Development. Günther (1966). (ed. 1835–1841. Norton and Company. vol. Rudolf (1910/1981). Paul Q. (1964). and the Human Sciences. Hinton. Annihilating Difference: The Anthropology of Genocide. M.) (2002a). Marx und Hegel: Von der Spekulation zur Dialektik: Interpretation der ersten Schriften von Karl Marx im Hinblick auf sein Verhältnis zu Hegel. CA: University of California Press. Harmondsworth. London: New Left Books. Genocide: An Anthropological Reader. Early State Dynamics. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. Brill. New York: The World Publishing Company. Hindess. 91–107. Hobsbawm. W. Hobsbawm. Herder on Social and Political Culture.” Journal of Anthropological Research 55(3): 409–28. “The Middle Class in Ancient Central Mexico.” in Karl Marx: Pre-Capitalist Economic Formations. Rodney (1985).” in Rodney Hilton (ed. Hobsbawm. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 21. (1975).” in Tom Bottomore (ed. A Dictionary of Marxist Thought. Philpin (eds). The Brenner Debate: Agrarian Class Structure and Economic Development in Pre-Industrial Europe. Aston and C. (1959). 1–9. Rodney (1953/1976). Rodney (1991). Hinton. Eric J. Hillmann.” in Rodney Hilton. J.). Pre-Capitalist Modes of Production. no. and Society: Marx. New York: W. 253–326. “The Transition from Feudalism to Capitalism: A Comment. 139–51.

Oxford: Basil Blackwell. Power and Marxist Theory: A Realist View. Isaac. “Models of the Interaction of Language and Social Life. 1. Jordanova. Gumperz and Dell Hymes (eds). Justice. Princeton. New York: Berghahn Books. Iqbal (2006). Hymes. Jacobson. Rousseau. New Brunswick. no. pp. Philadelphia. and Thomas Scanlon (eds). Ziyad I. . Hughes. “Putting the Social Back into Language: Marx. Ecology and Historical Materialism. issue 1: 1–28. edited by vol. Sharing. Nature and History. 111–30. Marx. Jones. 42–79. (1978/1980). Horowitz. New Delhi: Tulika Books. Jacob. (1988). Jonathan I. NJ: Princeton University Press.” in Ludmilla Jordanova (ed. Oxford: Oxford University Press. “Prefatory Note.” New Left Review. Toronto. Aldershot. pp. Ithaca. 1650–1750. Radical Enlightenment: Philosophy and the Making of Modernity. PA: Temple University Press. Jones.” in Marshall Cohen. “Marx and History. 151–64. (1984). Social Darwinism and English Thought: The Interaction between Biological and Social Theory. Egalitarianism. Thorkild (1943). “Williams and Markus on Production. Thorkild (1957).” Studies in Language and Capitalism. Ludmilla (1986). Greta (1980). 143: 39–50. xiii–xviii. “Introduction. pp. “Food Sharing and Ownership among Central African Hunter-Gatherers: An Evolutionary Perspective. Vološinov. “Early Political Development in Mesopotamia.196 • Bibliography Hobsbawm. 10–47. Glynn (1979). pp.). Husami. UK: The Harvester Press.” in John J. Israel. and Vygotsky Reexamined. Paul (2002). ON: University of Toronto Press. (2001). Property and Equality. Dell (1967/1986).” Scientific American 238(4): 90–108. and History: A Philosophy and Public Affairs Reader. pp. Culture and Enlightenment: Essays for György Markus.” in Iqbal Husain (ed. Jonathan (2000). Isaac.” in Thomas Widlok and Wolde Gossa Tadesse (eds).” in John Grumley. “Marx on Distributive Justice.). Directions in Sociolinguistics: The Ethnography of Communication. Ichikawa. “The Food-Sharing Behavior of Protohuman Hominids. Karl Marx on India: From the New York Daily Tribune (Including Articles by Frederick Engels) and Extracts from Marx-Engels Correspondence 1853–1862. pp. Jeffrey (1987). “Primitive Democracy in Ancient Mesopotamia. The Cultural Meaning of the Scientific Revolution. Electronic online journal. UK: Ashgate Publishing. Languages of Nature: Critical Essays on Science and Literature. Marnie (2006). Margaret C.” Zeitschrift für Assyriologie und voderasiatische Archaologie 52: 92–140. Eric J. Holborow. Jacobson. and Pauline Johnson (eds). Paul Crittenden. NY: Cornell University Press. Husain.” Journal of Near Eastern Studies 2(3): 159–72. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Asher (1987). NJ: Rutgers University Press. Brighton. 35–71. Mitsuo (2005). Ritualisation. Thomas Nagel.

Indianapolis. pp. IN: Hackett Publishing Company.” The American Historical Review 83(2): 350–67. Donald R.” in Robert Bernasconi and Tommy L. Reiss (ed.” Journal of the History of Ideas 45(2): 245–62.” in Hans S. The Anthropology of Pre-Capitalist Societies. Kant. Joel S. “Review of Herder’s Ideas on the Philosophy of History of Mankind. Washington. Rosemary (2005).). Kahn. Reiss (ed. Kant. War: Civil Violence in Emerging Global Realities. Lott (eds). 1860–1914. 2nd edition. “The Metaphysics of Law: An Essay on the Very Young Marx. State.” in Robert Bernasconi (ed. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.” in Hans S. Immanuel (1788/2001). Alfred (1981). Berlin: Dietz Verlag. pp. Sovereignty. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers. Reiss (ed.) in collaboration with Ralf Meerbote. Kant. and Josep R. (1993). Immanuel Kant: Theoretical Philosophy.). New York: Berghahn Books. “Immanuel Kant’s Announcement of the Programme of his Lectures for the Winter Semester. “Conjectures on the Beginning of Human History. “Archaeology of the Body. 1755–1770. 221–34. pp. Kant: Political Writings. Kant: Political Writings. pp.” in Hans S. Culture. 41–53. (1980). Kapferer. 287–300. Joel S. 2nd edition. Kahn. 37–56. Bruce (ed. “On the Use of Teleological Principles in Philosophy. Ex Libris Karl Marx und Friedrich Engels: Schicksal und Verzeichnis einer Bibliothek. Llobera (eds) (1981). (1978). Bruno (1967). Immanuel (1765/1992). Chapel Hill. Kant: Political Writings. “On the Different Races of Human Beings. Bruce (ed. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Kant. Donald R. Immanuel (1784/1991).) (2005). pp. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Kelley. Oxford: Berg Publishers Kahn. London: The Macmillan Press. 1765–1766. Kelly. Kapferer. The Idea of Race. . Oligarchs and Oligopolies: New Formations of Global Power. Immanuel (1798/1978).). Immanuel (1785/1991).Bibliography • 197 Joyce. Myths of State: Violence. and Modernity in Colonial Indonesia.” in David Walford (ed. Kapferer. 201–20. Joel S. “The Science of Anthropology: An Essay on the Very Old Marx. Legends of People. Minangkabau Social Formations: Indonesian Peasants and the World-Economy. Kaiser. NC: The University of North Carolina Press. Anthropology from a Pragmatic Point of View.). IL: Southern Illinois University Press. DC: Smithsonian Institution Press. (1984). 8–22. New York: Berghahn Books. Immanuel (1775/2000). and Political Culture in Sri Lanka and Australia. “Idea for a Universal History with a Cosmopolitan Purpose. The Descent of Darwin: The Popularization of Darwinism in Germany. pp.) (2004). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Carbondale. Race. Constituting the Minangkabau: Peasants. Bruce (1988). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Intolerance. Kant. Kant.” Annual Review of Anthropology 34: 139–58. 2nd edition. Kelley. Immanuel (1786/1991). Kant.

73–94. vol. pp. Dialectic of Civil Society. pp. Geoffrey and Bailey. “Relations of Production in Band Society.” in Alfred I. Oxford: At the Clarendon Press. Leacock. QU: Black Rose Books Landmann. Košenina. (1988). “The Origin of the State among the Nomads of Asia. Lawrence (1978). 93–108. Tauber (ed. Belmont. Assen: Van Gorcum and Company. Private Property and the State. Michael A. Civilization in Crisis: Anthropological Perspectives.” in Henri J. Kosík. PA: The Westminster Press.” Antiquity 80(308): 265–86. Thomas M.” in Christine W. New York: International Publishers. 1. LII. Richard B. pp. FL: University Presses of Florida. Mutual Aid: A Factor of Evolution. Beyond Capital: Marx’s Political Economy of the Working Class. Lebowitz. and Pelczynski. 2nd edition. Philadelphia.). “Demystifying Primitive Communism. The Human Strategy: An Evolutionary Perspective on Human Anatomy. Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science. 13–49. pp. Development and Critique in the Writings of Karl Marx. UK: Palgrave Macmillan. The Dobe Ju/’hoansi. Karel (1963/1976). Oxford: Oxford University Press.). Lee.” in Frederick Engels. “Reflections on Primitive Communism. The Origin of the Family. Dialectical Anthropology: Essays in Honor of Stanley Diamond. Hunters and Gatherers. The Asiatic Mode of Production: Sources. Kropotkin. 7–67. David (1996). Richard B. . Gailey (ed. Langdon. Zbigniew (eds) (1964). Krader. and James Woodburn (eds). Eleanor B. Oxford: Berg Publishers. 252–68. Claessen and Peter Skalník (eds). (1972).198 • Bibliography King.” in Eleanor Leacock and Richard Lee (eds). The Hague: Mouton Publishers. (2003). 159–70. Krader. Gainesville. “Tectonics and Human Evolution. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. The Early State. 3rd edition. M. Lawrence (1976). “Introduction. vol. “The Aesthetic Construction of Darwin’s Theory. Eleanor B. Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science. Der philosophische Arzt und seine Wirkung auf Karl Wezel und Jean Paul. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers. Lee. pp. Hegel’s Political Writings. Dialectics of the Concrete: A Study on Problems of Man and World. Ernst Platners Anthropologie und Philosophie. Philosophical Anthropology. Montréal. CA: Thomson Learning. Lee. John H. (2005). vol. Geoff (2006). pp. Knox. Lawrence (1975). Alexander (1989). 1. Richard B. (1982). Würzburg: Königshausen and Neumann. Dordrecht: D. David Riches. History. Krader. Politics and History in Band Societies. Peter (1904/1989). Michael (1969/1974). Reidel Publishing Company. Kohn. Assen: Van Gorcum and Company. (2003).” in Tim Ingold. Leacock. Evolution and Social Change. Basingstoke. (1992). The Elusive Synthesis: Aesthetics and Science.

Moscow.). “The Three Sources and Three Component Parts of Marxism. (2005). L’Anthropologie Comparée de Guillaume de Humboldt. MA: The MIT Press. 135.” in Stephanie Coontz and Peta Henderson (eds). Richard (1982). pp. Lila (1986). “The Emergence of Philological Discourse in the German States. USSR: Progress Publishers. New York: Berghahn Books. pp. Wolpoff (2003). John (1974). New York: Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers. (1995). pp. (1899/1960). Publications de la Faculté des Lettres de l’Université de Strasbourg. Cambridge. The Production of Desire: The Integration of Psychoanalysis into Marxist Theory. Lefort.” in Jerzy Neyman (ed. Blumenbach. . 139–80. Leibowitz. London: Lawrence and Wishart. Leibowitz. Lila (1985). 1770–1810.” in Lenin: Collected Works. “The Development of Capitalism in Russia: The Process of the Formation of a Home Market for Large-Scale Industry.” in Claude Lefort (ed. “The Pattern of Human Brain Size Evolution. Lewontin. vol. Vladimir I. Lewis. The Political Forms of Modern Society: Bureaucracy. New York: Scientific American Books. Vladimir I. Lenoir. Leroux. Property and Equality. Leone. vol. Commericalisation. 2. and Potter. The Uniqueness of Man. Mark P. 23–8. (1913/1963).” in Thomas Widlok and Wolde Gossa Tadesse (eds). Organism. 43–75. fasc. (1986).: The First Origins of the Sexual Division of Labor and the Development of the First Human Societies. Parker B. Claude (1978/1986). Paris: Société d’Éditions. pp. (eds) (1999). Richard and Lewontin. Richard C. Richard (1985). Leventhal.” Paleobiology 29(2): 186–96. Historical Archaeologies of Capitalism. MA: Harvard University Press. Encapsulation.” Isis 77(287): 243–60. Sang-Hee and Milford H. “In the Beginning . 3. pp. Women’s Work. Men’s Property: The Origins of Gender and Class.Bibliography • 199 Lee. Timothy (1980).. MA: MIT Press. Jr. “Power and Property in Twenty-First Century Foragers: A Critical Examination. and Vital Materialism in German Biology. Cambridge.” Cambridge. and Environment. Lichtman. Moscow: Progress Publishers. 16–31. “Marx: From One Vision of History to Another. “Darwin and Mendel—The Materialist Revolution. Lenin.” Dialectical Anthropology 9(1–4): 127–46. “Kant. The Heritage of Copernicus: Theories “Pleasing to the Mind. “Humans and Other Animals: A Perspective on Perspectives. Richard C. New York: The Free Press. London: Verso.” Isis 71(256): 77–108.). 166–82. The Triple Helix: Gene. 21–607. Lenin. Human Diversity. .” in Lenin: Collected Works. Democracy. (2000). Totalitarianism. Richard B. Cambridge. Lewontin. 19. (1974). Robert (1958). . Robert S. vol. Lewontin. Lee. Levins. Richard C. pp. The Dialectical Biologist. MA: Harvard University Press. Discrimination.

Romanticism against the Tide of Modernity. David (1988).200 • Bibliography Lichtman. pp. McLellan. Michael and Robert Sayre (2001). CA: Academic Press.” Capitalism. Trench and Trubner. David (2001). Crime and Custom in Savage Society. B. Georg (1966/1976). McMurtry. Michael (2003/2005). Owsei Temkin. Strauss.” in Bentley Glass. “Herder: Progressivism without Transformism. and Liberation. McGuire. pp. The Accumulation of Capital. Marable. (1959a). Durham. Macpherson. Löwy. Marks. McNally. Kant’s Impure Ethics: From Rational Beings to Human Beings. McNally. Baltimore. Lukács.” in Bentley Glass. “A Political Theory of Property. and Their Genes. 4: 13–51. CA: University of California Press.120–40. Strauss. 84–113. Austin. Oxford: Oxford University Press. (1959b). CA: University of California Press. (2000). Chicago: Haymarket Books. José (1928/1971). Beyond Black and White: Transforming African-American Politics. (1992). pp. Mao Zedong (1930/1990). MA: The MIT Press. Manning (1995). John (1978). Jr. Arthur O. Cambridge. Marxism and Morality. NC: Duke University Press. Socialism. Hegel and Marx after the Fall of Communism.” in C. MD: The Johns Hopkins Press. Labor. What It Means To Be 98% Chimpanzee: Apes. Cardiff: University of Wales Press. Lovejoy. MD: The Johns Hopkins Press. Karl Marx: His Life and Thought. (eds). “The Production of Human Nature by Human Nature. Luxemburg. and William L. Report from Xunwu. Löwy. Berkeley. Rosa (1913/2003). no. The Forerunners of Darwin: 1745–1859. Jonathan (2002). Owsei Temkin. Steven (1987). Political Economy and the Rise of Capitalism: A Reinterpretation. Louden. (1971). NY: SUNY Press. Robert B. Lukes. Albany. The Young Hegel: Studies in the Relations between Dialectics and Economics. David (1998). Stanford. Mariátegui. . “Buffon and the Problem of Species. David (1973). Baltimore. Bronislaw (1926). Democratic Theory: Essays in Retrieval. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Arthur O. Seven Interpretive Essays on the Peruvian Reality. London: Routledge. Oxford: Oxford University Press. People. Bodies of Meaning: Studies on Language. London: Verso. Crawford B. Nature. Princeton. The Structure of Marx’s World-View. TX: University of Texas Press. 207–22. Macpherson. CA: Stanford University Press. Jr. London: Kegan Paul. Lovejoy. The Theory of Revolution in the Young Marx. A Marxist Archaeology. and William L. Richard (1990). San Diego. NJ: Princeton University Press. Malinowski. The Forerunners of Darwin: 1745–1859. (eds). Randall H. New York: Harper Books. MacGregor. Berkeley.

211–28. pp.” in Karl Marx. New York: International Publishers. vol.” in Karl Marx. vol. vol. vol. “Difference between the Democritean and Epicurean Philosophy of Nature. Éléments d’économique politique.” in Karl Marx.” in Karl Marx. Marx. Marx. pp. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. pp. vol. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. New York: International Publishers. 403–509. 3. 1. 1. pp.” in Karl Marx. 3–5. Karl (1837/1975). Marx. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Assen: Van Gorcum. Karl (1843/1975a). Marx. “The Philosophical Manifesto of the Historical School of Law.” in Karl Marx. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Karl (1839/1975). 146– 74. “Letters from the Deutsch-Französische Jahrbücher. Marx. Marx. Marx. 1. 25–109. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. 229–348. pp. Karl (1843–4/1975). Marx. pp. Marx and Anthropology: The Concept of Human Essence in the Philosophy of Marx. 3. 133–45. New York: International Publishers. New York: International Publishers. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. pp. Karl (1846/1982). New York: International Publishers. New York: International Publishers. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. pp. pp. By a Prussian’. 1.” in Karl Marx. 203–10. Karl (1844/1975b).” in Karl Marx.” in Karl Marx. Marx. “Contribution to the Critique of Hegel’s Philosophy of Law. “Critical Marginal Notes on the Article ‘The King of Prussia and Social Reform. “On the Jewish Question. 175–87. vol. 10–21. . pp. Karl (1835/1975). 3. Karl (1840–1/1975). New York: International Publishers. vol. pp. pp. New York: International Publishers. “Letter from Marx to His Father in Trier. vol. Marx. “The Economic and Philosophical Manuscripts of 1844. “Reflections of a Young Man on the Choice of a Profession. Karl (1842/1975). Frederick Engels: Collected Works. 3–9. Marx. New York: International Publishers. vol. 3.” in Karl Marx. “Comments on James Mill. 28 December 1846. Frederick Engels: Collected Works.” in Karl Marx. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. 38. Karl (1843/1975c).” in Karl Marx.Bibliography • 201 Márkus. 95–106. “Notebooks on Epicurean Philosophy. Karl (1845/1976). 1837. Introduction. pp. 1. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Karl (1844/1975c). New York: International Publishers. vol. Karl (1844/1975a). New York: International Publishers. New York: International Publishers. “Contribution to the Critique of Hegel’s Philosophy of Law. Marx. vol. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. 3–129.” in Karl Marx. Marx. 3. vol. Gyorgy (1978). 3. 189–206. vol. Karl (1843/1975b). November 10–11. vol. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. pp. “Letter from Marx to Pavel Vasilyevich Annenkov. New York: International Publishers. New York: International Publishers. 3. 5.” in Karl Marx. “Theses on Feuerbach. Marx.

Marx. .” in Karl Marx. Karl (1850/1978). 45–145. 99–197. New York: International Publishers. “The Poverty of Philosophy. New York: International Publishers. 6. 1848 to 1850. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Karl (1853/1983a). vol. pp. Marx. “The Western Powers and Turkey. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. pp.” in Karl Marx. 10. Karl (1853/1979f). 545–9. vol. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. vol. 157–62. Karl (1853/1979c). vol. Marx. Karl (1847/1976b). Marx. New York: International Publishers. New York: International Publishers. 105–212. 528–34. vol. vol. Karl (1853/1979a). Frederick Engels: Collected Works. vol.—Imminent Economic Crisis. pp. New York: International Publishers. New York: International Publishers.” in Karl Marx.—Financial Clouds. Marx. Marx. pp. vol. Karl (1853/1979b). pp.” in Karl Marx.” in Karl Marx. “Moralising Criticism and Critical Morality: A Contribution to German Cultural History contra Karl Heinzen. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. “On the Polish Question. vol. 6. 12. “Forced Emigration. New York: International Publishers. New York: International Publishers. Karl (1853/1979g). pp. 11. pp. 11. 12.” in Karl Marx. “The East India Company—Its History and Results. Frederick Engels: Collected Works.” in Karl Marx. 6.—Railway Construction in India. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. pp.—The Refugee Question. 12.” in Karl Marx. New York: International Publishers. 148–57. pp. Karl (1853/1979d). Cobden. “Wage Labour and Capital. “The Future Results of British Rule in India. Karl (1847/1976a). New York: International Publishers.202 • Bibliography Marx. 125–34.” in Karl Marx. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. vol.” in Karl Marx. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. 39. vol. Karl (1853/1979e). Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Marx.—Irish Tenant Right. Marx. New York: International Publishers. vol. vol. Marx. New York: International Publishers. Marx. Answer to the Philosophy of Poverty by M.—Kossuth and Mazzini. vol.—Mr. “The Indian Question. “The Class Struggle in France. Proudhon. 9. “Letter from Marx to Frederick Engels. New York: International Publishers. 12. 11. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. 197– 228.” in Karl Marx. Marx. 309–17. 217–22. Karl (1849/1977). pp. Karl (1852/1979 “The Eighteenth Brumaire of Louis Bonaparte. “Elections. 312–40. 329–35.” in Karl Marx. Marx. pp.” in Karl Marx. Marx. pp. 486–94. New York: International Publishers.—Election Bribery in England. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Karl (1848/1976). 12.—The Duchess of Sutherland and Slavery. “The British Rule in India. pp. 2 June 1853.” in Karl Marx. pp.

Frederick Engels: Collected Works. New York: International Publishers.” in Karl Marx. A Contribution to the Critique of Political Economy. Marx. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Marx. 15. Karl (1861–3/1989). New York: International Publishers. Karl (1859/1983). Karl (1857/1986c). “The Indian Question. New York: Vintage Books. Karl (1859/1980). pp. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. vol. Theories of Surplus Value. “State of the Indian Insurrection. 245–7. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Karl (1853/1983b). pp. New York: International Publishers. New York: International Publishers. pp. Karl (1857/1986e). 41. 19 December 1860. Crime. “Letter from Marx to Frederick Engels. part III. New York: International Publishers. 255– 61. 1987. 318– 21. pp. Marx. 257–417]. part I. 231–3. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Karl (1857–8/1973). New York: International Publishers. vol. Marx. vol. 403–5. 1–577. Karl (1857/1986d).” in Karl Marx. Marx. New York: International Publishers. Marx. New York: International Publishers. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. 327–30. Marx. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. . Moscow: Progress Publishers. 16 January 1871. 31. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Moscow: Progress Publishers. “Letter from Marx to Frederick Engels. Grundrisse: Foundations to the Critique of Political Economy.” in Karl Marx. pp. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. vol. New York: International Publishers.” in Karl Marx.” in Karl Marx. 353–6. Marx. “Letter from Marx to Frederick Engels.Bibliography • 203 Marx. New York: International Publishers. Marx. Marx. 335–42. Karl (1860/1985). 39. 15. 39. Marx. pp. 6 June 1853. Karl (1853/1983c). 550–1. Karl (1861–3/1963). “The Indian Insurrection. New York: International Publishers. pp. New York: International Publishers [=Karl Marx. Karl (1859/1970). Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Marx. 487–91. “Economic Manuscript of 1861–63 (continuation). and Pauperism. 309–13. vol.” in Karl Marx. New York: International Publishers.” in Karl Marx. 11 or 12 December 1859. 41. Karl (1861/1985). New York: International Publishers. pp.” in Karl Marx. vol. 15. vol. vol. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. 15. 29. “Letter from Marx to Frederick Engels. Karl (1857/1986b). Frederick Engels: Collected Works. pp.” in Karl Marx. pp. vol. 15. vol. vol. “The Indian Revolt. Theories of Surplus Value.” in Karl Marx. Marx. vol. 16. pp. “The English Factory System. 40. vol. “Letter from Marx to Ferdinand Lassalle. Marx. Karl (1857/1986a). “Population. 14 December 1853. pp. Frederick Engels: Collected Works.” in Karl Marx. Marx. pp. Karl (1861–3/1971).” in Karl Marx.

1. Karl (1861–3/1991). “Confidential Communication. Karl (1867/1985). Marx. Marx. pp. New York: International Publishers. “Letter from Marx to Sigfrid Meyer and August Vogt. 1. 10 December 1869. New York: International Publishers. vol. vol. “The Civil War in France. 43. Karl (1867/1987). New York: Vintage Books. Marx. Karl (1864/1985). Karl (1870/1988).” in Karl Marx. Ouevres. 471–6. vol. 557–9. Frederick Engels: Collected Works.” in Karl Marx. pp. vol. Economie.” in Karl Marx. Karl (1864–94/1981). New York: Vintage Books. 392–3. vol. 1–539. New York: International Publishers. New York: Vintage Books. 18 June 1862. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Marx. vol. New York: International Publishers. vol. 21. pp. pp. “Letter from Marx to Lion Philips. vol.” in Karl Marx. 43.” in Karl Marx. 4 December 1869.204 • Bibliography Marx. Marx. vol. Karl (1869/1988b). vol. 42. “Letter from Marx to Frederick Engels. vol. New York: International Publishers. New York: International Publishers. Marx. vol. pp. 381–2. pp. 3. vol. Marx. Paris: Gallimard. Karl (1870/1985). “Letter from Marx to Frederick Engels. 493–5. “Letter from Marx to Frederick Engels. pp. Frederick Engels: Collected Works.” in Karl Marx. vol. Frederick Engels: Collected Works.” in Karl Marx. Capital: A Critique of Political Economy. 25 March 1868.” in Karl Marx. Capital: A Critique of Political Economy. New York: International Publishers. “Letter from Marx to Ludwig Kugelmann. 43. 112– 24. 396–9. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. 3–4. Karl (1865–85/1981). pp. 33. 25 June 1864. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. . 41. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. “The Fenian Prisoners at Manchester and the International Working Men’s Association. “Economic Manuscript of 1861–63 (continuation). Frederick Engels: Collected Works. 17 March 1868. pp. New York: International Publishers. Marx. 42. 2. Karl (1868/1987a). vol. p.” in Karl Marx. 307–59. Karl (1871/1986). Marx. Karl (1869/1988a). Capital: A Critique of Political Economy. pp. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Marx. New York: International Publishers. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Karl (1863–7/1977). New York: International Publishers. 21. Marx. “Letter from Marx to Frederick Engels. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Karl (1868/1987b). pp. 7 December 1867. Marx. 581. Karl (1862/1985). 41. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. vol.” in Karl Marx. New York: International Publishers. 42. “Letter from Marx to Frederick Engels.” in Karl Marx. 551–3. Marx. New York: International Publishers. Karl (1875/1963).” in Karl Marx. Marx. 22. Marx.

pp. 81–5. “Preface to the Second Russian Edition of the Manifesto of the Communist Party. vol. 477–519. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. vol. New York: International Publishers. 1989. Late Marx and the Russian Road: Marx and “The Peripheries of Capitalism. 24.).” in John H. New York: McGraw-Hill Book Company. “Manifesto of the Communist Party. pp. “Letter from Marx to Nikolai Danielson. 328–34. Tracy (ed. “Marx-Zasulich Correspondence: Letters and Drafts. Ireland and the Irish Question: A Collection of Writings by Karl Marx and Frederick Engels. vol. Karl and Engels. edited by R. pp. “Letter from Marx to Jenny Longuet. 6. 5. 11 April 1881. New York: International Publishers. Frederick (1848/1976). Frederick Engels: Collected Works. 46. 24. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. vol. Marcel (1925/1990). Frederick (1882/1989). Marx. 24. Bill (2006). 346–71]. Marx. 15 February 1881. 60–4. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Marx. “The German Ideology.” in Karl Marx. . Frederick (1972). pp. The Gift: Form and Function of Exchange in Archaic Societies. 1350–1750. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. “Critique of the Gotha Programme. vol. Frederick (1845–6/1976). Karl (1875/1989). pp. ix–xli. Marx. Robert (1992). Karl (1880/1989). New York: International Publishers. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Mason.” in Karl Marx. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Marx.” New York: Monthly Review Press. Mason and Robert Wokler (eds). New York: International Publishers. Karl Marx on America and the Civil War. New York: International Publishers. Marx. Mauer. New York: International Publishers. The Rise of Merchant Empires: Long-Distance Trade in the Early Modern World. Karl and Engels. edited by Saul K.” in Karl Marx. Assen: Van Gorcum and Company. pp. Padover.” Annual Review of Anthropology 35: 15–36. 2nd edition.” in Karl Marx. Karl (1972).” in Karl Marx. vol. Marx. New York: International Publishers. 24. Marx. London: Routledge. Frédéric (1990). “Introduction. “The Anthropology of Money. Karl (1880–2/1974). 425–6. edited by Lawrence Krader. Marx. pp. New York: International Publishers. Karl (1881/1992a). Marx. vol.” in Karl Marx. pp. pp. Mauss. Dixon. New York: International Publishers. and Wokler. 1350–1750. “Workers’ Questionnaire.” in Karl Marx.” in Teodor Shanin (ed. 19–452. “Merchant Communities. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Mauro. 97–129 [=Karl Marx. 75–99. Karl (1881/1992b). 46.). Diderot: Political Writings. vol.” in James D. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. Frederick Engels: Collected Works. John H. Karl (1881/1983). 255–86. Karl and Engels.Bibliography • 205 Marx. pp. The Ethnological Notebooks of Karl Marx. Karl and Engels.

Publishers. Leacock. Essentialism in the Thought of Karl Marx. New York: Harper and Row.” in Ronald L. Carolyn (1980). István (2005). OH: The World Publishing Company. “Totality. “The Ghost-Dance Religion and the Sioux Outbreak of 1890. (1985). IN: Hackett Publishing Company.206 • Bibliography Mayr. Lewis H. Mészáros. The. Marxism and Politics. 2nd edition. The Articulation of Modes of Production: Essays from Economy and Society. Evolution. A Dictionary of Marxist Thought. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Meillassoux. (1877/1963). 536–8. Persian Letters. pp. Baron de (1748/1977). Montesquieu.). “State. 2nd edition. pp. Meikle.” in Tom Bottomore (ed. Miliband.” in Harold Wolpe (ed. Ecology. Washington. Meek. The Growth of Biological Thought: Diversity. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers. James E. Baron de (1734/1965). Indianapolis. Maidens. Berkeley. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. Scott (1985). Meek. or Researches in the Lines of Human Progress from Savagery through Barbarism to Civilization. Cambridge. “Last Years of Teotihuacan Dominance. London: Chapman and Hall. Mintz. . Charles Louis de Secondat. 102–64. New York: Viking Penguin. pp. Mészáros. and the Scientific Revolution. Morgan. Economics and Ideology and Other Essays: Studies in the Development of Economic Thought. Ronald (1967). London: Merlin Press. AZ: University of Arizona Press. Considerations on the Causes of the Greatness of the Romans and Their Decline. Oxford: Oxford University Press. and Inheritance. pp. Ralph (1977). 1892-’93. Sweetness and Power: The Place of Sugar in Modern History. Charles Louis de Secondat. Cleveland. Sidney W. The Death of Nature: Women. “The Scottish Contribution to Marxist Sociology. Millon. Ernst (1982). The Spirit of Laws. Tucson. Claude (1971/1980).” in Norman Yoffee and George L. MA: The Belknap Press of Harvard University Press. CA: University of California Press. edited by Eleanor B.” Fourteenth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology. 5th edition.).). 34–50. Mooney. IL: Open Court Publishing Company. Ancient Society. (1896). La Salle. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers. pp. Meal and Money: Capitalism and the Domestic Community. Capitalism and Unfree Labour: Anomaly or Necessity? London: Tavistock Publications. 653–1136. Miles. “From Reproduction to Production: A Marxist Approach to Economic Anthropology.” in Tom Bottomore (ed. pp. UK: Penguin Books. Claude (1975/1981). Montesquieu. Robert (1987). Harmondsworth. Merchant. Ralph (1991). Marx’s Theory of Alienation. Baron de (1721/1973). Cowgill (eds). István (1991). 189–201. Rene (1988). Meillassoux. The Collapse of Ancient States and Civilizations. Miliband. A Dictionary of Marxist Thought. Montesquieu. 520–4. Charles Louis de Secondat.

Orser. (2003). Washington. (ed. Bertell (1993). Class. The Maritime Foundations of Andean Civilizations. London: Routledge. Jr. MD: Lexington Books. DC: Center for Advanced Research in Phenomenology and University Press of America. “Culture. For Marx Against Althusser and Other Essays. pp. 2nd edition.. Lewis H.. UT: University of Utah Press. William (1991).” in Tom Bottomore (ed. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (1975). and Race in America: The “Absolute Democracy” or “Defiled Republic. UT: University of Utah Press. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. CA: Cummings Publishing Company. Marx. and Gender in the Lives of African American Women. Orser. Natural Theology. 211–34. Palerm. Salt Lake City. Negt. Oskar (1988). PA: University of Pennsylvania Press. Terror. DF: Editorial Nuevo Imagen. Charles E. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers. 127–30. IL: University of Indiana Press. Albany.). Antropología y Marxismo. Dov (1981).” Annual Review of Anthropology 23: 109–136. “What Is a Revival of Marxism and Why Do We Need One Today: Centennial Lecture Commemorating the Death of Karl Marx. Ollman. (1881/2003). “Violence. August H. Marx and Engels: Their Contribution to the Democratic Breakthrough.. Charles E. (2004). Dialectical Investigations. Urbana. June (1979).) (2001). Salt Lake City.” in Cary Nelson and Lawrence Grossberg (eds). Tocqueville. On Our Own Terms: Race. Charles E. and the Crisis of the State. John (1982). Orser. Anthony (1982). Houses and House-Life of the American Aborigines. Jr. Jr. Carole (1994). Outhwaite. Michael E. Marxism and the Interpretation of Culture. Philadelphia. NY: State University of New York Press. Alienation: Marx’s Conception of Man in Capitalist Society. Mexico. Bertell (1976).” Lanham. A Dictionary of Marxist Thought. Ollman. Mullings. Fall of Natural Man: The American Indian and the Origins of Comparative Ethnology. Pagden. We Eat the Mines and the Mines Eat Us: Dependency and Exploitation in the Bolivian Tin Mines. Leith (1997). The Development of Darwin’s Theory: Natural History. . Mullings. (2000). Nimtz. A Historical Archaeology of the Modern World. (1999). Nimtz. Race and the Archaeology of Identity. Ospovat. Ángel (1980). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. Race and Practice in Archaeological Interpretation. August H. New York: Plenum Publishers. London: Routledge.Bibliography • 207 Morgan. and Natural Selection. 1838–1859. “Interrogating Racism: Toward an Antiracist Anthropology. Moseley. O’Neill.” Annual Review of Anthropology 34: 667–93. Nash. Menlo Park. New York: Columbia University Press. 2nd edition. Nagengast. Leith (2005).

NY: Doubleday and Company. Berkeley. New York: Monthly Review Press. Plamentz. Pacific Latin America in Prehistory: The Evolution of Archaic and Formative Cultures.” in Tom Bottomore (ed. Coming to Terms with Nature. pp. “The Development of Agriculture and the Emergence of Formative Civilizations in the Central Andes. 2nd edition. Raymond (1983). pp. Prabhat (2006).” in D. “Craft Specialization. London: Routledge. Cornell University. Karl Marx on India: From the New York Daily Tribune (Including Articles by Frederick Engels) and Extracts from Marx-Engels Correspondence 1853–1862. (2005). Hegel: An Introduction. Richard H.” in Michael Blake (ed. Colin (eds) (2006). Thomas C. Thomas C. Eric S. “Pachacamac—An Andean Oracle under Inca Rule. Patnaik. “Racial Hierarchies and Buffer Races. (1979). (1984). Socialist Register 2007. The Inca Empire: The Formation and Disintegration of a Pre-Capitalist State. no. Patterson. 435–40. Gajo (1991). Oxford: Clarendon Press. Thomas C. Patterson. Patterson. xl–lxviii. American Socialists and Evolutionary Thought. The History of Scepticism from Erasmus to Spinoza. Julia (2002). pp. Panitch. Petrović. “Praxis. John (1975). (1991).” Transforming Anthropology 5(1): 20–7. (1999). Recent Studies in Andean Prehistory and Protohistory: Papers from the Second Annual Conference on Andean Archaeology and Ethnohistory. Popkin. Pels. Oxford: Basil Blackwell Publisher.. Patterson. Pittenger. Daniel J. NY: Latin American Studies Program. Patterson. Plant. Petrović. (1988). 14: 53–61. “Genetic Evidence for Complex Speciation of Humans and Chimpanzees. and Reich. Leo and Leys. 181–8. Pullman. Madison. Garden City. Thomas C.). Richter. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers.” Annual Review of Anthropology 31: 469–96. Peter Kvietok and Daniel Sandweiss (eds). pp.208 • Bibliography Paley. “La creación de cultura en las formaciones sociales pre-estatales y no estatales.” Boletín de Antropología Americana. New Delhi: Tulika Books. Sante. “Toward an Anthropology of Democracy. . WI: The University of Wisconsin Press.).” in Iqbal Husain (ed.. CA: University of California Press. 1870–1920. Thomas C. Patterson. Ithaca. Gajo (1965/1967).” Nature 441(7097): 1103–8. A Dictionary of Marxist Thought. Mark (1993). “Appreciation: The Other Marx. and Frank Spencer (1995).). Dick (1998).” Journal of Social Archaeology 5(3): 307–37. 159–76. WA: Washington State University Press. Karl Marx’s Philosophy of Man. Oxford: Berg Publishers. the Reorganization of Production Relations and State Formation. Patterson. Thomas C. Lander. Gnerre. Property and Power in Social Theory: A Study in Intellectual Rivalry. David (2006). Marx in the Mid-Twentieth Century: A Yugoslav Philosopher Reconsiders Karl Marx’s Writings. Nick.

Peter H. no. 5. Raines. (2002). 13–14: 41–61. Marx’s Interpretation of History. 1–14. E. Roy (1972). Robert J. Peter H. Richards. (eds) (1999). Rey. Reidel Publishing Co.” in John Raines (ed. Rey.) 17(1): 3–27. “Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Time. Pierre-Philippe (1973/1982). “Anthropology as Lamppost? A Comment on the Counterinsurgency Field Manual. Richards. Price. Read. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. Changing Perspectives in the History of Science: Essays in Honour of Joseph Needham.). Moishe (1993). Jason (2003). Rey. The Romantic Conception of Life: Science and Philosophy in the Age of Goethe. The Micro-Politics of Capital: Marx and the Prehistory of the Present. Prawer. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Singapore: Gordon and Breach Publishers. “The Lineage Mode of Production. Reyna. “Class Alliances. vol.” Anthropology Today 23(6): 20–1. Philadelphia. (1998). 3: 27–79. Pierre-Philippe (1975). (2005). Deadly Developments: Capitalism.” Critique of Anthropology. The Rise of the Social Sciences and the Formation of Modernity: Conceptual Change in Context.” Critique of Anthropology. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers. 320–43. “The Industrial Revolution and the Rise of the Science of Geology. PA: Temple University Press. “Sharing: The Integration of Intimate Economies.s.. “Class Contradiction in the Lineage Mode of Production. CA: University of California Press. Melvin (1979). Dordrecht: D. 107–40. John A. néo-colonialisme et transition du capitalisme. Stephen P. Rey. States and War. R. (1992). Colonialisme. and Björn Wittrock (eds). “The Construction of the Social Sciences in Late Eighteenth and Early Nineteenth Century Germany. Rader. 1750–1850.” in Johan Heilbron. David (2007). NY: State University of New York Press. Siegbert S. Lars Magnusson. Price. The Meaning of Evolution: The Morphological Construction and Ideological Reconstruction of Darwin’s Theory. pp. War and Society. pp. pp.” International Journal of Sociology 12(2): 1–120. Berkeley. (1978).” in Mikulás Teich and Robert Young (eds). (1975). Marx on Religion.” Anthropologica (n.Bibliography • 209 Porter. . Vitalizing Nature in the Enlightenment. Reill. John (2002). Pierre-Philippe (1971). Karl Marx and World Literature. no. Reill. and Social Domination: A Reinterpretation of Marx’s Critical Theory. Postone. Pierre-Philippe (1979). New York: Oxford University Press. Paris: Maspero. Labor. Albany. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. and Downs. Robert J.

London: J. Rousseau. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Discourse on the Origins of Inequality (Second Discourse). Jean-Jacques (1750/1973). Philadelphia. Polemics. and Solidarity. London: Zed Books. The Dark Abyss of Time: The History of the Earth from Hooke to Vico. Islam and Capitalism. 3. pp. Rousseau. Rose. Jean-Jacques (1755/1992b). Rosdolsky. Jacques (1963/1997). The Rise of Merchant Empires: Long-Distance Trade in the Early Modern World.210 • Bibliography Rigby. M. Irony. Persistent Pastoralists: Nomadic Societies in Transition. Polemics. Berkeley. The Social Contract and Discourses. Black Marxism: The Making of the Black Radical Tradition.” in George D. Morris (1990). The Life Sciences in Eighteenth-Century French Thought. and Class: Ilparakuyo Maasai Transformations.” in George D. Cedric J. NY: Cornell University Press. Tom (1992/1993). edited by vol.” in Roger D.” in James D. M. Buffon: A Life in Natural History. London: Zed Books. Rockmore. and Political Economy. “The ‘Decline’ of the Central Asian Caravan Trade. Ithaca. Capitalism. Roger. 140–70. H. Contingency. The Social Contract and Discourses. Stanford. 1–26. 3. pp. Rousseau. “A Discourse on the Origin of Inequality. TX: University of Texas Press. pp. pp. 27–114. Richard (1989). H. Jean-Jacques (1755/1992a). Roman (1980). and Political Economy.). Jean-Jacques (1755/1973). Dent and Sons. . Before and After Hegel: A Historical Introduction to Hegel’s Thought. NH: University Press of New England. Masters and Christopher Kelly (eds). 1350–1750. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. Roger.” in Roger D. Friedrich Engels y el problema de los pueblos “sin historia”: la cuestión de las nacionalidades en la revolución a la luz de la “Neue Rheinische Zeitung. Cole (ed. London: J. Austin. London: Athalone Press.).). Hegel contra Sociology. Maxime (1966/1978). Tracy (ed. “Discourse on the Origin and Foundations of Inequality among Men. Paolo (1984). DF: Siglo XXI Editores. PA: Temple University Press. Cattle. Gillian (1981). (1983). “Discourse on Political Economy. The Collected Writings of Rousseau. Rousseau. Rossi. CA: University of California Press. Dent and Sons. Rodinson. Rigby. Hanover. Rossabi. Peter (1992). The Collected Writings of Rousseau. Discourse on the Origins of Inequality (Second Discourse).” Mexico. NH: University Press of New England. pp. Peter (1985). Jacques (1989/1997). 1–95. Rorty. Hanover. 351–70. “A Discourse on the Arts and Sciences. edited by vol. Robinson. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Masters and Christopher Kelly (eds). CA: Stanford University Press. Cole (ed.

“Ethnology and Ethnography in the Sixteenth Century. Class. Jean-Jacques Rousseau: Political Writings. Edward M. The Class Struggle in the Ancient Greek World. Race. David (1995).” in David Kohn (ed. Thomas (2006).). CA: Jossy-Bass. Ryding. New York: Zone Books. 277–330. “Modeling the Roles of Craft Production in Ancient Political Economies. 30: 1–20. Rowe. London: Routledge. “The Wider Context in Darwin’s Theorizing. M.” Annual Review of Anthropology 32: 111–34. Sean (1981). Gender. 2nd edition. no. and Health: Intersectional Approaches. Culture in Practice: Selected Essays.” in Marshall Sahlins. “Evolution of the Size and Functional Areas of the Human Brain. NY: Cornell University Press. and Urban. from the Archaic Age to the Arab Conquest. “Darwin and the Political Economists: Divergence of Character. pp. Marx and Human Nature. “Goodbye to Tristes Tropes: Ethnography in the Context of Modern World History. Marxism and the Human Individual. Rudwick. (1980). (2004). Jean-Jacques (1764/1962).). “Constitutional Project for Corsica. Sayers.” Sociologus 25(1): 1–28. Rousseau. pp. Amy J. Schulz. 415–70. (1964). (1975). “The Renaissance Foundations of Anthropology. S. (1985). Silvan S. The Meaning of Fossils: Episodes in the History of Palaeontology. Culture in Practice: Selected Essays. Schoenemann. 471–500. New York: McGraw-Hill Book Company. Silvan S. Neuchâtel: Ides et Calendes. de (1981). Geoffrey E. (1985). Marshall D. Madison. John H. Rowe. P. Sahlins.” Journal of the History of Biology 13(2): 195–299. Leith (eds) (2006). Sahlins. “Cosmologies of Capitalism: The Trans-Pacific Sector of ‘The World System’. James N. and Mullings. Patricia A. John H. 35–70. (1988/2000). Ithaca. Schweber. WI: The University of Wisconsin Press. (1993/2000). Lawrence M. San Francisco. The Darwinian Heritage. Schweber. . Schortman. Martin J. Culture and Power: The Sociology of Pierre Bourdieu.” in Frederick Watkins (ed. Marshall D. NJ: Princeton University Press. Schwartz. Princeton. “Alternatives in Nineteenth-Century German Ethnology: A Case Study in the Sociology of Science. Lettres écrites de la montagne. pp.” Annual Review of Anthropology 35: 379–406. New York: Zone Books.” Journal of Archaeological Research 12(2): 185–226.” in Marshall Sahlins. Schaff. (1965). Sainte Croix. Schell.Bibliography • 211 Rousseau. pp. “Environmental Pollution in Urban Environments and Human Biology. and Melinda Denham (2003).” American Anthropologist 67(1): 1–20.” Kroeber Anthropological Society Papers. Adam (1965/1970). Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. Jean-Jacques (1765/1986). Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Anne (1991).). Kate (1981) On Human Needs: Open and Closed Theories in a Marxist Perspective. Phillip R. 491–4. Adam (1776/1976). Tiercelin..” in Christopher Fox.” in Tom Bottomore (ed. Sleigh. The Theory of Moral Sentiments. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers. “Marxism and Demography. Indianapolis: Liberty Press. 112–51. Gilles. 81–99. “Buffon. Indianapolis: Liberty Press. Sloan. Kate (1996). Soper. and Robert Wokler (eds). (1995). “Accumulation and the Clash of Cultures. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. Inventing Human Science: Eighteenth-Century Domains. Smith. James (1985). “The Segmentary State in Africa and Asia.” Rethinking Marxism 14(4): 73–84. “The Gaze of Natural History. “Greening Prometheus: Marxism and Ecology. Sloan. Sepulchre. and Immigration in the New Europe. Fluteau.” Annual Review of Anthropology 34: 363–84. Pierre. Phillip R.212 • Bibliography Scott. Gottfried Wilhelm. Paul A. (1976). Wally (1983). Critical Medical Anthropology. and Brunet. (1978). CT: Yale University Press. pp. Lectures on Jurisprudence. 2nd edition.). Smith. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Seigel. German Biology. Sloan. “Tectonic Uplift and Eastern Africa Aridification. pp. Showstack Sassoon. NY: Baywood Publishing. Roy Porter. Smith. Migration. 2nd edition. “Civil Society. Adam (1759/1976). Southall. 137: 22–47.” The British Journal for the History of Science 12(41): 109–53. Schuster. (2002). Brighton. no.” New Left Review. CA: University of California Press. 82–4.). pp.” Isis 67(3): 356–75. Michel (2006). 8 September): 1419–23. Amityville. Frédéric. Adam (1762–3/1982). The Cambridge Dictionary of Philosophy. Berkeley. Smith. Ramstein. “Leibniz. “The Buffon-Linnaeus Controversy. Merrill and Baer. and the Historical Interpretation of Biological Species. Neil (2005). Jerrold E. Hans A. David N.” Comparative Studies in Society and History 30(1): 52–82. Aidan (1988). Smith. Singer. Mathieu.” in Ted Benton (ed. (1995). NJ: Princeton University Press. (1995). Marx’s Fate: The Shape of a Life. UK: Harvester Press. Jean-Jacques. A Dictionary of Marxist Thought. New Haven. Robert C. Princeton. New York: Guilford Press. Soper. . (2005). Phillip R. London: Routledge. Weapons of the Weak: Everyday Forms of Peasant Resistance.” Science 313(5792. An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations. Silverstein.” in Robert Audi (ed. (1979). Seccombe. pp. The Endgame of Globalization. Jr. The Greening of Marxism. “Immigrant Racialization and the New Savage Slot: Race.

” in Justin Stagl. New York: The Free Press. “Class Structures in the Southern Peruvian Highlands. Tobias.” in Rodney Hilton (ed.. 15–37. 1350–1750. (1980). pp.). (ed. pp. Romila (1981). Nikolai V. (1987). London. Victorian Anthropology. 1750–1920. Michael T. “The State as Empire. pp.” Cambridge Archaeological Journal 8(1): 72–81. Paul (1950/1976). pp. CA: Stanford University Press. The Hague: Mouton Publishers. “Evidence for the Early Beginnings of Spoken Language. The Social Life of the State in Subarctic Siberia. Stagl. James D. Stanford. Colonialism and the Wild Man: A Study in Terror and Healing. The Rise of Merchant Empires: Long-Distance Trade in the Early Modern World. New York: W. Stanford. Stam. Karen (1975). 33–56. New York: Harper and Row. Essays on Kant’s Anthropology. 79–97. Stocking George W. Steven M.” Current Anthropology 23(5): 523–37. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (2003). Philip V. Inquiries into the Origin of Language: The Fate of a Question. Werner (2003). Steinberg. Stephen. Taussig. “A Critique. Jr. The Devil and Commodity Fetishism in South America. Chapel Hill. The Study of the State. “Historical Notes and Interpretive Questions about Kant’s Lectures on Anthropology. Claessen and Peter Skalník (eds). Justin (1995). UK New Left Books. A History of Curiosity: The Theory of Travel 1550– 1800.” Journal of Latin American Anthropology 3(1): 72–101. “The Significance of Food-Storage among Hunter-Gatherers: Residence Patterns. 233–68. Huarochirí: An Andean Society under Inca and Spanish Rule. Edward P. Karen (1984). Sweezy. Switzerland: Harwood Academic Publishers. New York: Monthly Review Press. Children of the Ice Age.) (1990). Lynn (1997). Stark. Ted (2000). Tracy.” in Brian Jacobs and Patrick Kain (eds). Michael T. (1976). . (1978). 309–26. Stanley. (1987).Bibliography • 213 Spalding. Shamans. Population Densities. Thompson. Publishers. Chur. The Poverty of Theory and Other Essays. (1998).” in Henri J. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Acts of God: The Unnatural History of Natural Disaster in America. “The Zapatista Opening: The Movement for Indigenous Autonomy and State Discourses on Indigenous Rights in Mexico. The Transition from Feudalism to Capitalism. and Social Inequalities. (1998). The Making of the English Working Class. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Freeman. H. New York: Vintage Books. Edward P. 1970–1996. M. NC: University of North Carolina Press. New York: Holmes and Meier. pp. CA: Stanford University Press. Taussig. Ssorin-Chaikov. Alain (1982).” in Benjamin Orlove and Glynn Custred (eds). Testart. Spalding. “August Ludwig Schlözer and the Study of Mankind According to Peoples.). Land and Power in Latin America. Thompson. Thapar. (1963). James H.

Wade. The Rise of Merchant Empires: .” History of Anthropology Newsletter 19(2): 6–9. Cleveland. New York: Academic Press. Vygotsky. London: Routledge.). Lev S. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers. 346–9. “Merchants without Empire: The Hokkien Sojourning Communities. (2006). Vološinov. Wang. (1967/2003). pp. (1929/1986). (1930/1994). Marxism and the Philosophy of Language. The Vygotsky Reader.” The Journal of Peasant Studies 33(1): 1–33. pp. Thought and Language. Oxford: Berg Publishers. Trinkhaus. Trigger. 99–174. and David Pilbeam (eds). OH: The World Publishing Company. “Evolution of Human Manipulation. Gungwu (1990). 1770 in Göttingen. Caroline (eds) (2004). The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Human Evolution.” in Stephen Jones. Wallerstein. Nature and Culture: An Anthropological Perspective. (1995). Trotsky. Race. “‘Gangster Capitalism’ and Peasant Protest in China: The Last Twenty Years. “The Emergence of ‘Ethnography’ ca. (1992). Vološinov.” in Bruce G. “Tool and Symbol in Child Development. Han F.” Social Science and Medicine 13a(4): 601–9. Immanuel (1974). Valentin N. Fieldwork and Footnotes: Studies in the History of European Anthropology. 1. pp. Katherine and Humphrey. Property in Question: Value Transformation in the Global Economy. Madison. IN: Indiana University Press. Bruce G. Cambridge. Cambridge. no. Waitzkin. Eric (1992).” in Han F. Vermeulen. Tracy (ed. 1771–1845. Vernon (1945/1966). Leon (1930/1980). MA: The MIT Press. “Origins and Institutionalization of Ethnography and Ethnology in Europe and the USA. The History of the Russian Revolution. London: Pluto Press. Artifacts and Ideas: Essays in Archaeology. Venable. Walker. Lev S. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Freudianism: A Critical Sketch. 39–59. “Engels on the Part Played by Labor in the Transition from Ape to Man: An Anticipation of Contemporary Archaeological Theory. Kathy L. 7. 31–44. (1934/1962). Han F. “Medicine Superstructure and Micropolitics. Vygotsky. Vermeulen and Arturo Alvarez Roldán (eds). Human Nature: The Marxian View. (1927/1976). Capitalist Agriculture and the Origins of the European World Economy of the Sixteenth Century. Anthropology Goes to War: Professional Ethics and Counterinsurgency in Thailand. Robert Martin.” in James D. Erik (1992). Wakin. University of Wisconsin Center for Southeast Asian Studies. Bloomington. Howard (1979). NJ: Transaction Books. Peter (2002). The Modern World-System. New York: Monad Press. Valentin N. MA: Harvard University Press. Verdery.214 • Bibliography Trigger. New Brunswick. Vermeulen. pp. and Alexander Luria.” in René Van Der Veer and Jaan Valsiner (eds). vol.

Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Robert (1978). Richard A.” American Anthropologist 103(2): 409–32. Man the Hunter. Wokler. Williams. Health. 172–84. Sherwood L. The Evolution of Man.” Studies on Voltaire and the Eighteenth Century 192: 1164–75. vol. Warren.” in Raymond Williams. Ithaca. Weindling. Hilde (1936/1973). (1998).” Scientific American 203(3): 63–75. Wilson. Wokler. Wilson.). Marx’s Critical/Dialectical Procedure. pp. . 33–56. The Scottish Enlightenment and Hegel’s Account of “Civil Society. Winant. Robert (1980). pp. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Difference. What I Came to Say. Williams. Clark (1963). 400–21. Marxism and Literature. Oxford: Basil Blackwell. Brett (2001).” in Richard B. II. Howard (2004). Minneapolis. pp. 195–225. S. Karl Marx. Race and German Politics between National Unification and Nazism. “Perfectible Apes in Decadent Cultures: Rousseau’s Anthropology Revisited. NJ: Princeton University Press. F. Socialist Darwinism: Evolution in German Socialist Thought from Marx to Bernstein. Washburn. London: Pluto Press. (1991). Chicago: Aldine Publishers.” in Tom Bottomore (ed. H. Raymond (1983/1989). Monica H. Culture and Context: Anthropological Perspectives. Indigenous Movements and Their Critics: Pan-Mata Activism in Guatemala.). Wilson. and Howell.Bibliography • 215 Long-Distance Trade in the Early Modern World. Kay B. Sherwood L. pp. Princeton. “Karl Marx’s ‘Enquête Ouvrière’. Williams. The Analysis of Social Change. “Human Evolution and Culture. London: Hutchinson Radius.” International Archives of the History of Ideas 120. Linda (1998).” Daedalus 107(3): 107–34. The Myth of the Powerless State. Weis. “The Evolution of Hunting. 1870–1945. (1945/1954). C. (1968). London: Routledge. Raymond (1977). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. “The Ape Debates in Enlightenment Anthropology. (1960). D. MN: University of Minnesota Press. “Tools and Human Evolution. (ed. Paul (1989). Waszek. and Wilson. Weikart. Richard (1999). CA: International Scholars Publications. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. “A River Runs Through Us (Anacostia River. The New Politics of Race: Globalism. Lee and Irven DeVore (eds). 1350–1750. NY: Cornell University Press.) (1997). Washburn.C. T. Weiss. pp. Sherwood L. Norbert (1988). 293–303. Washburn. Justice. “Marx on Culture. Washington. Human Rights.). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.” in Sol Tax (ed. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers. Godfrey B. and Lancaster. Evolution after Darwin. San Francisco.

Wolf.). 2. Peasant Wars of the Twentieth Century. Harold (1985). New York. Sons of the Shaking Earth. Peter (1968/1970). 1048–50.” in Frank Spencer (ed. The Articulation of Modes of Production: Essays from Economy and Society. Robert (1988). 145–68. Engendering Power: Ideologies of Dominance and Crisis. 1509–1688.” in Dipentra Banerjee (ed. (1999). Robert (1997b). “The Articulation of Modes and Forms of Production. (1982). Robert (1993). vol. pp. History of Physical Anthropology: An Encyclopedia. 1–22. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.” Science and Society 21(1): 26–37.). vol.). Wolf. Sylvia and Delaney. Berkeley. “Naturalizing Power. Peter (1961). “The Analysis of Rebellion and Revolution in Modern British Social Anthropology. pp. “The Question of Market Dependence. Neal (1997). The Labour Theory of Culture: A Re-examination of Engels’s Theory of Human Origins. New York: Harper and Row.). Eric R. (1972). (2002). Schocken Books. Yanagisako. CA: University of California Press. Europe and the People without History. Wood. “Rousseau. and Wood. 1–43. Worsley. Jean-Jacques (1712–1778). (1959).” in Peter Jones (ed.” in Frank Spencer (ed. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. Philosophy and Science in the Scottish Enlightenment. “From l’homme physique to l’homme moral and Back: Toward a History of Enlightenment Anthropology. Wolpe. “Ownership and Political Ecology. Edinburgh: John Donald Publishers. New York: New York University Press. CA: University of California Press. pp.” Journal of Agrarian Change 2(1): 50–87.” History of the Human Sciences 6(1): 121–38. Wokler. A Trumpet of Sedition: Political Theory and the Rise of Capitalism. Edward (1650–1708). Marxian Theory and the Third World. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. Carol (1995). “Apes and Races in the Scottish Enlightenment: Monboddo and Kames on the Nature of Man.216 • Bibliography Wokler. pp. Robert (1997a). Wolf. Ellen M. Eric R. “Introduction. Eric R. pp. Wolf. Eric R. Wolf. New York: Garland Publishing Company. New York: Garland Publishing Company. Worsley. Woolfson. The Trumpet Shall Sound: A Study of “Cargo” Cults in Melanesia. Eric R. History of Physical Anthropology: An Encyclopedia. New Delhi: Sage Publications. Wokler.” Anthropological Quarterly 45(2): 201–5. Wokler. (1969).” in Sylvia Yanagisako and Carol Delaney (eds). . pp. Charles (1982). “Tyson. Naturalizing Power: Essays in Feminist Cultural Analysis. Wolpe. 89–103. Wood. Berkeley. Ellen M. London: Routledge. Harold (1980). 2.” in Harold Wolpe (ed.). 887–90.

Kant. Marx and Morality. . Supplementary Volume VII. Zihlman. New Essays on the Precritical Kant. Social Origins of Modern Science. A. vol. John H. Canadian Journal of Philosophy. B. Zammito. (2002). Herder. Alan (1986). Zilsel. John H. pp. (1988). Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science.” in Kai Nielsen and Steven C. pp. “The Adaptive Response of Human Skin to the Savanna. Kant. NY: Humanities Books. Zagarell. “Structural Discontinuity—A Critical Factor in the Emergence of Primary and Secondary States.). Zammito. and Herder and the Problem of Aufklärung in the 1760s. 200. 201–23. Patten (eds). and Cohn. (2001).” Human Evolution 3(5): 397–409.” Dialectical Anthropology 10(3–4): 155–77.Bibliography • 217 Young. 251–68. Guelph. “Doing Marx Justice.” in Tom Rockmore (ed. Adrienne L. Amherst. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. “Rousseau. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers. Gary (1981). Florence. and the Birth of Anthropology. Edgar (2003).

This page intentionally left blank .

15 capitalism. 5 ensembles of social relations. 31 Montesquieu. 41–6. Comte de. 12–13. 154–5 health. 160. 122–3. 103–5. 66–70 development of human society and natural world. 57–62. 58 defined. 16–17. 33–6. 105–8. 23–4. 117–44. 13–15. 40–6. 2–3 corporeal organization of human beings. 6. 15–17. 147–51 anthropology. 5. 136–8 colonialism. 22. 89–90 and Marx. 17–21.Index alienation. 1–2. 176 critical-dialectical perspective. 65–87. 166–8 Darwin. 117–44. 6. Charles. 48–9. 152–4 dynamism of. 22–3. 7. 147–58. 158–71. 15 historicism. 57. 6. 134 formation of domestic and overseas markets. 119. 136–8. praxis. 119–28 chance. 21–3 distinctive features of human beings. 88. 137–8 emigration. 12–15. 13–14 on human reproduction 14–15 on diversity of human species. 158 domination. 62. 31 Rousseau. 24–7 diversity and historicity of societies. 164–8 contingency. 27–9. 175–8 and health. 24–5. 117–18 chronology. 151–6 economic determination Marx on 48–9 Engels. 135–8 transition. 158–71 articulation of modes of production. 31–2 philosophical. 5 dialectical interplay of human natural and social beings. 28–30. 17–21 Scottish historical philosophers. 118–19 development of capitalism. 27–8 empirical. 59. 4–5. 105. 137–8 culture. 152–3 consciousness. 26. 16–20. 89–90 theory of evolution. 127–8. 128–38 Buffon. xi–xiii transition from ape to human. 15–21. 173 and the Enlightenment. 7 diversity (see also variation). 131–2 community. 55. 75–84 219 . Frederick. 114–15. 46–50 institutionalization at Göttingen. 89–90. 16–20. 56. 165–6 commodity production. 47–50. 53 class and state formation. 41–50. 174 combined empiricism and rationalism 13–14 development of human society. 2. 162–4 difference from precapitalist societies. 66–70 use of metaphors. 5–6 as social critique. 126–8 overseas colonies. 136–7 class defined. 53–4. 131–2 social reproduction of. 66–70.

16–17 Rousseau. 28–9. 15–23 evolution. 36–7 anthropology. 8 alternative pathways. 31–2 health. 29 diversity and cultural relativism. 72–4 transition from ape to human. 12–13 Rousseau on successive forms. 41–6. 28 hierarchy forms of social hierarchy. 33–6. 17–18 Scottish historical philosophers and natural laws of development. 57–62 as individuals. 24–5. 5. 34. 136–8. 23–4. 36–7. 41–50 formation of social individuals. 10–15 historicization of nature. 14–15 language and tool-making as markers. 11 holism (see totality) Horowitz. 17–18 human nature Buffon. 6. 9–36 defined. 16–17. 51 contingency. 41–6 genetics. 53 Kant 26–7 Marx’s premises. Johann. 15–37 Early Enlightenment thought. 147–51. 84–7 language. 33 Herder. 151–6 historicization nature and development of society. 165–6 Hegel. 11–15 historicization of society. 12–13. 17–21. 93 and individualism. 120 exploitation. 67–74 Darwin. 44. 74–86 Marx on. 176 as social beings. 51 directionality. 33–5. 21–3 human society Montesquieu on development. 177–8 individual. 46–50. 70–2 Göttingen. 31–2. 41–50 as moral beings. 7. 8. 31 of human society. 12–13. 10–15 historicism. 34–5 teleology. 16–17 Scottish historical philosophers and immutability of human nature. 78–80 human history. Asher. 5–6. 117. 21–3 chance. 51–7 relation to nature. Joseph. 5. 16–17 India. 75–84 exchange 114. 25 as natural beings. 82–4 demography and population structure. 65–87. 33–6 on civil society. 132–8. 158 human evolution. 151–6 Fraachia. 67–71 modern synthesis. W. 27–30 concept of culture. 16–21 human beings and praxis. 17.. 54 as progress. 27–8 on language. 15–23 of nature. 18. Georg F. 156. 33–4 history. 29 philosophical anthropology. 17–19. 82–4 tool-making. 9. 77–84 brain. 31 Rousseau.220 • Index Enlightenment. 28–9 distinction between culture and civilization. 21–3 human species Buffon. 35–6 on labor. 14–15 Rousseau on human nature. 108–15 as dialectical unfolding. 158 . 5. 41–50.

59. 26–7 kin/civil conflict. 17. 157–8 labor. 6. 62–3. 54–6 Asiatic. 43–6. 138–44. 31 Marx and Engels. Baron de. 6. 42–6 objectification. 1. 8 biographical information. 117–18. 176 capitalist. 65–7. 89–90 anthropology. 74–5 Mendel. 140–4. 7. 122–3 Marx. 33–6. 92. 51–7 on historical development. 148 defined. 25–6. Gottfried. 119. 31 power. 52–3 needs. 44 philosophical anthropology. 102–3 transition. xi–xiii consciousness. 56–7 philosophical anthropology. 105–15. 40 premises of human history. 7. 105–15 Montesquieu. 178 praxis. 145–6. 98–9 as forms of cooperation and social structure. 132–5. 40 Platner. 81–3. 87–9 Ireland. 53–4. 55. 59 and Darwin. 1–5. 136–8. 3–5 historical-dialectical perspective. 39–40. 100–2 dissolution. David. 7. 50 ensembles of social relations. 132–8. 46–50 praxis. 11–13 development of society. 43–6 language. 65–6 diversity and historicity of societies. 158–71 defined. 57 precapitalist modes of production. 169–71 Kant. 96–8. 40. 92–105 primitive communism. 12 nationalism. Ernst. 121–2 and health. Gregor. 43. 15–22. 6. Richard. 56. 7–8. 178 justice. 10 Lewontin. 24–7. 67. 5. 40. 158–71 corporeal organization of human beings. 158–9 chronology.Index • 221 individualization. 93–105 precapitalist societies. 87–9. Immanuel. 147–68 critical-dialectical perspective. 40 McNally. 5. 175 concept of race. 91–3. 168–9 and toolmaking. 24–7 theory of history. 28. 41–6 dialectical interplay of human natural and social beings. 41–50 mode of production. 81–3 Leibniz. 11–13. 6. 175. 164 naturalization of social inequality. 54 Germanic. 5 debates over interpretation of work. 54–5. 93–104 historicity of individual. 71–4 markets. 54. 117–44 distinction between capitalist and precapitalist. 40–6. 99–100 feudal. 50 inequality. 5. 87–9 nature and historical development of society. 119–28 precapitalist. 105–8. 34–5. 53. 28–9. Karl alienation. 152–3 . 156 Marx on naturalization of social inequality. 57–62. 95–6. 145–6. 179 difference from capitalist societies. 103 ancient. 58. 26 distinction between human beings as natural and moral beings. 7. 70 mode of production. 17. 178 national-states.

Jean-Jacques. 33–6. 43 subjectivity. 178 race and racism. 52. 138–44 precapitalist. Henri. 31–2. Adam. 119–30 progress. 174 concern with natural laws of social development 21 immutability of human nature. 17–19 critique of modern civil society. 35–6 Scottish historical philosophers. 138–44. 17–19 development of human society and its rise in nature. 147–58 society. 71–2 and inheritance. 122–4.222 • Index primitive accumulation. 156–8 Rousseau. 60–1 theories of. 17–21 Saint-Simon. 15. 26. 5. 26. 103–5 Spinoza. 22–3. 105 genetic. 21–3 social relations. 112–16. 16–21 stages in development of society. 5. 175–6 truth as determination of reality. 21–3. 131. 28. 21–3. 51–2. 61 variation. 10 states capitalist. 20 historical-dialectical anthropology. 174–5 and individualism. 46–7 teleology. 179 reductionism. 28–30. 16 development of human nature. 133. 33 tool-making 79–80 totality. 158 property. 51 resistance. Baruch. 36–7 Smith. 41–50. 133 subjectification. 70–2 . 128–31. 16–20.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful